Bug Summary

File:src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp
Warning:line 16805, column 5
Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

clang -cc1 -cc1 -triple amd64-unknown-openbsd7.0 -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name SemaDecl.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -mrelocation-model static -mframe-pointer=all -relaxed-aliasing -fno-rounding-math -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -tune-cpu generic -debugger-tuning=gdb -fcoverage-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -resource-dir /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj/../include/clang/Sema -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/llvm/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj/../include -D NDEBUG -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D LLVM_PREFIX="/usr" -internal-isystem /usr/include/c++/v1 -internal-isystem /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -ferror-limit 19 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -fwrapv -stack-protector 2 -fno-rtti -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -fno-builtin-malloc -fno-builtin-calloc -fno-builtin-realloc -fno-builtin-valloc -fno-builtin-free -fno-builtin-strdup -fno-builtin-strndup -analyzer-output=html -faddrsig -D__GCC_HAVE_DWARF2_CFI_ASM=1 -o /home/ben/Projects/vmm/scan-build/2022-01-12-194120-40624-1 -x c++ /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp

1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
10//
11//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12
13#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
17#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
19#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
21#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26#include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h"
27#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33#include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
43#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
44#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48#include <algorithm>
49#include <cstring>
50#include <functional>
51#include <unordered_map>
52
53using namespace clang;
54using namespace sema;
55
56Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
57 if (OwnedType) {
58 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
60 }
61
62 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
63}
64
65namespace {
66
67class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
68 public:
69 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
70 bool AllowTemplates = false,
71 bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
72 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
73 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
74 WantExpressionKeywords = false;
75 WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
76 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
77 }
78
79 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
80 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
81 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
82 return false;
83
84 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
85 return AllowTemplates;
86
87 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
88 if (!IsType)
89 return false;
90
91 if (AllowNonTemplates)
92 return true;
93
94 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
95 // as a template or as a non-template.
96 if (AllowTemplates) {
97 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
98 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
99 return false;
100 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
101 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
102 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
103 }
104
105 return false;
106 }
107
108 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
109 }
110
111 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
112 return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
113 }
114
115 private:
116 bool AllowInvalidDecl;
117 bool WantClassName;
118 bool AllowTemplates;
119 bool AllowNonTemplates;
120};
121
122} // end anonymous namespace
123
124/// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
125bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
126 switch (Kind) {
127 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
128 // token kind is a valid type specifier
129 case tok::kw_short:
130 case tok::kw_long:
131 case tok::kw___int64:
132 case tok::kw___int128:
133 case tok::kw_signed:
134 case tok::kw_unsigned:
135 case tok::kw_void:
136 case tok::kw_char:
137 case tok::kw_int:
138 case tok::kw_half:
139 case tok::kw_float:
140 case tok::kw_double:
141 case tok::kw___bf16:
142 case tok::kw__Float16:
143 case tok::kw___float128:
144 case tok::kw_wchar_t:
145 case tok::kw_bool:
146 case tok::kw___underlying_type:
147 case tok::kw___auto_type:
148 return true;
149
150 case tok::annot_typename:
151 case tok::kw_char16_t:
152 case tok::kw_char32_t:
153 case tok::kw_typeof:
154 case tok::annot_decltype:
155 case tok::kw_decltype:
156 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
157
158 case tok::kw_char8_t:
159 return getLangOpts().Char8;
160
161 default:
162 break;
163 }
164
165 return false;
166}
167
168namespace {
169enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
170 NotFound,
171 FoundNonType,
172 FoundType
173};
174} // end anonymous namespace
175
176/// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
177/// dependent class.
178/// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
179/// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
180static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
181lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
182 SourceLocation NameLoc,
183 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
184 if (!RD->hasDefinition())
185 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
186 // Look for type decls in base classes.
187 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
188 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
189 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
190 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
191 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
192 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
193 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
194 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
195 // templates.
196 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
197 continue;
198 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
199 if (!TD)
200 continue;
201 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
202 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
203 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
204 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
205 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
206 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
207 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
208 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
209 BaseRD = PS;
210 }
211 }
212 }
213 if (BaseRD) {
214 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
215 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
216 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
217 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
218 }
219 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
220 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
221 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
222 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
223 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
224 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
225 break;
226 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
227 break;
228 }
229 }
230 }
231 }
232
233 return FoundTypeDecl;
234}
235
236static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
237 const IdentifierInfo &II,
238 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
239 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
240 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
241 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
242 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
243 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
244 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
245 DC = DC->getParent()) {
246 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
247 // templates.
248 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
249 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
250 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
251 }
252 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
253 return nullptr;
254
255 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user
256 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the
257 // lookup during template instantiation.
258 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base) << &II;
259
260 ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
261 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
262 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
263 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
264
265 CXXScopeSpec SS;
266 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
267
268 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
269 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
270 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
271 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
272 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
273 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
274}
275
276/// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
277/// return the declaration of that type.
278///
279/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
280/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
281/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
282/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
283/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
284ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
285 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
286 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
287 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
288 bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
289 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
290 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
291 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
292 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
293 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
294 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
295 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
296
297 // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
298 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
299 if (ObjectTypePtr) {
300 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
301 if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
302 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
303 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
304 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
305
306 if (!LookupCtx) {
307 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
308 // C++ [temp.res]p3:
309 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
310 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
311 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
312 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
313 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
314 //
315 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
316 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
317 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
318 return nullptr;
319
320 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
321 // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
322 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
323 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
324
325 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
326 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
327 II, NameLoc);
328 return ParsedType::make(T);
329 }
330
331 return nullptr;
332 }
333
334 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
335 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
336 return nullptr;
337 }
338
339 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
340 // lookup for class-names.
341 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
342 LookupOrdinaryName;
343 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
344 if (LookupCtx) {
345 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
346 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
347 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
348 // nested-name-specifier.
349 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
350
351 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
352 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
353 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
354 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
355 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
356 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
357 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
358 LookupName(Result, S);
359 }
360 } else {
361 // Perform unqualified name lookup.
362 LookupName(Result, S);
363
364 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
365 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
366 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
367 if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
368 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
369 return TypeInBase;
370 }
371 }
372
373 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
374 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
375 case LookupResult::NotFound:
376 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
377 if (CorrectedII) {
378 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName,
379 AllowDeducedTemplate);
380 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind,
381 S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
382 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
383 TemplateTy Template;
384 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
385 UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
386 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
387 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
388 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
389 if (SS && NNS) {
390 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
391 NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
392 }
393 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
394 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
395 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
396 // is handled elsewhere).
397 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
398 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
399 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
400 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
401 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
402 IsCtorOrDtorName,
403 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
404 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
405 if (Ty) {
406 diagnoseTypo(Correction,
407 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
408 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
409 if (SS && NNS)
410 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
411 *CorrectedII = NewII;
412 return Ty;
413 }
414 }
415 }
416 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
417 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
418 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
419 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
420 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
421 return nullptr;
422
423 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
424 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll
425 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
426 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error
427 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
428 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
429 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
430 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
431 return nullptr;
432 }
433
434 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
435 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
436 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
437 NamedDecl *RealRes = (*Res)->getUnderlyingDecl();
438 if (isa<TypeDecl, ObjCInterfaceDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(
439 RealRes) ||
440 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(RealRes))) {
441 if (!IIDecl ||
442 // Make the selection of the recovery decl deterministic.
443 RealRes->getLocation() < IIDecl->getLocation())
444 IIDecl = RealRes;
445 }
446 }
447
448 if (!IIDecl) {
449 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
450 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
451 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
452 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
453 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
454 // a type name.
455 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
456 return nullptr;
457 }
458
459 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
460 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
461 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
462 // perform the name lookup again.
463 break;
464
465 case LookupResult::Found:
466 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
467 break;
468 }
469
470 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl")((void)0);
471
472 QualType T;
473 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
474 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
475 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
476 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
477 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
478 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
479 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
480 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
481 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
482 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
483 << &II << /*Type*/1;
484
485 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
486
487 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
488 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
489 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
490 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
491 if (!HasTrailingDot)
492 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
493 } else if (auto *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(IIDecl)) {
494 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(UD, NameLoc);
495 // Recover with 'int'
496 T = Context.IntTy;
497 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
498 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl))
499 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
500 QualType(), false);
501 }
502
503 if (T.isNull()) {
504 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
505 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
506 return nullptr;
507 }
508
509 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
510 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
511 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
512 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
513 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(IIDecl)) {
514 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
515 // Construct a type with type-source information.
516 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
517 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
518
519 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
520 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
521 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
522 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
523 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
524 } else {
525 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
526 }
527 }
528
529 return ParsedType::make(T);
530}
531
532// Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
533static NestedNameSpecifier *
534synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
535 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
536 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
537 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
538 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
539 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
540 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
541 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
542 RD->getTypeForDecl());
543 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
544 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
545 }
546 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?")__builtin_unreachable();
547}
548
549/// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
550/// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
551/// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
552/// correctly rejects.
553static const CXXRecordDecl *
554findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
555 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
556 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
557 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
558 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
559 return MD->getParent();
560 }
561 return nullptr;
562}
563
564ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
565 SourceLocation NameLoc,
566 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
567 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode")((void)0);
568
569 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
570 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
571 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
572 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
573 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
574 // lookup is retried.
575 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
576 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
577 // name specifiers.
578 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
579 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
580 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
581 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
582 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
583 // instantiation time.
584 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
585 RD->getTypeForDecl());
586
587 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
588 // template instantiation.
589 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
590 << RD;
591 } else {
592 // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
593 return ParsedType();
594 }
595
596 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
597
598 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
599 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
600 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
601 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
602 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
603
604 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
605 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
606 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
607 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
608 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
609 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
610}
611
612/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
613/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If
614/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
615/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose
616/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
617DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
618 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
619 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
620 LookupName(R, S, false);
621 R.suppressDiagnostics();
622 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
623 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
624 switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
625 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
626 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
627 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union;
628 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class;
629 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
630 }
631 }
632
633 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
634}
635
636/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
637/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
638/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
639/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
640/// @code
641/// template<class T> class A {
642/// public:
643/// typedef int TYPE;
644/// };
645/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
646/// public:
647/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
648/// };
649/// @endcode
650bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
651 if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
652 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
653 return true;
654
655 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
656
657 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
658 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
659 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
660 return true;
661 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
662 }
663 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
664}
665
666void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
667 SourceLocation IILoc,
668 Scope *S,
669 CXXScopeSpec *SS,
670 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
671 bool IsTemplateName) {
672 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
673 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
674 return;
675 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
676 SuggestedType = nullptr;
677
678 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
679 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
680 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false,
681 /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName,
682 /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName);
683 if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
684 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
685 CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
686 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
687 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
688 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
689 // We corrected to a keyword.
690 diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
691 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
692 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
693 << II);
694 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
695 } else {
696 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
697 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
698 diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
699 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
700 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
701 << II, CanRecover);
702 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
703 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
704 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
705 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
706 diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
707 PDiag(IsTemplateName
708 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
709 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
710 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
711 CanRecover);
712 } else {
713 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here")__builtin_unreachable();
714 }
715
716 if (!CanRecover)
717 return;
718
719 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
720 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
721 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
722 SourceRange(IILoc));
723 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
724 SuggestedType =
725 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
726 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
727 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
728 /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
729 }
730 return;
731 }
732
733 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
734 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
735 UnqualifiedId Name;
736 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
737 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
738 TemplateTy TemplateResult;
739 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
740 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
741 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
742 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
743 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc);
744 return;
745 }
746 }
747
748 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
749 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
750
751 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
752 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
753 : diag::err_unknown_typename)
754 << II;
755 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
756 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
757 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
758 << II << DC << SS->getRange();
759 else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) {
760 SuggestedType =
761 ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
762 } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
763 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
764 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
765 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
766
767 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
768 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
769 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
770 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
771 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
772 *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
773 } else {
774 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&((void)0)
775 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed")((void)0);
776 }
777}
778
779/// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
780/// or
781static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
782 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
783 NextToken.is(tok::less);
784
785 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
786 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
787 return true;
788
789 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
790 return true;
791 }
792
793 return false;
794}
795
796static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
797 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
798 IdentifierInfo *&Name,
799 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
800 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
801 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
802 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
803 StringRef FixItTagName;
804 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
805 case TTK_Class:
806 FixItTagName = "class ";
807 break;
808
809 case TTK_Enum:
810 FixItTagName = "enum ";
811 break;
812
813 case TTK_Struct:
814 FixItTagName = "struct ";
815 break;
816
817 case TTK_Interface:
818 FixItTagName = "__interface ";
819 break;
820
821 case TTK_Union:
822 FixItTagName = "union ";
823 break;
824 }
825
826 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
827 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
828 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
829 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
830
831 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
832 I != IEnd; ++I)
833 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
834 << Name << TagName;
835
836 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
837 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
838 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
839 return true;
840 }
841
842 return false;
843}
844
845/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
846static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
847 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
848 ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
849
850 TypeLocBuilder Builder;
851 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
852
853 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
854 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
855 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
856 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
857 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
858}
859
860Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
861 IdentifierInfo *&Name,
862 SourceLocation NameLoc,
863 const Token &NextToken,
864 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
865 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
866 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
867
868 assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) &&((void)0)
869 "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName")((void)0);
870 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
871 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
872 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
873 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
874 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
875 // will reject it later.
876 return NameClassification::Unknown();
877 }
878
879 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
880 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
881
882 if (SS.isInvalid())
883 return NameClassification::Error();
884
885 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
886 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
887 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
888 if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
889 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
890 return TypeInBase;
891 }
892
893 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
894 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
895 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
896 // unqualified lookup mechanism.
897 if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
898 DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name);
899 if (Ivar.isInvalid())
900 return NameClassification::Error();
901 if (Ivar.isUsable())
902 return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get()));
903
904 // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods.
905 if (Result.empty())
906 LookupBuiltin(Result);
907 }
908
909 bool SecondTry = false;
910 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
911
912Corrected:
913 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
914 case LookupResult::NotFound:
915 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
916 // call.
917 if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
918 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
919 // FIXME: Reference?
920 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
921 return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType();
922
923 // C90 6.3.2.2:
924 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
925 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
926 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
927 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
928 // the function call, the declaration
929 //
930 // extern int identifier ();
931 //
932 // appeared.
933 //
934 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
935 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S))
936 return NameClassification::NonType(D);
937 }
938
939 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) {
940 // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function
941 // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name.
942 //
943 // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case.
944 TemplateName Template =
945 Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
946 return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template);
947 }
948
949 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
950 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
951 // "struct", or "union".
952 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
953 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
954 break;
955 }
956
957 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
958 // close to this name.
959 if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
960 SecondTry = true;
961 if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
962 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S,
963 &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
964 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
965 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
966
967 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
968 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
969 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
970 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
971 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
972 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
973 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
974 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
975 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
976 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
977 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
978 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
979 }
980
981 if (SS.isEmpty()) {
982 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
983 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
984 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
985 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
986 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
987 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
988 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
989 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
990 }
991
992 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
993 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
994
995 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
996 if (Corrected.isKeyword())
997 return Name;
998
999 // Also update the LookupResult...
1000 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
1001 Result.clear();
1002 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1003 if (FirstDecl)
1004 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
1005
1006 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1007 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1008 // reference the ivar.
1009 // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
1010 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1011 DeclResult R =
1012 LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier());
1013 if (R.isInvalid())
1014 return NameClassification::Error();
1015 if (R.isUsable())
1016 return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar);
1017 }
1018
1019 goto Corrected;
1020 }
1021 }
1022
1023 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
1024 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1025 return NameClassification::Unknown();
1026
1027 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
1028 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
1029 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
1030 // dependent nested-name-specifier.
1031
1032 // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1033 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1034 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1035 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1036 // qualified by the keyword typename.
1037 //
1038 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1039 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1040 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1041 // keyword here.
1042 return NameClassification::DependentNonType();
1043 }
1044
1045 case LookupResult::Found:
1046 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1047 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1048 break;
1049
1050 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1051 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1052 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1053 /*AllowDependent=*/false)) {
1054 // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1055 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1056 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1057 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1058 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1059 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1060 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1061 // ambiguous.
1062 //
1063 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1064 // so try again after filtering out template names.
1065 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1066 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1067 IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1068 break;
1069 }
1070 }
1071
1072 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1073 return NameClassification::Error();
1074 }
1075
1076 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1077 (IsFilteredTemplateName ||
1078 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(
1079 Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1080 /*AllowDependent=*/false,
1081 /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() &&
1082 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) {
1083 // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1084 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1085 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1086 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1087 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1088 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1089 // C++2a [temp.names]p2:
1090 // A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an
1091 // unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one
1092 // or more functions or finds nothing.
1093 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1094 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1095
1096 bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1097 bool IsVarTemplate;
1098 TemplateName Template;
1099 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1100 IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1101 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1102 Result.end());
1103 } else if (!Result.empty()) {
1104 auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl(
1105 *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1106 /*AllowDependent=*/false));
1107 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1108 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1109
1110 if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1111 Template =
1112 Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1113 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD);
1114 else
1115 Template = TemplateName(TD);
1116 } else {
1117 // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template
1118 // name.
1119 IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1120 Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
1121 }
1122
1123 if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1124 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1125 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1126 // to based on which function we selected.
1127 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1128
1129 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1130 }
1131
1132 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1133 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1134 }
1135
1136 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1137 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1138 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1139 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1140 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1141 if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1142 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1143 return ParsedType::make(T);
1144 }
1145
1146 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1147 if (!Class) {
1148 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1149 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1150 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1151 Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1152 }
1153
1154 if (Class) {
1155 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1156
1157 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1158 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1159 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1160 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1161 return NameClassification::Unknown();
1162 }
1163
1164 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1165 return ParsedType::make(T);
1166 }
1167
1168 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl))
1169 return NameClassification::Concept(
1170 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1171
1172 if (auto *EmptyD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1173 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(EmptyD, NameLoc);
1174 return NameClassification::Error();
1175 }
1176
1177 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1178 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1179 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1180 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1181 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1182
1183 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1184 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1185 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1186 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1187 (NextIsOp &&
1188 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1189 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1190 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1191 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1192 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1193 if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1194 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1195 return ParsedType::make(T);
1196 }
1197
1198 // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate
1199 // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class
1200 // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know
1201 // the context.
1202 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1203 if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL && !FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1204 return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl());
1205
1206 // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later.
1207 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1208 return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(
1209 Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1210 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.isOverloadedResult(),
1211 Result.begin(), Result.end()));
1212}
1213
1214ExprResult
1215Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
1216 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1217 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?")((void)0);
1218 CXXScopeSpec SS;
1219 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1220 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
1221}
1222
1223ExprResult
1224Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1225 IdentifierInfo *Name,
1226 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1227 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
1228 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
1229 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1230 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1231 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1232}
1233
1234ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1235 NamedDecl *Found,
1236 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1237 const Token &NextToken) {
1238 if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty())
1239 if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1240 return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar);
1241
1242 // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1243 LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1244 Result.addDecl(Found);
1245 Result.resolveKind();
1246
1247 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1248 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1249}
1250
1251ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) {
1252 // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member
1253 // access expression if necessary.
1254 auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E);
1255 if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
1256 CXXScopeSpec SS;
1257 SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1258
1259 // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1260 LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
1261 LookupOrdinaryName);
1262 Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass());
1263 for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
1264 Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess());
1265 Result.resolveKind();
1266 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1267 nullptr, S);
1268 }
1269
1270 // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks
1271 // are necessary.
1272 return ULE;
1273}
1274
1275Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1276Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1277 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1278 if (!TD)
1279 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1280 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1281 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1282 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1283 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1284 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1285 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1286 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1287 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1288 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1289 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1290 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
1291 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept;
1292 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1293}
1294
1295void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1296 assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&((void)0)
1297 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.")((void)0);
1298 CurContext = DC;
1299 S->setEntity(DC);
1300}
1301
1302void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1303 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!")((void)0);
1304
1305 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1306 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!")((void)0);
1307}
1308
1309Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1310 Decl *D) {
1311 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1312 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1313 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1314 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1315 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1316 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag")((void)0);
1317 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1318 // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1319 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1320 return Result;
1321}
1322
1323void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1324 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1325}
1326
1327/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1328/// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1329///
1330void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1331 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1332 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1333 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1334 // if the name was used in a member function of X.
1335 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1336 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1337 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1338 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1339 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1340 // namespace.
1341 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1342 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use
1343 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1344 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately,
1345 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1346
1347 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity")((void)0);
1348
1349#ifndef NDEBUG1
1350 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1351 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1352 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch")((void)0);
1353#endif
1354
1355 CurContext = DC;
1356 S->setEntity(DC);
1357
1358 if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1359 // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing
1360 // template parameter scopes.
1361 EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC);
1362 }
1363}
1364
1365void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1366 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!")((void)0);
1367
1368 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is
1369 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1370 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1371 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1372 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1373
1374 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1375 // disappear.
1376}
1377
1378void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1379 assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() &&((void)0)
1380 "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope")((void)0);
1381
1382 // C++20 [temp.local]p7:
1383 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside
1384 // of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class
1385 // template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class
1386 // templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a
1387 // class or function template).
1388 // C++20 [temp.local]p9:
1389 // In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member
1390 // of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for
1391 // each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class
1392 // or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a
1393 // template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the
1394 // template-parameter name (6.4.10).
1395 //
1396 // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately
1397 // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter
1398 // scope. For example, for
1399 // template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V>
1400 // void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...)
1401 // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base
1402 // classes) then T then N then ::.
1403 unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S);
1404 for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) {
1405 DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC;
1406 for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
1407 if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL =
1408 cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) {
1409 unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1;
1410 if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth)
1411 continue;
1412 if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth)
1413 SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent();
1414 break;
1415 }
1416 }
1417 S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope);
1418 }
1419}
1420
1421void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1422 // We assume that the caller has already called
1423 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1424 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1425 if (!FD)
1426 return;
1427
1428 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1429 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1430 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&((void)0)
1431 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.")((void)0);
1432 CurContext = FD;
1433 S->setEntity(CurContext);
1434
1435 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1436 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1437 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1438 if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1439 S->AddDecl(Param);
1440 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1441 }
1442 }
1443}
1444
1445void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1446 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1447 // rather than the top-level class.
1448 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!")((void)0);
1449 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1450 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!")((void)0);
1451}
1452
1453/// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1454/// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1455///
1456/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1457/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1458/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1459/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1460/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1461/// attribute.
1462static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1463 ASTContext &Context,
1464 const FunctionDecl *New) {
1465 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1466 return true;
1467
1468 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1469 return true;
1470
1471 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found &&
1472 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
1473 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1474}
1475
1476/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1477void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1478 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1479 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1480 // scope.
1481 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1482 S = S->getParent();
1483
1484 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1485 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1486 // into any context.
1487 if (AddToContext)
1488 CurContext->addDecl(D);
1489
1490 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1491 // are function-local declarations.
1492 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent())
1493 return;
1494
1495 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1496 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1497 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1498 return;
1499
1500 // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1501 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1502 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1503 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1504 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1505 S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1506 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1507
1508 // Should only need to replace one decl.
1509 break;
1510 }
1511 }
1512
1513 S->AddDecl(D);
1514
1515 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1516 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1517 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1518 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1519 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1520 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1521 if (IDC == CurContext) {
1522 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1523 continue;
1524 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1525 break;
1526 }
1527
1528 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1529 } else {
1530 IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1531 }
1532 warnOnReservedIdentifier(D);
1533}
1534
1535bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1536 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1537 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1538}
1539
1540Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1541 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1542 do {
1543 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1544 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1545 return S;
1546 } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1547
1548 return nullptr;
1549}
1550
1551static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1552 DeclContext*,
1553 ASTContext&);
1554
1555/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1556/// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1557void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1558 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1559 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1560 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1561 while (F.hasNext()) {
1562 NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1563
1564 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1565 continue;
1566
1567 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1568 continue;
1569
1570 F.erase();
1571 }
1572
1573 F.done();
1574}
1575
1576/// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they
1577/// have compatible owning modules.
1578bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1579 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are
1580 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for
1581 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the
1582 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match.
1583 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1584 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) {
1585 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule());
1586 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New);
1587 return false;
1588 }
1589
1590 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1591 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1592
1593 if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1594 NewM = NewM->Parent;
1595 if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1596 OldM = OldM->Parent;
1597
1598 if (NewM == OldM)
1599 return false;
1600
1601 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview();
1602 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview();
1603 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) {
1604 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]:
1605 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all
1606 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module
1607 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module)
1608 << New
1609 << NewIsModuleInterface
1610 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "")
1611 << OldIsModuleInterface
1612 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "");
1613 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1614 New->setInvalidDecl();
1615 return true;
1616 }
1617
1618 return false;
1619}
1620
1621static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1622 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1623 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1624 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1625}
1626
1627/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1628static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1629 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1630 while (F.hasNext())
1631 if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1632 F.erase();
1633
1634 F.done();
1635}
1636
1637/// Check for this common pattern:
1638/// @code
1639/// class S {
1640/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1641/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1642/// };
1643/// @endcode
1644static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1645 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1646 // the decl here.
1647 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1648 return false;
1649
1650 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1651 return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1652 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1653}
1654
1655// We need this to handle
1656//
1657// typedef struct {
1658// void *foo() { return 0; }
1659// } A;
1660//
1661// When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1662// for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1663// foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1664// of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1665// Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1666// not.
1667bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1668 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1669 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1670 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1671 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1672 return true;
1673 }
1674 DC = DC->getParent();
1675 }
1676
1677 return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1678}
1679
1680// FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1681// these semantics.
1682static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1683 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1684 return false;
1685 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1686}
1687
1688bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1689 assert(D)((void)0);
1690
1691 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1692 return false;
1693
1694 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1695 // of members of class templates.
1696 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1697 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1698 return false;
1699
1700 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1701 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1702 return false;
1703 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1704 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1705 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1706 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1707 return false;
1708
1709 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1710 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1711 return false;
1712 } else {
1713 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1714 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1715 return false;
1716 }
1717
1718 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1719 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1720 return false;
1721 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1722 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1723 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1724 // like "inline".)
1725 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1726 return false;
1727
1728 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1729 return false;
1730
1731 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1732 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1733 return false;
1734 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1735 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1736 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1737 return false;
1738
1739 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1740 return false;
1741 } else {
1742 return false;
1743 }
1744
1745 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1746 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1747 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1748 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1749}
1750
1751void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1752 if (!D)
1753 return;
1754
1755 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1756 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1757 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1758 return; // First should already be in the vector.
1759 }
1760
1761 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1762 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1763 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1764 return; // First should already be in the vector.
1765 }
1766
1767 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1768 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1769}
1770
1771static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1772 if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1773 return false;
1774
1775 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
1776 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are
1777 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which
1778 // it is, by the bindings' expressions).
1779 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
1780 if (BD->isReferenced())
1781 return false;
1782 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) {
1783 return false;
1784 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) {
1785 return false;
1786 }
1787
1788 if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1789 return false;
1790
1791 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1792 return true;
1793
1794 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1795 // functions.
1796 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1797 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1798 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1799 WithinFunction =
1800 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1801 if (!WithinFunction)
1802 return false;
1803
1804 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1805 return true;
1806
1807 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1808 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1809 return false;
1810
1811 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1812 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1813
1814 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1815 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1816
1817 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1818 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1819 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1820 return false;
1821 }
1822
1823 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1824 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1825 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1826 return false;
1827
1828 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1829 // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1830 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1831
1832 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1833 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1834 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1835 return false;
1836
1837 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1838 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1839 return false;
1840
1841 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1842 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1843 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1844 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1845 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1846 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1847 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1848 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1849 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() &&
1850 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
1851 return false;
1852 }
1853
1854 // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and
1855 // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor.
1856 if (Init->isTypeDependent())
1857 for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors())
1858 if (!Ctor->isTrivial())
1859 return false;
1860 }
1861 }
1862 }
1863
1864 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1865 }
1866
1867 return true;
1868}
1869
1870static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1871 FixItHint &Hint) {
1872 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1873 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
1874 D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(),
1875 true);
1876 if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1877 return;
1878 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
1879 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon));
1880 }
1881}
1882
1883void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1884 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1885 return;
1886
1887 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1888 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1889 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1890 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1891 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1892 }
1893}
1894
1895/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1896/// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1897void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1898 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1899 return;
1900
1901 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1902 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1903 // at end-of-translation-unit.
1904 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1905 return;
1906 }
1907
1908 FixItHint Hint;
1909 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1910
1911 unsigned DiagID;
1912 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1913 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1914 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1915 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1916 else
1917 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1918
1919 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint;
1920}
1921
1922void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD) {
1923 // If it's not referenced, it can't be set.
1924 if (!VD->isReferenced() || !VD->getDeclName() || VD->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1925 return;
1926
1927 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1928
1929 if (Ty->isReferenceType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1930 return;
1931
1932 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1933 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1934 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1935 return;
1936 // In C++, don't warn for record types that don't have WarnUnusedAttr, to
1937 // mimic gcc's behavior.
1938 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1939 if (!RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1940 return;
1941 }
1942 }
1943
1944 auto iter = RefsMinusAssignments.find(VD);
1945 if (iter == RefsMinusAssignments.end())
1946 return;
1947
1948 assert(iter->getSecond() >= 0 &&((void)0)
1949 "Found a negative number of references to a VarDecl")((void)0);
1950 if (iter->getSecond() != 0)
1951 return;
1952 unsigned DiagID = isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) ? diag::warn_unused_but_set_parameter
1953 : diag::warn_unused_but_set_variable;
1954 Diag(VD->getLocation(), DiagID) << VD;
1955}
1956
1957static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1958 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
1959 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd
1960 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1961 // MS inline assembly label name.
1962 bool Diagnose = false;
1963 if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1964 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1965 else
1966 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1967 if (Diagnose)
1968 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L;
1969}
1970
1971void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1972 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1973
1974 if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1975 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&((void)0)
1976 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!")((void)0);
1977
1978 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1979 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??")((void)0);
1980
1981 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?")((void)0);
1982 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1983
1984 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1985 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1986 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1987 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1988 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1989 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1990 DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(VD);
1991 RefsMinusAssignments.erase(VD);
1992 }
1993 }
1994
1995 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1996
1997 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1998 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1999 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
2000
2001 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
2002 // already.
2003 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
2004 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
2005 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
2006 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
2007 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
2008 << D << FD << FD->getParent();
2009 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2010 }
2011 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
2012 }
2013 }
2014}
2015
2016/// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
2017///
2018/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
2019/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
2020/// to the fixed name.
2021///
2022/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
2023///
2024/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
2025/// if there is no class with the given name.
2026///
2027/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
2028/// class could not be found.
2029ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2030 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2031 bool DoTypoCorrection) {
2032 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
2033 // creation from this context.
2034 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2035
2036 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
2037 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
2038 // find an Objective-C class name.
2039 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{};
2040 if (TypoCorrection C =
2041 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
2042 TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
2043 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
2044 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
2045 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
2046 }
2047 }
2048 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
2049 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
2050 if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
2051 Def = Def->getDefinition();
2052 return Def;
2053}
2054
2055/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
2056/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
2057/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
2058/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
2059/// ill-formed in C++:
2060/// @code
2061/// struct S6 {
2062/// enum { BAR } e;
2063/// };
2064///
2065/// void test_S6() {
2066/// struct S6 a;
2067/// a.e = BAR;
2068/// }
2069/// @endcode
2070/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
2071/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
2072/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
2073/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
2074/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
2075/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
2076/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
2077/// contain non-field names.
2078Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
2079 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
2080 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
2081 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
2082 S = S->getParent();
2083 return S;
2084}
2085
2086static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID,
2087 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
2088 switch (Error) {
2089 case ASTContext::GE_None:
2090 return "";
2091 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type:
2092 return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID);
2093 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
2094 return "stdio.h";
2095 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
2096 return "setjmp.h";
2097 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
2098 return "ucontext.h";
2099 }
2100 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind")__builtin_unreachable();
2101}
2102
2103FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type,
2104 unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) {
2105 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2106
2107 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2108 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create(
2109 Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
2110 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
2111 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
2112 Parent = CLinkageDecl;
2113 }
2114
2115 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type,
2116 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, false,
2117 Type->isFunctionProtoType());
2118 New->setImplicit();
2119 New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID));
2120
2121 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
2122 // FunctionDecl.
2123 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) {
2124 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params;
2125 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
2126 ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create(
2127 Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2128 FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
2129 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
2130 Params.push_back(parm);
2131 }
2132 New->setParams(Params);
2133 }
2134
2135 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
2136 return New;
2137}
2138
2139/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
2140/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
2141/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
2142/// built-in.
2143NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2144 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2145 SourceLocation Loc) {
2146 LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID);
2147
2148 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
2149 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
2150 if (Error) {
2151 if (!ForRedeclaration)
2152 return nullptr;
2153
2154 // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a
2155 // warning when we were not able to find a type for it.
2156 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type ||
2157 Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID))
2158 return nullptr;
2159
2160 // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was
2161 // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration.
2162 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) {
2163 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf)
2164 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2165 return nullptr;
2166 }
2167
2168 // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the
2169 // appropriate header.
2170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
2171 << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error)
2172 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2173 return nullptr;
2174 }
2175
2176 if (!ForRedeclaration &&
2177 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
2178 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
2179 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
2180 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
2181 if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID))
2182 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
2183 << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2184 }
2185
2186 if (R.isNull())
2187 return nullptr;
2188
2189 FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc);
2190 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
2191
2192 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
2193 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
2194 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
2195 // entirely, but we're not there yet.
2196 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
2197 CurContext = New->getDeclContext();
2198 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
2199 CurContext = SavedContext;
2200 return New;
2201}
2202
2203/// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
2204/// entity if their types are the same.
2205/// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
2206/// isSameEntity.
2207static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
2208 TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2209 LookupResult &Previous) {
2210 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
2211 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
2212 return;
2213
2214 // Empty sets are uninteresting.
2215 if (Previous.empty())
2216 return;
2217
2218 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
2219 while (Filter.hasNext()) {
2220 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
2221
2222 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
2223 if (S.isVisible(Old))
2224 continue;
2225
2226 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
2227 // different linkages.
2228 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2229 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
2230 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
2231 continue;
2232
2233 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
2234 // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
2235 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2236 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2237 continue;
2238 }
2239
2240 Filter.erase();
2241 }
2242
2243 Filter.done();
2244}
2245
2246bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2247 QualType OldType;
2248 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2249 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2250 else
2251 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2252 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2253
2254 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2255 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2256 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2257 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2258 << Kind << NewType;
2259 if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2260 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2261 New->setInvalidDecl();
2262 return true;
2263 }
2264
2265 if (OldType != NewType &&
2266 !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2267 !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2268 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2269 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2270 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2271 << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2272 if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2273 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2274 New->setInvalidDecl();
2275 return true;
2276 }
2277 return false;
2278}
2279
2280/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
2281/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out
2282/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
2283/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2284///
2285void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2286 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2287 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2288 // merging checks.
2289 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2290
2291 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2292 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2293 if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2294 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2295 switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2296 default: break;
2297 case 2:
2298 {
2299 if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2300 break;
2301 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2302 if (!T->isPointerType())
2303 break;
2304 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2305 QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2306 if (!PT->isStructureType())
2307 break;
2308 }
2309 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2310 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2311 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2312 return;
2313 }
2314 case 5:
2315 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2316 break;
2317 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2318 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2319 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2320 return;
2321 case 3:
2322 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2323 break;
2324 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2325 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2326 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2327 return;
2328 }
2329 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2330 }
2331
2332 // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2333 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2334 if (!Old) {
2335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2336 << New->getDeclName();
2337
2338 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2339 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2340 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2341
2342 return New->setInvalidDecl();
2343 }
2344
2345 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2346 if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2347 return New->setInvalidDecl();
2348
2349 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2350 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2351 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2352 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2353 if (OldTag && NewTag &&
2354 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2355 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2356 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2357 // instead of our tag.
2358 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2359 if (OldTD->isModed())
2360 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2361 OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2362 else
2363 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2364
2365 // Make the old tag definition visible.
2366 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2367
2368 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2369 // out of the scope.
2370 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2371 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2372 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2373 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2374 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED))((void)0);
2375 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2376 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2377 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2378 }
2379 }
2380 }
2381 }
2382
2383 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2384 // with any extensions enabled.
2385 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2386 return;
2387
2388 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2389 // the old declaration was a typedef.
2390 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2391 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2392 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2393 }
2394
2395 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2396 return;
2397
2398 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2399 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2400 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2401 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2402 // to the type to which it already refers.
2403 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2404 return;
2405
2406 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2407 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2408 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2409 // to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2410 //
2411 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2412 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2413 //
2414 // struct S {
2415 // typedef struct A { } A;
2416 // };
2417 //
2418 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2419 // allow the above but disallow
2420 //
2421 // struct S {
2422 // typedef int I;
2423 // typedef int I;
2424 // };
2425 //
2426 // since that was the intent of DR56.
2427 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2428 return;
2429
2430 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2431 << New->getDeclName();
2432 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2433 return New->setInvalidDecl();
2434 }
2435
2436 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2437 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2438 return;
2439
2440 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning
2441 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2442 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is
2443 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2444 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2445 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2446 (Old->isImplicit() ||
2447 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2448 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2449 return;
2450
2451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2452 << New->getDeclName();
2453 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2454}
2455
2456/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2457/// attribute.
2458static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2459 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2460 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2461 for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2462 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2463 if (Ann) {
2464 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2465 return true;
2466 continue;
2467 }
2468 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2469 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2470 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2471 return true;
2472 }
2473
2474 return false;
2475}
2476
2477static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2478 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2479 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2480 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2481 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2482 return true;
2483}
2484
2485/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2486/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2487///
2488/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2489static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2490 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2491 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2492 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2493 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2494 unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2495 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2496 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2497 // in a case like:
2498 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2499 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2500 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2501 // definition in such a case.
2502 if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2503 return false;
2504
2505 if (I->isAlignas())
2506 OldAlignasAttr = I;
2507
2508 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2509 if (Align > OldAlign) {
2510 OldAlign = Align;
2511 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2512 }
2513 }
2514
2515 // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2516 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2517 unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2518 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2519 if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2520 return false;
2521
2522 if (I->isAlignas())
2523 NewAlignasAttr = I;
2524
2525 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2526 if (Align > NewAlign)
2527 NewAlign = Align;
2528 }
2529
2530 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2531 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2532 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2533 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2534 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2535
2536 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2537 // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2538 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2539 QualType Ty;
2540 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2541 Ty = VD->getType();
2542 else
2543 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2544
2545 if (OldAlign == 0)
2546 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2547 if (NewAlign == 0)
2548 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2549 }
2550
2551 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2552 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2553 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2554 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2555 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2556 }
2557 }
2558
2559 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2560 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2561 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2562 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2563 // equivalent alignment.
2564 // C11 6.7.5/7:
2565 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2566 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2567 // have no alignment specifier.
2568 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2569 << OldAlignasAttr;
2570 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2571 << OldAlignasAttr;
2572 }
2573
2574 bool AnyAdded = false;
2575
2576 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2577 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2578 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2579 Clone->setInherited(true);
2580 New->addAttr(Clone);
2581 AnyAdded = true;
2582 }
2583
2584 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2585 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2586 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2587 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2588 Clone->setInherited(true);
2589 New->addAttr(Clone);
2590 AnyAdded = true;
2591 }
2592
2593 return AnyAdded;
2594}
2595
2596#define WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC
2597#include "clang/Sema/AttrParsedAttrImpl.inc"
2598#undef WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC
2599
2600static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2601 const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2602 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2603 // Diagnose any mutual exclusions between the attribute that we want to add
2604 // and attributes that already exist on the declaration.
2605 if (!DiagnoseMutualExclusions(S, D, Attr))
2606 return false;
2607
2608 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2609 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2610 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2611 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2612 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2613 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2614 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2615 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2616 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2617 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(
2618 D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2619 AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2620 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2621 AA->getPriority());
2622 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2623 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2624 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2625 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2626 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2627 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA);
2628 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2629 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA);
2630 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2631 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(),
2632 FA->getFirstArg());
2633 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2634 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName());
2635 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr))
2636 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName());
2637 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2638 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(),
2639 IA->getInheritanceModel());
2640 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2641 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA,
2642 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()));
2643 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2644 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2645 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2646 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2647 // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2648 return false;
2649 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2650 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA);
2651 else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr))
2652 NewAttr = S.mergeSwiftNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName());
2653 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2654 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA);
2655 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2656 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA);
2657 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2658 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2659 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2660 NewAttr = nullptr;
2661 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2662 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2663 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation ||
2664 AMK == Sema::AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation))
2665 NewAttr = nullptr;
2666 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2667 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl());
2668 else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr))
2669 NewAttr = S.mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA);
2670 else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr))
2671 NewAttr = S.mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA);
2672 else if (const auto *TCBA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBAttr>(Attr))
2673 NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBAttr(D, *TCBA);
2674 else if (const auto *TCBLA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBLeafAttr>(Attr))
2675 NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(D, *TCBLA);
2676 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2677 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2678
2679 if (NewAttr) {
2680 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2681 D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2682 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2683 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2684 return true;
2685 }
2686
2687 return false;
2688}
2689
2690static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2691 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2692 return TD->getDefinition();
2693 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2694 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2695 if (Def)
2696 return Def;
2697 return VD->getActingDefinition();
2698 }
2699 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2700 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
2701 if (FD->isDefined(Def, true))
2702 return Def;
2703 }
2704 return nullptr;
2705}
2706
2707static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2708 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2709 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2710 return true;
2711 return false;
2712}
2713
2714/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2715/// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2716static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2717 if (!New->hasAttrs())
2718 return;
2719
2720 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2721 if (!Def || Def == New)
2722 return;
2723
2724 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2725 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2726 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2727
2728 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2729 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2730 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2731 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2732
2733 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2734 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2735 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2736 --E;
2737 continue;
2738 }
2739 } else {
2740 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2741 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2742 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2743 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2744 : diag::err_redefinition;
2745 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2746 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2747 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2748 else
2749 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2750 VD->setInvalidDecl();
2751 }
2752 ++I;
2753 continue;
2754 }
2755
2756 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2757 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2758 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2759 ++I;
2760 continue;
2761 }
2762 }
2763
2764 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2765 ++I;
2766 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2767 }
2768
2769 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2770 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2771 ++I;
2772 continue;
2773 } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2774 // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class
2775 ++I;
2776 continue;
2777 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2778 if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2779 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2780 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2781 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2782 // equivalent alignment.
2783 // C11 6.7.5/7:
2784 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2785 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2786 // have no alignment specifier.
2787 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2788 << AA;
2789 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2790 << AA;
2791 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2792 --E;
2793 continue;
2794 }
2795 } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2796 // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this
2797 // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the
2798 // standard diagnostics.
2799 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2800 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2801 diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration);
2802 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2803 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2804 --E;
2805 continue;
2806 }
2807 } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) &&
2808 cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() &&
2809 !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) {
2810 // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables.
2811 // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany
2812 // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we
2813 // honored it.
2814 ++I;
2815 continue;
2816 } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2817 // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to
2818 // declarations after defintions.
2819 ++I;
2820 continue;
2821 }
2822
2823 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2824 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2825 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2826 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2827 --E;
2828 }
2829}
2830
2831static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl,
2832 const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr,
2833 bool AttrBeforeInit) {
2834 SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart();
2835
2836 // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration.
2837 // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve
2838 // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without
2839 // heroics.
2840 std::string SuitableSpelling;
2841 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2842 SuitableSpelling = std::string(
2843 S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit}));
2844 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2845 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2846 InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square,
2847 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon,
2848 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2849 tok::r_square, tok::r_square}));
2850 if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2851 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2852 InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren,
2853 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2854 tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren}));
2855 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2856 SuitableSpelling = "constinit";
2857 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2858 SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]";
2859 if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2860 SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))";
2861 SuitableSpelling += " ";
2862
2863 if (AttrBeforeInit) {
2864 // extern constinit int a;
2865 // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension
2866 assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute")((void)0);
2867 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing)
2868 << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2869 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here);
2870 } else {
2871 // int a = 0;
2872 // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit')
2873 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(),
2874 CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late
2875 : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late)
2876 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation()));
2877 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here)
2878 << CIAttr->isConstinit()
2879 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2880 }
2881}
2882
2883/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2884void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2885 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2886 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2887 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2888 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2889 New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2890 }
2891 if (RetainAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) {
2892 RetainAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2893 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2894 New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2895 }
2896
2897 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2898 return;
2899
2900 // [dcl.constinit]p1:
2901 // If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a
2902 // variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration.
2903 const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2904 const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2905 if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) {
2906 const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old);
2907 auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2908
2909 // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked
2910 // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet.
2911 const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration();
2912 if (!InitDecl &&
2913 (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()))
2914 InitDecl = NewVD;
2915
2916 if (InitDecl == NewVD) {
2917 // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit',
2918 // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute
2919 // form).
2920 if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit())
2921 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit,
2922 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true);
2923 } else if (NewConstInit) {
2924 // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should
2925 // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing
2926 // declaration, this is too late.
2927 if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) {
2928 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit,
2929 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false);
2930 NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2931 }
2932 }
2933 }
2934
2935 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2936 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2937
2938 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2939 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2940 if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) {
2941 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2942 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2943 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2944 }
2945 } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2946 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2947 // already been ODR-used.
2948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2949 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2950 }
2951 }
2952
2953 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2954 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2955 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2956 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2957 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2958 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2959 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2960 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2961 << NewTag;
2962 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2963 }
2964 }
2965 } else {
2966 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2967 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2968 }
2969 }
2970
2971 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute.
2972 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
2973 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) {
2974 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
2975 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration);
2976 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2977 }
2978 }
2979 }
2980
2981 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute.
2982 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>();
2983 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() &&
2984 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) {
2985 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section)
2986 << 0 /*codeseg*/;
2987 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2988 }
2989
2990 if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2991 return;
2992
2993 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2994
2995 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2996 // we process them.
2997 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2998
2999 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
3000 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
3001 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
3002 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
3003 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
3004 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
3005 switch (AMK) {
3006 case AMK_None:
3007 continue;
3008
3009 case AMK_Redeclaration:
3010 case AMK_Override:
3011 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
3012 case AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation:
3013 LocalAMK = AMK;
3014 break;
3015 }
3016 }
3017
3018 // Already handled.
3019 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I) || isa<RetainAttr>(I))
3020 continue;
3021
3022 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
3023 foundAny = true;
3024 }
3025
3026 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
3027 foundAny = true;
3028
3029 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
3030}
3031
3032/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
3033/// to the new one.
3034static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
3035 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
3036 Sema &S) {
3037 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3038 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3039 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3040 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3041 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3042 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3043 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3044 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
3045 // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
3046 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
3047 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
3048 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
3049 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
3050 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
3051 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
3052 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
3053 }
3054
3055 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
3056 return;
3057
3058 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
3059
3060 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
3061 // done before we process them.
3062 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
3063
3064 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
3065 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
3066 InheritableAttr *newAttr =
3067 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
3068 newAttr->setInherited(true);
3069 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
3070 foundAny = true;
3071 }
3072 }
3073
3074 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
3075}
3076
3077static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
3078 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
3079 Sema &S) {
3080 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3081 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3082 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
3083 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
3084 << DiagNullabilityKind(
3085 *Newnullability,
3086 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3087 != 0))
3088 << DiagNullabilityKind(
3089 *Oldnullability,
3090 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3091 != 0));
3092 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3093 }
3094 } else {
3095 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
3096 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
3097 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
3098 NewT, NewT);
3099 NewParam->setType(NewT);
3100 }
3101 }
3102}
3103
3104namespace {
3105
3106/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
3107/// C.
3108struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
3109 ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
3110 ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
3111 QualType PromotedType;
3112};
3113
3114} // end anonymous namespace
3115
3116// Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
3117// declaration, or a declaration.
3118template <typename T>
3119static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
3120getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3121 diag::kind PrevDiag;
3122 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
3123 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3124 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
3125 else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
3126 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
3127 if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
3128 OldLocation = New->getLocation();
3129 } else
3130 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
3131 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
3132}
3133
3134/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
3135/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
3136/// GNU89 mode.
3137static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
3138 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
3139 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
3140 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
3141 FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
3142 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
3143}
3144
3145const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
3146 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
3147 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
3148 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
3149 return AT;
3150}
3151
3152template <typename T>
3153static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3154 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
3155 if (DC->isRecord())
3156 return false;
3157
3158 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
3159 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
3160 return true;
3161 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
3162 return true;
3163 return false;
3164}
3165
3166template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
3167static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3168static bool isExternC(FunctionTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3169
3170/// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
3171/// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
3172/// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
3173template<typename ExpectedDecl>
3174static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
3175 ExpectedDecl *New) {
3176 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
3177 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
3178 // which specifies the same unqualified name,
3179 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
3180 // and function templates; or
3181 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
3182 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
3183 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
3184 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
3185 // name is hidden (3.3.10).
3186
3187 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
3188 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
3189 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
3190 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
3191 // function, the program is ill-formed.
3192
3193 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
3194 if (Old &&
3195 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
3196 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
3197 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
3198 Old = nullptr;
3199
3200 if (!Old) {
3201 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
3202 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
3203 S.Diag(OldS->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3204 return true;
3205 }
3206 return false;
3207}
3208
3209static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
3210 const FunctionDecl *B) {
3211 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams())((void)0);
3212
3213 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
3214 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3215 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3216 if (AttrA == AttrB)
3217 return true;
3218 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() &&
3219 AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic();
3220 };
3221
3222 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
3223}
3224
3225/// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified
3226/// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier.
3227static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD,
3228 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) {
3229 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when
3230 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration
3231 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier:
3232 //
3233 // inline namespace N { int f(); }
3234 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::.
3235 //
3236 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change
3237 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations,
3238 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular).
3239 if (!NewD->getQualifier())
3240 return;
3241
3242 // NewD is probably already in the right context.
3243 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3244 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3245 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC))
3246 return;
3247
3248 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) ||((void)0)
3249 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) &&((void)0)
3250 "unexpected context for redeclaration")((void)0);
3251
3252 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3253 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) {
3254 if (!D)
3255 return;
3256 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC);
3257 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC);
3258 };
3259
3260 FixSemaDC(NewD);
3261 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD))
3262 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate());
3263 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD))
3264 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate());
3265}
3266
3267/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
3268/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
3269/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation,
3270/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3271///
3272/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
3273/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
3274/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
3275/// merged with.
3276///
3277/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
3278bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
3279 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3280 // Verify the old decl was also a function.
3281 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
3282 if (!Old) {
3283 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
3284 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
3285 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
3286 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
3287 diag::note_using_decl_target);
3288 Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
3289 << 0;
3290 return true;
3291 }
3292
3293 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function or
3294 // function template.
3295 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate =
3296 New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
3297 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow,
3298 NewTemplate))
3299 return true;
3300 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl())
3301 ->getAsFunction();
3302 } else {
3303 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3304 return true;
3305 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
3306 }
3307 } else {
3308 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3309 << New->getDeclName();
3310 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
3311 return true;
3312 }
3313 }
3314
3315 // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new
3316 // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match.
3317 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
3318
3319 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
3320 if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
3321 return true;
3322
3323 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins.
3324 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) {
3325 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName();
3326 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3327 << Old << Old->getType();
3328 return true;
3329 }
3330
3331 diag::kind PrevDiag;
3332 SourceLocation OldLocation;
3333 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3334 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3335
3336 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
3337 // is an extern inline function.
3338 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
3339 // storage classes.
3340 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
3341 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3342 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
3343 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
3344 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
3345 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3346 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
3347 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3348 } else {
3349 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
3350 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3351 return true;
3352 }
3353 }
3354
3355 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3356 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3357 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3358 << New->getDeclName();
3359 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3360 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3361 }
3362
3363 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
3364 return true;
3365
3366 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3367 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3368 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
3369 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch)
3370 << New << OldOvl;
3371
3372 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable
3373 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one
3374 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter.
3375 //
3376 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in
3377 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it.
3378 const Decl *DiagOld = Old;
3379 if (OldOvl) {
3380 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) {
3381 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3382 return A && !A->isImplicit();
3383 });
3384 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this
3385 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless.
3386 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter;
3387 }
3388
3389 if (DiagOld)
3390 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(),
3391 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
3392 << OldOvl;
3393
3394 if (OldOvl)
3395 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
3396 else
3397 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3398 }
3399 }
3400
3401 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
3402 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
3403 // convention of the first.
3404 //
3405 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
3406 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
3407 //
3408 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
3409 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or
3410 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
3411 //
3412 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
3413 // other tests to run.
3414 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3415 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3416 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
3417 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3418 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
3419 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
3420 bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
3421
3422 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
3423 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
3424 const FunctionType *FT =
3425 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3426 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
3427 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
3428 if (!NewCCExplicit) {
3429 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
3430 // there but not here.
3431 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3432 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3433 } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) {
3434 // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point,
3435 // so we check if the old one is a builtin.
3436
3437 // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a
3438 // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is
3439 // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration.
3440 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
3441 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3442 << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction;
3443 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3444 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3445 } else {
3446 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
3447 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
3448 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
3449 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3450 << !FirstCCExplicit
3451 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
3452 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
3453
3454 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
3455 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3456 return true;
3457 }
3458 }
3459
3460 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
3461 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3462 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
3463 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3464 }
3465
3466 // Merge regparm attribute.
3467 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
3468 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
3469 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
3470 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
3471 << NewType->getRegParmType()
3472 << OldType->getRegParmType();
3473 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3474 return true;
3475 }
3476
3477 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3478 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3479 }
3480
3481 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3482 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3483 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3484 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3485 << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3486 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3487 return true;
3488 }
3489
3490 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3491 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3492 }
3493
3494 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3495 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3496 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3497 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3498 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3500 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3501 return true;
3502 }
3503
3504 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3505 RequiresAdjustment = true;
3506 }
3507
3508 if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3509 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3510 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3511 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3512 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3513 }
3514
3515 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3516 // UndefinedButUsed.
3517 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3518 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3519 !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3520 Old->isUsed(false) &&
3521 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3522 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3523 SourceLocation()));
3524
3525 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3526 // about it.
3527 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3528 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3529 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3530 }
3531
3532 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3533 // redeclaration.
3534 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3535 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3536 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3537 << New->getDeclName();
3538 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3539 return true;
3540 }
3541
3542 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3543 // C++1z [over.load]p2
3544 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3545 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3546 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3547
3548 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3549 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3550 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3551 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3552 // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3553 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3554 return true;
3555 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3556 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3557
3558 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3559 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3560 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3561 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3562 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3563 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType();
3564 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType();
3565 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3566 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType,
3567 OldDeclaredReturnType)) {
3568 QualType ResQT;
3569 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3570 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3571 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type.
3572 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3573 if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3574 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3575 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3576 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3577 else
3578 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3579 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3580 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3581 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3582 return true;
3583 }
3584 else
3585 NewQType = ResQT;
3586 }
3587
3588 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3589 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3590 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3591 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3592 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3593 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3594 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3595 New->setType(
3596 SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3597 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3598 : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3599 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3600 SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3601 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3602 : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3603 }
3604 }
3605
3606 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3607 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3608 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3609 // Preserve triviality.
3610 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3611
3612 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3613 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3614 // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3615 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3616 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3617 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3618 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3619
3620 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3621 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3622 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3623 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3624 // is a static member function declaration.
3625 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3626 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3627 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3628 return true;
3629 }
3630
3631 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3632 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3633 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3634 // class template can be declared and then later defined.
3635 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3636 unsigned NewDiag;
3637 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3638 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3639 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3640 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3641 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3642 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3643 else
3644 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3645
3646 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3647 } else {
3648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3649 << New << New->getType();
3650 }
3651 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3652 return true;
3653
3654 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3655 // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3656 //
3657 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3658 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3659 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3660 if (isFriend) {
3661 NewMethod->setImplicit();
3662 } else {
3663 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3664 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3665 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3666 return true;
3667 }
3668 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3669 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3670 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3671 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3672 return true;
3673 }
3674 }
3675
3676 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3677 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3678 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3679 // attribute.
3680 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3681 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3682 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3683 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3684 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3685 }
3686
3687 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3688 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3689 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3690 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3691 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3692 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3693 Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3694 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3695 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3696 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3697 }
3698
3699 // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3700 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3701 // return type and the parameter-type-list.
3702 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3703
3704 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3705 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3706 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3707 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3708 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3709 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3710 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3711 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical())((void)0);
3712 }
3713
3714 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3715 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3716 // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3717 //
3718 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3719 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3720 // linkage within class scope.
3721 //
3722 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3723 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3724 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3725 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3726 } else {
3727 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3728 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3729 return true;
3730 }
3731 }
3732
3733 // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the
3734 // exception specifier because it was already checked above in
3735 // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics
3736 // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility.
3737 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison,
3738 NewQType))
3739 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3740
3741 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or
3742 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again
3743 // during instantiation.
3744 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType))
3745 return false;
3746
3747 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3748 }
3749
3750 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3751 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3752 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3753 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3754 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3755 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3756 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3757 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3758 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3759 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3760 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3761 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C")((void)0);
3762 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3763 NewQType =
3764 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3765 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3766 New->setType(NewQType);
3767 New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3768
3769 // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3770 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3771 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3772 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3773 SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3774 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3775 SC_None, nullptr);
3776 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3777 Param->setImplicit();
3778 Params.push_back(Param);
3779 }
3780
3781 New->setParams(Params);
3782 }
3783
3784 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3785 }
3786
3787 // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address
3788 // spaces are ignored.
3789 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType))
3790 return false;
3791
3792 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3793 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3794 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3795 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3796 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3797 // the prototype.
3798 //
3799 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3800 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but
3801 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3802 // C99 6.9.1p8.
3803 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3804 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3805 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3806 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3807 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3808 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3809 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3810 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3811 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3812 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3813
3814 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3815 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3816 NewProto->getReturnType());
3817 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3818 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3819 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3820 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3821 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3822 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3823 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3824 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3825 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3826 NewParm->getType(),
3827 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3828 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3829 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3830 Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3831 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3832 } else
3833 LooseCompatible = false;
3834 }
3835
3836 if (LooseCompatible) {
3837 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3838 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3839 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3840 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3841 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3842 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3843 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3844 diag::note_previous_declaration);
3845 }
3846
3847 if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3848 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3849 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3850 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3851 }
3852
3853 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3854 }
3855
3856 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3857 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3858
3859 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3860 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3861 unsigned BuiltinID;
3862 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3863 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3864 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3865 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3866 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3867 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3868 << Old << Old->getType();
3869 return false;
3870 }
3871
3872 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3873 }
3874
3875 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3876 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3877 return true;
3878}
3879
3880/// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3881/// known to be compatible.
3882///
3883/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3884/// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3885/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3886/// redeclaration of Old.
3887///
3888/// \returns false
3889bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3890 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3891 // Merge the attributes
3892 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3893
3894 // Merge "pure" flag.
3895 if (Old->isPure())
3896 New->setPure();
3897
3898 // Merge "used" flag.
3899 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3900 New->setIsUsed();
3901
3902 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R
3903 // declarations.
3904 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3905 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3906 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3907 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3908 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3909 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3910 }
3911
3912 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3913 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3914
3915 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3916 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3917 // was visible.
3918 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3919 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3920 New->setType(Merged);
3921
3922 return false;
3923}
3924
3925void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3926 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3927 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3928 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3929 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3930 ? (oldMethod->isOptional() ? AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation
3931 : AMK_ProtocolImplementation)
3932 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3933 : AMK_Override;
3934
3935 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3936
3937 // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3938 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3939 oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3940 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3941 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3942 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3943 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3944
3945 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3946}
3947
3948static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3949 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()))((void)0);
3950
3951 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3952 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3953 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3954 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3955
3956 diag::kind PrevDiag;
3957 SourceLocation OldLocation;
3958 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3959 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3960 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3961 New->setInvalidDecl();
3962}
3963
3964/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3965/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types,
3966/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3967///
3968/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3969/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3970/// is attached.
3971void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3972 bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3973 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3974 return;
3975
3976 QualType MergedT;
3977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3978 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3979 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3980 return;
3981 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3982 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3983 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3984 }
3985 // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3986 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3987 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3988 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3989 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3990 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3991 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3992 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3993
3994 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3995 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3996 // mismatch.
3997 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3998 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3999 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
4000 QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType();
4001 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
4002 continue;
4003
4004 if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy))
4005 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
4006 }
4007 }
4008
4009 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
4010 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
4011 NewArray->getElementType()))
4012 MergedT = New->getType();
4013 }
4014 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
4015 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
4016 // visible.
4017 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4018 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
4019 NewArray->getElementType()))
4020 MergedT = Old->getType();
4021 }
4022 }
4023 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
4024 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4025 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
4026 Old->getType());
4027 }
4028 } else {
4029 // C 6.2.7p2:
4030 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
4031 // compatible type.
4032 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
4033 }
4034 if (MergedT.isNull()) {
4035 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
4036 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
4037 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
4038 // equivalent.
4039 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
4040 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
4041 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
4042 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
4043 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
4044 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
4045 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
4046 New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
4047 return;
4048 }
4049 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
4050 }
4051
4052 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
4053 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
4054 if (MergeTypeWithOld)
4055 New->setType(MergedT);
4056}
4057
4058static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
4059 LookupResult &Previous) {
4060 // C11 6.2.7p4:
4061 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
4062 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
4063 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
4064 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
4065 // declaration becomes the composite type.
4066 //
4067 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
4068 if (Previous.isShadowed())
4069 return false;
4070
4071 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4072 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
4073 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
4074 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
4075 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
4076 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
4077 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4078 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
4079 } else {
4080 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
4081 // type unless we're in the same function.
4082 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
4083 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
4084 }
4085}
4086
4087/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
4088/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this
4089/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
4090///
4091/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
4092/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
4093/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
4094///
4095void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
4096 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
4097 if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4098 return;
4099
4100 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
4101 return;
4102
4103 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
4104
4105 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
4106 VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
4107 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
4108 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4109 if (NewTemplate) {
4110 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4111 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
4112
4113 if (auto *Shadow =
4114 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4115 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
4116 return New->setInvalidDecl();
4117 } else {
4118 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4119
4120 if (auto *Shadow =
4121 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4122 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
4123 return New->setInvalidDecl();
4124 }
4125 }
4126 if (!Old) {
4127 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
4128 << New->getDeclName();
4129 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
4130 New->getLocation());
4131 return New->setInvalidDecl();
4132 }
4133
4134 // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new
4135 // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match.
4136 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
4137
4138 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
4139 if (NewTemplate &&
4140 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4141 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4142 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
4143 return New->setInvalidDecl();
4144
4145 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
4146 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
4147 //
4148 // Here, we need only consider static data members.
4149 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
4150 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
4151 << New->getIdentifier();
4152 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4153 New->setInvalidDecl();
4154 }
4155
4156 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
4157 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
4158 // declaration
4159 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
4160 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
4161 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
4162 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
4163 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4164 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
4165 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
4166 }
4167
4168 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
4169 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
4170 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
4171 << New->getDeclName();
4172 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4173 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
4174 }
4175
4176 // Merge the types.
4177 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
4178 if (MostRecent != Old) {
4179 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
4180 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
4181 if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4182 return;
4183 }
4184
4185 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
4186 if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4187 return;
4188
4189 diag::kind PrevDiag;
4190 SourceLocation OldLocation;
4191 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
4192 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4193
4194 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
4195 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
4196 !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4197 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
4198 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4199 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
4200 << New->getDeclName();
4201 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4202 } else {
4203 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
4204 << New->getDeclName();
4205 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4206 return New->setInvalidDecl();
4207 }
4208 }
4209 // C99 6.2.2p4:
4210 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
4211 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
4212 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
4213 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
4214 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
4215 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
4216 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
4217 // identifier has external linkage.
4218 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
4219 /* Okay */;
4220 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
4221 !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4222 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4223 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
4224 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4225 return New->setInvalidDecl();
4226 }
4227
4228 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
4229 if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
4230 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
4231 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4232 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4233 return New->setInvalidDecl();
4234 }
4235 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
4236 !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
4237 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4238 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4239 return New->setInvalidDecl();
4240 }
4241
4242 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
4243 return;
4244
4245 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
4246
4247 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
4248 // need to check for mismatches.
4249 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
4250 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
4251 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4252 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
4253 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
4254 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4255 return New->setInvalidDecl();
4256 }
4257
4258 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
4259 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4260 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
4261 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
4262 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
4263 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
4264 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4265 }
4266 }
4267
4268 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to
4269 // UndefinedButUsed.
4270 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
4271 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
4272 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
4273 SourceLocation()));
4274
4275 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
4276 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
4277 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4278 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4279 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
4280 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4281 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4282 } else {
4283 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
4284 // static and dynamic initialization.
4285 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
4286 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
4287 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
4288 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
4289 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4290 }
4291 }
4292
4293 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
4294 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4295 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
4296 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
4297 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
4298 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
4299 Diag(New->getLocation(),
4300 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
4301 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4302 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
4303 return;
4304 }
4305 }
4306
4307 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
4308 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
4309 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4310 New->setInvalidDecl();
4311 return;
4312 }
4313
4314 // Merge "used" flag.
4315 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
4316 New->setIsUsed();
4317
4318 // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
4319 New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
4320 if (NewTemplate)
4321 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
4322
4323 // Inherit access appropriately.
4324 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
4325 if (NewTemplate)
4326 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
4327
4328 if (Old->isInline())
4329 New->setImplicitlyInline();
4330}
4331
4332void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
4333 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
4334 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
4335 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
4336 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
4337 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
4338 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
4339 StringRef HdrFilename =
4340 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
4341
4342 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
4343 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
4344 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
4345 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
4346 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
4347 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
4348 if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
4349 if (Mod) {
4350 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
4351 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4352 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
4353 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
4354 << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4355 } else {
4356 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
4357 << HdrFilename.str();
4358 }
4359 return true;
4360 }
4361
4362 return false;
4363 };
4364
4365 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
4366 // this leads to a redefinition error.
4367 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
4368 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
4369 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
4370 bool EmittedDiag =
4371 noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
4372 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
4373
4374 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
4375 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
4376 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
4377
4378 if (EmittedDiag)
4379 return;
4380 }
4381
4382 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
4383 if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
4384 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4385}
4386
4387/// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
4388/// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
4389bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
4390 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
4391 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
4392 New->isInline() ||
4393 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
4394 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
4395 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
4396 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
4397 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
4398 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
4399
4400 // Make the canonical definition visible.
4401 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
4402 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
4403 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
4404 return false;
4405 } else {
4406 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
4407 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4408 New->setInvalidDecl();
4409 return true;
4410 }
4411}
4412
4413/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4414/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
4415Decl *
4416Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4417 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4418 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
4419 AnonRecord);
4420}
4421
4422// The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
4423// disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
4424// While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
4425// compatibility.
4426// We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
4427// targeted.
4428static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
4429 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
4430 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
4431 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
4432}
4433
4434void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
4435 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4436 return;
4437
4438 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
4439 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
4440 // it is anonymous.
4441 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
4442 return;
4443 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
4444 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
4445 Context.setManglingNumber(
4446 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
4447 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4448 return;
4449 }
4450
4451 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
4452 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
4453 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4454 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
4455 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext());
4456 if (MCtx) {
4457 Context.setManglingNumber(
4458 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4459 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4460 }
4461}
4462
4463namespace {
4464struct NonCLikeKind {
4465 enum {
4466 None,
4467 BaseClass,
4468 DefaultMemberInit,
4469 Lambda,
4470 Friend,
4471 OtherMember,
4472 Invalid,
4473 } Kind = None;
4474 SourceRange Range;
4475
4476 explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; }
4477};
4478}
4479
4480/// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++
4481/// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage.
4482static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
4483 if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
4484 return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}};
4485
4486 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1]
4487 // An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not
4488 //
4489 // -- have any base classes
4490 if (RD->getNumBases())
4491 return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass,
4492 SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(),
4493 RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())};
4494 bool Invalid = false;
4495 for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
4496 // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed.
4497 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
4498 Invalid = true;
4499 continue;
4500 }
4501
4502 // -- have any [...] default member initializers
4503 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
4504 if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) {
4505 auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer();
4506 return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit,
4507 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()};
4508 }
4509 continue;
4510 }
4511
4512 // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of
4513 // P1766, but not the intent.
4514 if (isa<FriendDecl>(D))
4515 return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()};
4516
4517 // -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member
4518 // enumerations, or member classes,
4519 if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) ||
4520 isa<EnumDecl>(D))
4521 continue;
4522 auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
4523 if (!MemberRD) {
4524 if (D->isImplicit())
4525 continue;
4526 return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()};
4527 }
4528
4529 // -- contain a lambda-expression,
4530 if (MemberRD->isLambda())
4531 return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()};
4532
4533 // and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements
4534 // (recursively).
4535 if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4536 if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD))
4537 return Kind;
4538 }
4539 }
4540
4541 return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}};
4542}
4543
4544void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
4545 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4546 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
4547 return;
4548
4549 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
4550 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
4551 return;
4552
4553 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
4554 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition())((void)0);
4555
4556 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed.
4557 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
4558 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
4559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4560 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4561 return;
4562 }
4563
4564 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR]
4565 // An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be
4566 // C-like].
4567 //
4568 // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally
4569 // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't
4570 // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early.
4571 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec);
4572 NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD)
4573 : NonCLikeKind();
4574 bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed();
4575 if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) {
4576 if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid)
4577 return;
4578
4579 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4580 if (ChangesLinkage) {
4581 // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension.
4582 if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None)
4583 DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage;
4584 else
4585 DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4586 }
4587
4588 SourceLocation FixitLoc =
4589 getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart());
4590 llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert;
4591 TextToInsert += ' ';
4592 TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4593
4594 Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID)
4595 << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD)
4596 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert);
4597 if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) {
4598 Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct)
4599 << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range;
4600 }
4601 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here)
4602 << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD);
4603
4604 if (ChangesLinkage)
4605 return;
4606 }
4607
4608 // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4609 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4610}
4611
4612static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
4613 switch (T) {
4614 case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4615 return 0;
4616 case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4617 return 1;
4618 case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4619 return 2;
4620 case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4621 return 3;
4622 case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4623 return 4;
4624 default:
4625 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier")__builtin_unreachable();
4626 }
4627}
4628
4629/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4630/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
4631/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
4632Decl *
4633Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4634 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4635 bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
4636 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4637 Decl *TagD = nullptr;
4638 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
4639 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4640 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4641 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4642 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4643 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4644 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
4645
4646 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
4647 return nullptr;
4648
4649 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
4650 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
4651 // it's a Type.
4652 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
4653 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
4654 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
4655 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4656 }
4657
4658 if (Tag) {
4659 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
4660 Tag->setFreeStanding();
4661 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
4662 return Tag;
4663 }
4664
4665 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4666 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
4667 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
4668 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4669 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4670 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
4671 << DS.getSourceRange();
4672 }
4673
4674 if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4675 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
4676 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
4677
4678 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) {
4679 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
4680 // and definitions of functions and variables.
4681 // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to
4682 // the declaration of a function or function template
4683 if (Tag)
4684 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
4685 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType())
4686 << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4687 else
4688 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
4689 << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4690 // Don't emit warnings after this error.
4691 return TagD;
4692 }
4693
4694 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
4695
4696 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
4697 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
4698 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
4699 if (TagD && !Tag)
4700 return nullptr;
4701 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4702 }
4703
4704 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4705 bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4706 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4707 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4708 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4709 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4710 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4711 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4712 // or an explicit specialization.
4713 //
4714 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4715 // obvious intent of DR1819.
4716 //
4717 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4718 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4719 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4720 return nullptr;
4721 }
4722
4723 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4724 bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4725
4726 // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4727 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4728 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4729 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4731 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4732 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4733 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4734 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4735 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4736 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4737 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4738 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4739 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4740 AnonRecord = Record;
4741 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4742 Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4743 }
4744
4745 DeclaresAnything = false;
4746 }
4747 }
4748
4749 // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4750 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4751 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4752 //
4753 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4754 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4755 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4756 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4757 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4758 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4759 // struct STRUCT;
4760 // union UNION;
4761 // and
4762 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4763 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4764 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4765 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4766 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4767 if (Tag)
4768 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4769 else if (const RecordType *RT =
4770 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4771 Record = RT->getDecl();
4772 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4773 Record = UT->getDecl();
4774
4775 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4776 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4777 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4778 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4779 }
4780
4781 DeclaresAnything = false;
4782 }
4783 }
4784
4785 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4786 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4787 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4788 return TagD;
4789
4790 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4791 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4792 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4793 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4794 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4795 DeclaresAnything = false;
4796
4797 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4798 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4799 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4800 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4801 << DS.getSourceRange();
4802 else
4803 DeclaresAnything = false;
4804 }
4805
4806 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4807 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4808 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4809 << Tag->getTagKind()
4810 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4811
4812 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4813
4814 // C 6.7/2:
4815 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4816 // or the members of an enumeration.
4817 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4818 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4819 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4820 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4821 // previous declaration.
4822 if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4823 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4824 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4825 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty())
4826 ? diag::err_no_declarators
4827 : diag::ext_no_declarators)
4828 << DS.getSourceRange();
4829 return TagD;
4830 }
4831
4832 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4833 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4834 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4835 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4836 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4837 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4838 //
4839 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4840 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4841 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4842 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4843
4844 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4845 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4846 // useless.
4847 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4848 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4849 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4850 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4851 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4852 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4853 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4854 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4855 }
4856
4857 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4858 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4859 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4860 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4861 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4862 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4863 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4864 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4865 // Restrict is covered above.
4866 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4867 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4868 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4869 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4870 }
4871
4872 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4873 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4874 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4875 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4876 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4877 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4878 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4879 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4880 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4881 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4882 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes())
4883 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4884 << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4885 }
4886 }
4887
4888 return TagD;
4889}
4890
4891/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4892/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4893///
4894/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4895static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4896 Scope *S,
4897 DeclContext *Owner,
4898 DeclarationName Name,
4899 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4900 bool IsUnion) {
4901 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4902 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
4903 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4904
4905 // Pick a representative declaration.
4906 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4907 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl")((void)0);
4908
4909 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4910 return false;
4911
4912 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4913 << IsUnion << Name;
4914 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4915
4916 return true;
4917}
4918
4919/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4920/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4921/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4922/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4923/// struct, e.g.,
4924///
4925/// @code
4926/// union {
4927/// int i;
4928/// float f;
4929/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4930/// // f into the surrounding scope.x
4931/// @endcode
4932///
4933/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4934/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4935static bool
4936InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4937 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4938 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4939 bool Invalid = false;
4940
4941 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4942 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4943 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4944 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4945 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4946 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4947 VD->getLocation(),
4948 AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4949 // C++ [class.union]p2:
4950 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4951 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4952 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4953 Invalid = true;
4954 } else {
4955 // C++ [class.union]p2:
4956 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4957 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4958 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4959 // anonymous union is declared.
4960 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4961 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4962 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4963 else
4964 Chaining.push_back(VD);
4965
4966 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2)((void)0);
4967 NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4968 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4969 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4970 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4971
4972 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4973 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4974 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4975
4976 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4977 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4978
4979 IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4980 IndirectField->setImplicit();
4981 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4982
4983 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4984 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4985
4986 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4987 }
4988 }
4989 }
4990
4991 return Invalid;
4992}
4993
4994/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4995/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4996/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4997static StorageClass
4998StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4999 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5000 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&((void)0)
5001 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.")((void)0);
5002 switch (StorageClassSpec) {
5003 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None;
5004 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
5005 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
5006 return SC_None;
5007 return SC_Extern;
5008 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static;
5009 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto;
5010 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register;
5011 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
5012 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
5013 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through.
5014 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None;
5015 }
5016 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier")__builtin_unreachable();
5017}
5018
5019static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
5020 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer())((void)0);
5021
5022 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
5023 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
5024 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
5025 FD = IFD->getAnonField();
5026 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
5027 return FD->getLocation();
5028 }
5029
5030 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer")__builtin_unreachable();
5031}
5032
5033static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
5034 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
5035 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
5036 return;
5037
5038 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
5039 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
5040}
5041
5042static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
5043 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
5044 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
5045 return;
5046
5047 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
5048}
5049
5050/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
5051/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
5052/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
5053/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
5054Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5055 AccessSpecifier AS,
5056 RecordDecl *Record,
5057 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
5058 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
5059
5060 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
5061 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
5062 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
5063 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5064 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
5065 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
5066 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
5067
5068 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
5069 // structs/unions.
5070 bool Invalid = false;
5071 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5072 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
5073 if (Record->isUnion()) {
5074 // C++ [class.union]p6:
5075 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2:
5076 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
5077 // global namespace shall be declared static.
5078 unsigned DiagID;
5079 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext();
5080 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
5081 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() ||
5082 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() &&
5083 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) {
5084 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
5085 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
5086
5087 // Recover by adding 'static'.
5088 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
5089 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
5090 }
5091 // C++ [class.union]p6:
5092 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
5093 // anonymous union in a class scope.
5094 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5095 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5096 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5097 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
5098 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5099
5100 // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
5101 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
5102 SourceLocation(),
5103 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5104 }
5105 }
5106
5107 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
5108 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
5109 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
5110 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5111 << Record->isUnion() << "const"
5112 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
5113 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
5114 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
5115 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5116 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
5117 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
5118 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
5119 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
5120 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5121 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
5122 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
5123 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
5124 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
5125 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5126 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
5127 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
5128 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
5129 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
5130 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5131 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
5132 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
5133
5134 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
5135 }
5136
5137 // C++ [class.union]p2:
5138 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
5139 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
5140 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
5141 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
5142 // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them.
5143 if (Mem->isInvalidDecl())
5144 continue;
5145
5146 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
5147 // C++ [class.union]p3:
5148 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
5149 // members (clause 11).
5150 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none)((void)0);
5151 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
5152 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
5153 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
5154 Invalid = true;
5155 }
5156
5157 // C++ [class.union]p1
5158 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
5159 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
5160 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
5161 // array of such objects.
5162 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
5163 Invalid = true;
5164 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
5165 // Any implicit members are fine.
5166 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
5167 // This is a type that showed up in an
5168 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
5169 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
5170 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
5171 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
5172 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
5173 MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
5174 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5175 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
5176 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5177 << Record->isUnion();
5178 else {
5179 // This is a nested type declaration.
5180 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5181 << Record->isUnion();
5182 Invalid = true;
5183 }
5184 } else {
5185 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
5186 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
5187 // not part of standard C++.
5188 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
5189 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
5190 << Record->isUnion();
5191 }
5192 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
5193 // Any access specifier is fine.
5194 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
5195 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
5196 } else {
5197 // We have something that isn't a non-static data
5198 // member. Complain about it.
5199 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
5200 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
5201 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
5202 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
5203 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
5204 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
5205 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
5206
5207 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5208 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
5209 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5210 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5211 << Record->isUnion();
5212 else {
5213 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
5214 Invalid = true;
5215 }
5216 }
5217 }
5218
5219 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
5220 // At most one variant member of a union may have a
5221 // brace-or-equal-initializer.
5222 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
5223 Owner->isRecord())
5224 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
5225 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
5226 }
5227
5228 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
5229 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
5230 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
5231 Invalid = true;
5232 }
5233
5234 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
5235 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
5236 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
5237 // names into the program
5238 // C++ [class.mem]p2:
5239 // each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member
5240 // name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field
5241 //
5242 // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere.
5243 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty())
5244 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
5245
5246 // Mock up a declarator.
5247 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::Member);
5248 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5249 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union")((void)0);
5250
5251 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
5252 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
5253 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5254 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(
5255 Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(),
5256 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo,
5257 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5258 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5259 Anon->setAccess(AS);
5260 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc);
5261
5262 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5263 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
5264 } else {
5265 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5266 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
5267 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5268 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5269 // an error here
5270 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5271 Invalid = true;
5272 SC = SC_None;
5273 }
5274
5275 assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected")((void)0);
5276 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(),
5277 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
5278 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC);
5279
5280 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
5281 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
5282 // initializer:
5283 // union { int n = 0; };
5284 if (!Invalid)
5285 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
5286 }
5287 Anon->setImplicit();
5288
5289 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
5290 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
5291
5292 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
5293 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
5294 // its members.
5295 Owner->addDecl(Anon);
5296
5297 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
5298 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5299 // purposes.
5300 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5301 Chain.push_back(Anon);
5302
5303 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
5304 Invalid = true;
5305
5306 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
5307 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5308 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
5309 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5310 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
5311 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
5312 if (MCtx) {
5313 Context.setManglingNumber(
5314 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5315 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5316 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5317 }
5318 }
5319 }
5320
5321 if (Invalid)
5322 Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5323
5324 return Anon;
5325}
5326
5327/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
5328/// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
5329/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
5330/// Example:
5331///
5332/// struct A { int a; };
5333/// struct B { struct A; int b; };
5334///
5335/// void foo() {
5336/// B var;
5337/// var.a = 3;
5338/// }
5339///
5340Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5341 RecordDecl *Record) {
5342 assert(Record && "expected a record!")((void)0);
5343
5344 // Mock up a declarator.
5345 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeName);
5346 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5347 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct")((void)0);
5348
5349 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
5350 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5351
5352 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
5353 NamedDecl *Anon =
5354 FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(),
5355 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo,
5356 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5357 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5358 Anon->setImplicit();
5359
5360 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
5361 CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
5362
5363 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
5364 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5365 // purposes.
5366 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5367 Chain.push_back(Anon);
5368
5369 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
5370 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
5371 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) ||
5372 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
5373 AS_none, Chain)) {
5374 Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5375 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5376 }
5377
5378 return Anon;
5379}
5380
5381/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
5382/// given Declarator.
5383DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
5384 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
5385}
5386
5387/// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
5388DeclarationNameInfo
5389Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
5390 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
5391 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
5392
5393 switch (Name.getKind()) {
5394
5395 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
5396 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
5397 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
5398 return NameInfo;
5399
5400 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
5401 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
5402 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
5403 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
5404 // of the simple-template-id.
5405 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
5406 // class template.
5407 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
5408 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
5409 // Y(int) -> Y<int>;
5410 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
5411 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
5412 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
5413 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
5414 Diag(Name.StartLocation,
5415 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
5416 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
5417 if (Template)
5418 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
5419 return DeclarationNameInfo();
5420 }
5421
5422 NameInfo.setName(
5423 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
5424 return NameInfo;
5425 }
5426
5427 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
5428 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
5429 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
5430 NameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(
5431 Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0], Name.EndLocation));
5432 return NameInfo;
5433
5434 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
5435 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
5436 Name.Identifier));
5437 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
5438 return NameInfo;
5439
5440 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
5441 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5442 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
5443 if (Ty.isNull())
5444 return DeclarationNameInfo();
5445 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
5446 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5447 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5448 return NameInfo;
5449 }
5450
5451 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: {
5452 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5453 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
5454 if (Ty.isNull())
5455 return DeclarationNameInfo();
5456 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5457 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5458 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5459 return NameInfo;
5460 }
5461
5462 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
5463 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
5464 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
5465 // to find the actual type being constructed.
5466 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
5467 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
5468 return DeclarationNameInfo();
5469
5470 // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
5471 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
5472
5473 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
5474 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
5475 // was qualified.
5476
5477 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5478 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
5479 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
5480 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
5481 return NameInfo;
5482 }
5483
5484 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: {
5485 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5486 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
5487 if (Ty.isNull())
5488 return DeclarationNameInfo();
5489 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5490 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5491 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5492 return NameInfo;
5493 }
5494
5495 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: {
5496 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
5497 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
5498 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
5499 }
5500
5501 } // switch (Name.getKind())
5502
5503 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind")__builtin_unreachable();
5504}
5505
5506static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
5507 do {
5508 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
5509 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
5510 else if (Ty->isArrayType())
5511 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5512 else
5513 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
5514 } while (true);
5515}
5516
5517/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
5518/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
5519/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
5520/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
5521/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
5522/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
5523/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
5524static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
5525 FunctionDecl *Declaration,
5526 FunctionDecl *Definition,
5527 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
5528 Params.clear();
5529 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
5530 return false;
5531 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
5532 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5533 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5534
5535 // The parameter types are identical
5536 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
5537 continue;
5538
5539 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
5540 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
5541 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5542 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5543
5544 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
5545 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
5546 Params.push_back(Idx);
5547 else // The two parameters aren't even close
5548 return false;
5549 }
5550
5551 return true;
5552}
5553
5554/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
5555/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
5556/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
5557/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec
5558/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
5559static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
5560 DeclarationName Name) {
5561 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
5562 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
5563 // - types which will become injected class names
5564 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
5565 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
5566 // few cases here.
5567
5568 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
5569 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
5570 case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
5571 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
5572 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
5573 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
5574 // Grab the type from the parser.
5575 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
5576 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
5577 if (T.isNull() || !T->isInstantiationDependentType()) break;
5578
5579 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much
5580 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
5581 // attached already.
5582 if (!TSI)
5583 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
5584
5585 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
5586 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5587 if (!TSI) return true;
5588
5589 // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5590 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5591 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5592 break;
5593 }
5594
5595 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5596 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5597 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5598 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5599 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5600 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5601 break;
5602 }
5603
5604 default:
5605 // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5606 break;
5607 }
5608
5609 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5610 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5611 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5612
5613 // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5614 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
5615 // pointer.
5616 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
5617 continue;
5618
5619 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
5620 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
5621 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
5622 return true;
5623 }
5624
5625 return false;
5626}
5627
5628void Sema::warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D) {
5629 // Avoid warning twice on the same identifier, and don't warn on redeclaration
5630 // of system decl.
5631 if (D->getPreviousDecl() || D->isImplicit())
5632 return;
5633 ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = D->isReserved(getLangOpts());
5634 if (Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::NotReserved &&
5635 !Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(D->getLocation()))
5636 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_reserved_extern_symbol)
5637 << D << static_cast<int>(Status);
5638}
5639
5640Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
5641 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration);
5642 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
5643
5644 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
5645 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
5646 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5647
5648 return Dcl;
5649}
5650
5651/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
5652/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
5653/// name different from T:
5654/// - every static data member of class T;
5655/// - every member function of class T
5656/// - every member of class T that is itself a type;
5657/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
5658bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
5659 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
5660 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5661
5662 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5663 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5664 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
5665 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
5666 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
5667 return true;
5668 }
5669
5670 return false;
5671}
5672
5673/// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
5674/// nested-name-specifier.
5675///
5676/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5677///
5678/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
5679/// resolves.
5680///
5681/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
5682///
5683/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
5684///
5685/// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus
5686/// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation.
5687///
5688/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
5689bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
5690 DeclarationName Name,
5691 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) {
5692 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
5693 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
5694 Cur = Cur->getParent();
5695
5696 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
5697 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
5698 //
5699 // class X {
5700 // void X::f();
5701 // };
5702 //
5703 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
5704 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
5705 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
5706 if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5707 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
5708 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
5709 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
5710 SS.clear();
5711 } else {
5712 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
5713 }
5714 return false;
5715 }
5716
5717 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
5718 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in
5719 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope.
5720 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) {
5721 if (Cur->isRecord())
5722 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5723 << Name << SS.getRange();
5724 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
5725 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
5726 << Name << SS.getRange();
5727 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
5728 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
5729 << Name << SS.getRange();
5730 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
5731 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
5732 << Name << SS.getRange();
5733 else
5734 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
5735 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
5736
5737 return true;
5738 }
5739
5740 if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5741 // Cannot qualify members within a class.
5742 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5743 << Name << SS.getRange();
5744 SS.clear();
5745
5746 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
5747 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
5748 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
5749 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5750 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5751 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5752 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5753 return true;
5754
5755 return false;
5756 }
5757
5758 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5759 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5760 // not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5761 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5762 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5763 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5764 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5765 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5766 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5767 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5768
5769 return false;
5770}
5771
5772NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5773 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5774 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5775 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5776 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5777
5778 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have
5779 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5780 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5781 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5782 } else if (!Name) {
5783 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5784 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5785 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5786 return nullptr;
5787 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5788 return nullptr;
5789
5790 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
5791 // we find one that is.
5792 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5793 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5794 S = S->getParent();
5795
5796 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5797 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5798 D.setInvalidType();
5799 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5800 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5801 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5802 return nullptr;
5803
5804 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5805 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5806 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5807 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5808 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5809 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5810 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5811 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5812 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5813 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5814 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5815 return nullptr;
5816 }
5817 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5818
5819 if (!IsDependentContext &&
5820 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5821 return nullptr;
5822
5823 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5824 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5825 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5826 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5827 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5828 return nullptr;
5829 }
5830 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5831 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(
5832 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5833 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) {
5834 if (DC->isRecord())
5835 return nullptr;
5836
5837 D.setInvalidType();
5838 }
5839 }
5840
5841 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5842 // declaration in the current instantiation.
5843 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5844 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5845 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5846 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5847 D.setInvalidType();
5848 }
5849 }
5850
5851 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5852 QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5853
5854 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5855 UPPC_DeclarationType))
5856 D.setInvalidType();
5857
5858 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5859 forRedeclarationInCurContext());
5860
5861 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5862 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5863 bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5864 bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5865
5866 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5867 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5868 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5869 //
5870 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5871 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5872 // the same name.
5873 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5874 /* Do nothing*/;
5875 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5876 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5877 R->isFunctionType())) {
5878 IsLinkageLookup = true;
5879 CreateBuiltins =
5880 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5881 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5882 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5883 CreateBuiltins = true;
5884
5885 if (IsLinkageLookup) {
5886 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5887 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration);
5888 }
5889
5890 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5891 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5892 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5893
5894 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5895 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5896 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5897 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5898 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5899 // thereof; [...]
5900 //
5901 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5902 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5903 // we want to match. For example, given:
5904 //
5905 // class X {
5906 // void f();
5907 // void f(float);
5908 // };
5909 //
5910 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5911 //
5912 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5913 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5914 // matches.
5915
5916 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5917 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5918 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5919 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5920 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5921 }
5922
5923 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5924 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5925 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5926 if (!D.isInvalidType())
5927 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5928 Previous.getFoundDecl());
5929
5930 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5931 Previous.clear();
5932 }
5933
5934 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5935 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name.
5936 Previous.clear();
5937
5938 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5939 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5940 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and
5941 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates.
5942 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5943 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
5944 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType()))
5945 Previous.clear();
5946
5947 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5948 // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5950 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5951
5952 NamedDecl *New;
5953
5954 bool AddToScope = true;
5955 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5956 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5957 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5958 return nullptr;
5959 }
5960
5961 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5962 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5963 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5964 TemplateParamLists,
5965 AddToScope);
5966 } else {
5967 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5968 AddToScope);
5969 }
5970
5971 if (!New)
5972 return nullptr;
5973
5974 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5975 // add it to the scope stack.
5976 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope)
5977 PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
5978
5979 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5980 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5981
5982 return New;
5983}
5984
5985/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5986/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5987/// GCC compatibility).
5988static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5989 ASTContext &Context,
5990 bool &SizeIsNegative,
5991 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5992 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5993 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary
5994 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5995 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5996 SizeIsNegative = false;
5997 Oversized = 0;
5998
5999 if (T->isDependentType())
6000 return QualType();
6001
6002 QualifierCollector Qs;
6003 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
6004
6005 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
6006 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
6007 QualType FixedType =
6008 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
6009 Oversized);
6010 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
6011 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
6012 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
6013 }
6014 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
6015 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
6016 QualType FixedType =
6017 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
6018 Oversized);
6019 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
6020 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
6021 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
6022 }
6023
6024 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
6025 if (!VLATy)
6026 return QualType();
6027
6028 QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType();
6029 if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6030 ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context,
6031 SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6032 if (ElemTy.isNull())
6033 return QualType();
6034 }
6035
6036 Expr::EvalResult Result;
6037 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
6038 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
6039 return QualType();
6040
6041 llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt();
6042
6043 // Check whether the array size is negative.
6044 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
6045 SizeIsNegative = true;
6046 return QualType();
6047 }
6048
6049 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
6050 unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
6051 (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
6052 !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType())
6053 ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res)
6054 : Res.getActiveBits();
6055 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
6056 Oversized = Res;
6057 return QualType();
6058 }
6059
6060 QualType FoldedArrayType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
6061 ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(), ArrayType::Normal, 0);
6062 return Qs.apply(Context, FoldedArrayType);
6063}
6064
6065static void
6066FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
6067 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
6068 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
6069 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
6070 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
6071 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
6072 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
6073 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
6074 return;
6075 }
6076 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
6077 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
6078 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
6079 DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
6080 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
6081 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
6082 return;
6083 }
6084 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
6085 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
6086 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
6087 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
6088 if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL =
6089 SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) {
6090 ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>();
6091 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL);
6092 } else {
6093 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
6094 }
6095 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
6096 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
6097 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
6098}
6099
6100/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
6101/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
6102/// GCC compatibility).
6103static TypeSourceInfo*
6104TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6105 ASTContext &Context,
6106 bool &SizeIsNegative,
6107 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
6108 QualType FixedTy
6109 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
6110 SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6111 if (FixedTy.isNull())
6112 return nullptr;
6113 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
6114 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
6115 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
6116 return FixedTInfo;
6117}
6118
6119/// Attempt to fold a variable-sized type to a constant-sized type, returning
6120/// true if we were successful.
6121bool Sema::tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo,
6122 QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc,
6123 unsigned FailedFoldDiagID) {
6124 bool SizeIsNegative;
6125 llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6126 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
6127 TInfo, Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6128 if (FixedTInfo) {
6129 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6130 TInfo = FixedTInfo;
6131 T = FixedTInfo->getType();
6132 return true;
6133 }
6134
6135 if (SizeIsNegative)
6136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6137 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6138 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) << toString(Oversized, 10);
6139 else if (FailedFoldDiagID)
6140 Diag(Loc, FailedFoldDiagID);
6141 return false;
6142}
6143
6144/// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
6145/// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
6146/// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
6147/// function-scope declarations.
6148void
6149Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
6150 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6151 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6152 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
6153 return;
6154
6155 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
6156 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
6157}
6158
6159NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
6160 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
6161 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
6162 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
6163}
6164
6165/// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
6166/// does not identify a function.
6167void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
6168 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
6169 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
6170 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
6171 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6172 diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6173
6174 if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier())
6175 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6176 diag::err_explicit_non_function);
6177
6178 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
6179 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6180 diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
6181}
6182
6183NamedDecl*
6184Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
6185 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
6186 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6187 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6188 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
6189 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6190 D.setInvalidType();
6191 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
6192 DC = CurContext;
6193 Previous.clear();
6194 }
6195
6196 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6197
6198 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
6199 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6200 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
6201 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
6202 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6203 << 1 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
6204
6205 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
6206 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName)
6207 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
6208 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
6209 << "typedef";
6210 else
6211 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
6212 << D.getName().getSourceRange();
6213 return nullptr;
6214 }
6215
6216 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
6217 if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
6218
6219 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6220 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
6221
6222 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
6223
6224 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
6225 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
6226 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
6227 return ND;
6228}
6229
6230void
6231Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
6232 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
6233 // then it shall have block scope.
6234 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
6235 // that redeclarations will match.
6236 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6237 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6238 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6239 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
6240
6241 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6242 bool SizeIsNegative;
6243 llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6244 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6245 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6246 SizeIsNegative,
6247 Oversized);
6248 if (FixedTInfo) {
6249 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6250 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6251 } else {
6252 if (SizeIsNegative)
6253 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6254 else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
6255 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
6256 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6257 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
6258 << toString(Oversized, 10);
6259 else
6260 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6261 NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
6262 }
6263 }
6264 }
6265}
6266
6267/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
6268/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
6269/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
6270NamedDecl*
6271Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
6272 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
6273
6274 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6275 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
6276
6277 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
6278 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
6279 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
6280 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
6281 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
6282 if (!Previous.empty()) {
6283 Redeclaration = true;
6284 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
6285 } else {
6286 inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD);
6287 }
6288
6289 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
6290 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6291
6292 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
6293 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
6294 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6295 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6296 if (II->isStr("FILE"))
6297 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
6298 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
6299 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6300 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
6301 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6302 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
6303 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
6304 }
6305
6306 return NewTD;
6307}
6308
6309/// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
6310/// previous declaration.
6311///
6312/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
6313/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
6314/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
6315/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
6316/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
6317/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
6318///
6319/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
6320/// lookup
6321///
6322/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
6323/// declared.
6324///
6325/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
6326/// for a new delcaration with the same name.
6327static bool
6328isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
6329 ASTContext &Context) {
6330 if (!PrevDecl)
6331 return false;
6332
6333 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
6334 return false;
6335
6336 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6337 // C++ [basic.link]p6:
6338 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
6339 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
6340 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
6341 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
6342 // linkage of the previous declaration.
6343 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
6344 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
6345 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
6346 return false;
6347
6348 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
6349 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
6350 // We found a member function: ignore it.
6351 return false;
6352
6353 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
6354 // previous declarations.
6355 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6356 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6357
6358 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
6359 // isn't the same function.
6360 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
6361 return false;
6362 }
6363
6364 return true;
6365}
6366
6367static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
6368 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
6369 if (!SS.isSet()) return;
6370 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context));
6371}
6372
6373bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
6374 QualType type = decl->getType();
6375 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
6376 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
6377 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
6378 unsigned kind = -1U;
6379 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6380 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6381 kind = 0; // __block
6382 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
6383 kind = 1; // global
6384 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
6385 kind = 3; // ivar
6386 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
6387 kind = 2; // field
6388 }
6389
6390 if (kind != -1U) {
6391 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
6392 << kind;
6393 }
6394 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6395 // Try to infer lifetime.
6396 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
6397 return false;
6398
6399 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6400 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
6401 decl->setType(type);
6402 }
6403
6404 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6405 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
6406 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
6407 var->getTLSKind()) {
6408 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
6409 << var->getType();
6410 return true;
6411 }
6412 }
6413
6414 return false;
6415}
6416
6417void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) {
6418 if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace())
6419 return;
6420 if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType())
6421 return;
6422 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
6423 QualType Type = Var->getType();
6424 if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType())
6425 return;
6426 LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private;
6427 // OpenCL C v3.0 s6.7.8 - For OpenCL C 2.0 or with the
6428 // __opencl_c_program_scope_global_variables feature, the address space
6429 // for a variable at program scope or a static or extern variable inside
6430 // a function are inferred to be __global.
6431 if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts()) &&
6432 Var->hasGlobalStorage())
6433 ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global;
6434 // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array
6435 // type has no address space yet, deduce it now.
6436 if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) {
6437 auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType();
6438 if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) {
6439 // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate
6440 // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`.
6441 OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS);
6442 OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0);
6443 // Re-generate the decayed type.
6444 Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy);
6445 }
6446 }
6447 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS);
6448 // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to
6449 // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of
6450 // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so
6451 // qualified, not the array type."
6452 if (Type->isArrayType())
6453 Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0);
6454 Decl->setType(Type);
6455 }
6456}
6457
6458static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
6459 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
6460 // the wrong linkage.
6461 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0)((void)0);
6462
6463 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
6464 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
6465 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6466 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
6467 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
6468 }
6469 }
6470 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
6471 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6472 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
6473 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
6474 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6475 }
6476 }
6477
6478 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
6479 if (VD->hasInit()) {
6480 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
6481 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&((void)0)
6482 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!")((void)0);
6483 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
6484 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6485 }
6486 }
6487 }
6488
6489 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
6490 // It does not apply to functions.
6491 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
6492 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6493 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
6494 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
6495 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
6496 }
6497 }
6498
6499 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
6500 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
6501 bool IsAnonymousNS = false;
6502 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6503 if (VD) {
6504 const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext());
6505 while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) {
6506 IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace();
6507 NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent());
6508 }
6509 }
6510 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
6511 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
6512 // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have
6513 // external linkage in order to be exported.
6514 bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft;
6515 if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) ||
6516 (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode &&
6517 (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) {
6518 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
6519 << &ND << Attr;
6520 ND.setInvalidDecl();
6521 }
6522 }
6523
6524 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any.
6525 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) {
6526 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement;
6527 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the
6528 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769.
6529 AttributedTypeLoc ATL;
6530 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6531 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>());
6532 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) {
6533 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object
6534 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor)
6535 // by applying it to the function type.
6536 if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) {
6537 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6538 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) {
6539 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param)
6540 << !MD << A->getRange();
6541 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
6542 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor)
6543 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange();
6544 }
6545 }
6546 }
6547 }
6548}
6549
6550static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
6551 NamedDecl *NewDecl,
6552 bool IsSpecialization,
6553 bool IsDefinition) {
6554 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6555 return;
6556
6557 bool IsTemplate = false;
6558 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6559 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6560 IsTemplate = true;
6561 if (!IsSpecialization)
6562 IsDefinition = false;
6563 }
6564 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6565 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6566 IsTemplate = true;
6567 }
6568
6569 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
6570 return;
6571
6572 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6573 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6574 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6575 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6576
6577 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
6578 // inherited attribute instances.
6579 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
6580 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
6581
6582 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
6583 // the only exception being explicit specializations.
6584 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
6585 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
6586 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
6587
6588 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
6589 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
6590 bool JustWarn = false;
6591 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
6592 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
6593 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6594 JustWarn = true;
6595 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
6596 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
6597 JustWarn = true;
6598 }
6599
6600 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
6601 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
6602 // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
6603 if (OldDecl->isUsed())
6604 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
6605 JustWarn = false;
6606
6607 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
6608 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
6609 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
6610 << NewDecl
6611 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
6612 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6613 if (!JustWarn) {
6614 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6615 return;
6616 }
6617 }
6618
6619 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
6620 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
6621 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
6622 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
6623 // it were marked dllexport.
6624 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
6625 bool IsMicrosoftABI = S.Context.getTargetInfo().shouldDLLImportComdatSymbols();
6626 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6627 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
6628 // separately.
6629 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
6630 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
6631 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
6632 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6633 IsInline = FD->isInlined();
6634 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
6635 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
6636 }
6637
6638 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
6639 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoftABI && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
6640 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
6641 if (IsMicrosoftABI && IsDefinition) {
6642 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6643 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
6644 << NewDecl;
6645 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6646 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6647 NewDecl->addAttr(
6648 DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange()));
6649 } else {
6650 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6651 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
6652 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6653 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6654 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
6655 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6656 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6657 }
6658 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoftABI) {
6659 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport
6660 // attribute.
6661 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6662 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6663 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6664 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
6665 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6666 }
6667
6668 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here
6669 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the
6670 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically
6671 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later.
6672 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6673 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization &&
6674 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) {
6675 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr =
6676 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
6677 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context);
6678 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
6679 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr);
6680 }
6681 }
6682 }
6683}
6684
6685/// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
6686/// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
6687/// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
6688static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6689 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
6690
6691 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
6692 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
6693
6694 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
6695 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
6696 return false;
6697
6698 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
6699 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
6700}
6701
6702/// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
6703/// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
6704/// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
6705/// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
6706///
6707/// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
6708/// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
6709///
6710/// For instance:
6711///
6712/// auto x = []{};
6713///
6714/// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
6715/// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
6716///
6717/// FIXME: This is a hack.
6718template<typename T>
6719static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
6720 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6721 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
6722 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
6723 return false;
6724
6725 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
6726 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
6727 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
6728 return false;
6729 }
6730 return D->isExternC();
6731}
6732
6733static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
6734 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6735 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) ||
6736 isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6737 return VD->hasExternalStorage();
6738 if (DC->isFileContext())
6739 return true;
6740 if (DC->isRecord())
6741 return false;
6742 if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC))
6743 return false;
6744 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context")__builtin_unreachable();
6745}
6746
6747static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6748 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6749 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
6750 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6751 return true;
6752 if (DC->isRecord())
6753 return false;
6754 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context")__builtin_unreachable();
6755}
6756
6757static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
6758 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) {
6759 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
6760 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind))
6761 return true;
6762
6763 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
6764 // position to the decl itself.
6765 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
6766 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind))
6767 return true;
6768 }
6769
6770 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
6771 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind);
6772}
6773
6774/// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
6775/// function-local external declaration.
6776bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
6777 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
6778 return false;
6779
6780 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
6781 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
6782 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
6783 if (DC->isDependentContext())
6784 return true;
6785
6786 // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
6787 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
6788 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
6789 // innermost enclosing namespace.
6790 //
6791 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
6792 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
6793 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
6794 DC = DC->getParent();
6795 return true;
6796}
6797
6798/// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
6799static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
6800 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
6801 return FD->isExternC();
6802 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
6803 return VD->isExternC();
6804
6805 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!")__builtin_unreachable();
6806}
6807
6808/// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed.
6809static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Sema &Se, VarDecl *NewVD) {
6810 DeclContext *DC = NewVD->getDeclContext();
6811 QualType R = NewVD->getType();
6812
6813 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
6814 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
6815 // argument.
6816 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
6817 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(),
6818 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
6819 << R;
6820 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6821 return false;
6822 }
6823
6824 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6825 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6826 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
6827 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program
6828 // scope.
6829 if (NewVD->hasGlobalStorage() && !NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6830 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
6831 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(),
6832 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var)
6833 << R;
6834 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6835 return false;
6836 }
6837 }
6838
6839 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
6840 if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers",
6841 Se.getLangOpts())) {
6842 QualType NR = R.getCanonicalType();
6843 while (NR->isPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() ||
6844 NR->isReferenceType()) {
6845 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() ||
6846 NR->isFunctionReferenceType()) {
6847 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer)
6848 << NR->isReferenceType();
6849 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6850 return false;
6851 }
6852 NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6853 }
6854 }
6855
6856 if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16",
6857 Se.getLangOpts())) {
6858 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6859 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6860 if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6861 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6862 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6863 return false;
6864 }
6865 }
6866
6867 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6868 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6869 // address space qualifiers.
6870 if (R->isEventT()) {
6871 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
6872 Se.Diag(NewVD->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6873 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6874 return false;
6875 }
6876 }
6877
6878 if (R->isSamplerT()) {
6879 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6880 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6881 // space qualifiers.
6882 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6883 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6884 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6885 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6886 }
6887
6888 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
6889 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
6890 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
6891 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
6892 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6893 R.isConstQualified())) {
6894 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
6895 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6896 }
6897 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6898 return false;
6899 }
6900
6901 return true;
6902}
6903
6904template <typename AttrTy>
6905static void copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl(Sema &S, Decl *D, const TypedefType *TT) {
6906 const TypedefNameDecl *TND = TT->getDecl();
6907 if (const auto *Attribute = TND->getAttr<AttrTy>()) {
6908 AttrTy *Clone = Attribute->clone(S.Context);
6909 Clone->setInherited(true);
6910 D->addAttr(Clone);
6911 }
6912}
6913
6914NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
6915 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6916 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6917 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
6918 QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6919 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
6920
6921 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6922
6923 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6924 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
6925 // purposes.
6926 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
6927 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
6928 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
6929 Name = II;
6930 }
6931 } else if (!II) {
6932 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
6933 return nullptr;
6934 }
6935
6936
6937 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6938 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6939
6940 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6941 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6942 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6943 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) &&
6944 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport))
6945 SC = SC_Extern;
6946
6947 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6948 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6949 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6950
6951 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6952 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6953 // an error here
6954 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6955 D.setInvalidType();
6956 SC = SC_None;
6957 }
6958
6959 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6960 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6961 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6962 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6963 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6964 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6965 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6966 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6967 : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6968 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6969 }
6970
6971 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6972
6973 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6974 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6975 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6976 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6977 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6978 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6979 D.setInvalidType();
6980 }
6981 }
6982
6983 // If this variable has a VLA type and an initializer, try to
6984 // fold to a constant-sized type. This is otherwise invalid.
6985 if (D.hasInitializer() && R->isVariableArrayType())
6986 tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TInfo, R, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6987 /*DiagID=*/0);
6988
6989 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
6990 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6991 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6992 bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6993 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6994 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6995 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6996 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6997 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6998 II, R, TInfo, SC);
6999
7000 if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7001 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7002
7003 if (D.isInvalidType())
7004 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7005
7006 if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() &&
7007 NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7008 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(),
7009 NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct);
7010 } else {
7011 bool Invalid = false;
7012
7013 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7014 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
7015 switch (SC) {
7016 case SC_None:
7017 break;
7018 case SC_Static:
7019 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7020 diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7021 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7022 break;
7023 case SC_Auto:
7024 case SC_Register:
7025 case SC_Extern:
7026 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
7027 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
7028 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
7029 // of class members
7030
7031 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7032 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
7033 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7034 break;
7035 case SC_PrivateExtern:
7036 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!")__builtin_unreachable();
7037 }
7038 }
7039
7040 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
7041 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
7042 // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are
7043 // incompatible with static data members.
7044 const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr;
7045 const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr;
7046 for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) {
7047 if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7048 FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt;
7049 break;
7050 }
7051 const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt);
7052 if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) {
7053 AnonStruct = ParentDecl;
7054 break;
7055 }
7056 }
7057 if (FunctionOrMethod) {
7058 // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static data
7059 // members.
7060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7061 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
7062 << Name << RD->getDeclName() << RD->getTagKind();
7063 } else if (AnonStruct) {
7064 // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained
7065 // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain
7066 // static data members.
7067 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7068 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
7069 << Name << AnonStruct->getTagKind();
7070 Invalid = true;
7071 } else if (RD->isUnion()) {
7072 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
7073 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
7074 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7075 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
7076 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
7077 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
7078 }
7079 }
7080 }
7081
7082 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7083 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7084 bool InvalidScope = false;
7085 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7086 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7087 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7088 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
7089 ? D.getName().TemplateId
7090 : nullptr,
7091 TemplateParamLists,
7092 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, InvalidScope);
7093 Invalid |= InvalidScope;
7094
7095 if (TemplateParams) {
7096 if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
7097 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
7098 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
7099 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
7100 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
7101 diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
7102 << II
7103 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
7104 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
7105 TemplateParams = nullptr;
7106 } else {
7107 // Check that we can declare a template here.
7108 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7109 return nullptr;
7110
7111 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
7112 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
7113 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
7114 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
7115 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
7116 // This is a template declaration.
7117 IsVariableTemplate = true;
7118
7119 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
7120 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7121 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
7122 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
7123 : diag::ext_variable_template);
7124 }
7125 }
7126 } else {
7127 // Check that we can declare a member specialization here.
7128 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization &&
7129 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
7130 return nullptr;
7131 assert((Invalid ||((void)0)
7132 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) &&((void)0)
7133 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl")((void)0);
7134 }
7135
7136 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
7137 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
7138 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
7139 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
7140 : SourceLocation();
7141 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
7142 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
7143 IsPartialSpecialization);
7144 if (Res.isInvalid())
7145 return nullptr;
7146 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
7147 AddToScope = false;
7148 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
7149 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7150 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
7151 Bindings);
7152 } else
7153 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7154 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
7155
7156 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
7157 if (IsVariableTemplate) {
7158 NewTemplate =
7159 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
7160 TemplateParams, NewVD);
7161 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
7162 }
7163
7164 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
7165 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
7166 if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7167 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7168
7169 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
7170 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7171 if (NewTemplate)
7172 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7173 }
7174
7175 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D);
7176
7177 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
7178 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
7179 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
7180 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
7181 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
7182 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
7183 }
7184
7185 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
7186 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7187 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
7188 << 0;
7189 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7190 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
7191 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7192 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7193 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7194 } else {
7195 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7196 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
7197 : diag::ext_inline_variable);
7198 NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
7199 }
7200 }
7201
7202 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
7203 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
7204 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7205 if (NewTemplate)
7206 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7207
7208 if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
7209 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
7210 for (auto *B : Bindings)
7211 B->setLocalExternDecl();
7212 else
7213 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
7214 }
7215
7216 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
7217 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
7218 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
7219 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
7220 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
7221 // explicitly.
7222 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
7223 // 'extern'.
7224 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7225 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
7226 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
7227 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
7228 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7229 diag::err_thread_non_global)
7230 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7231 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
7232 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7233 getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7234 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
7235 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
7236 // error should be ignored.
7237 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
7238 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
7239 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
7240 // to emit any code for it.
7241 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7242 } else
7243 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7244 diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7245 } else
7246 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7247 }
7248
7249 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
7250 case ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified:
7251 break;
7252
7253 case ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval:
7254 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7255 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
7256 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
7257 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
7258
7259 case ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr:
7260 NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
7261 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
7262 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
7263 // implicitly an inline variable.
7264 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() &&
7265 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ||
7266 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()))
7267 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
7268 break;
7269
7270 case ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit:
7271 if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())
7272 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7273 diag::err_constinit_local_variable);
7274 else
7275 NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create(
7276 Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7277 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit));
7278 break;
7279 }
7280
7281 // C99 6.7.4p3
7282 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
7283 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
7284 // thread storage duration...
7285 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
7286 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note
7287 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
7288 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these
7289 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
7290 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7291 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
7292 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7293 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
7294 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7295 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
7296 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
7297 }
7298 }
7299
7300 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7301 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7302 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7303 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
7304 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7305 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7306 else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
7307 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7308 << 2
7309 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7310 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7311 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7312 << 0 << NewVD
7313 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7314 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7315 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7316 else {
7317 NewVD->setModulePrivate();
7318 if (NewTemplate)
7319 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7320 for (auto *B : Bindings)
7321 B->setModulePrivate();
7322 }
7323 }
7324
7325 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7326 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD);
7327
7328 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec();
7329 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) {
7330 bool IsCXX = getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus;
7331 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7332 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier)
7333 << IsCXX << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString()
7334 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1;
7335 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7336 }
7337 }
7338
7339 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
7340 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
7341
7342 // FIXME: This is probably the wrong location to be doing this and we should
7343 // probably be doing this for more attributes (especially for function
7344 // pointer attributes such as format, warn_unused_result, etc.). Ideally
7345 // the code to copy attributes would be generated by TableGen.
7346 if (R->isFunctionPointerType())
7347 if (const auto *TT = R->getAs<TypedefType>())
7348 copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl<AllocSizeAttr>(*this, NewVD, TT);
7349
7350 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7351 getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7352 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7353 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
7354 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
7355 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD))))
7356 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7357 diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7358
7359 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7360 (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)))
7361 targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7362 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
7363 // storage [duration]."
7364 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7365 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
7366 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
7367 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
7368 }
7369 }
7370
7371 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
7372 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
7373 // check the VarDecl itself.
7374 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||((void)0)
7375 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||((void)0)
7376 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None)((void)0);
7377
7378 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
7379 // retainable type.
7380 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
7381 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7382
7383 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7384 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
7385 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7386 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7387 StringRef Label = SE->getString();
7388 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
7389 switch (SC) {
7390 case SC_None:
7391 case SC_Auto:
7392 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
7393 break;
7394 case SC_Register:
7395 // Local Named register
7396 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
7397 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
7398 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7399 break;
7400 case SC_Static:
7401 case SC_Extern:
7402 case SC_PrivateExtern:
7403 break;
7404 }
7405 } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
7406 // Global Named register
7407 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
7408 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
7409 bool HasSizeMismatch;
7410
7411 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
7412 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7413 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
7414 Context.getTypeSize(R),
7415 HasSizeMismatch))
7416 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
7417 else if (HasSizeMismatch)
7418 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
7419 }
7420
7421 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
7422 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
7423 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7424 }
7425 }
7426
7427 NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label,
7428 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
7429 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
7430 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7431 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7432 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
7433 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7434 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
7435 NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
7436 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7437 } else
7438 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7439 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
7440 }
7441 }
7442
7443 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
7444 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
7445 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
7446 : nullptr;
7447
7448 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
7449 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
7450 // declaration has linkage).
7451 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
7452 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7453 IsMemberSpecialization ||
7454 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
7455
7456 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
7457 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
7458 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7459 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
7460 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
7461 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
7462 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
7463
7464 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7465 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7466 } else {
7467 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
7468 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7469 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
7470 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7471
7472 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
7473 if (!Previous.empty()) {
7474 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7475 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
7476 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7477 // The user tried to define a non-static data member
7478 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7479 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
7480 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7481 Previous.clear();
7482 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7483 }
7484 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7485 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
7486 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
7487 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
7488 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7489 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7490 }
7491
7492 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7493 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7494
7495 if (NewTemplate) {
7496 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
7497 NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
7498 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
7499 : nullptr;
7500
7501 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
7502 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
7503 // template declaration.
7504 if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
7505 TemplateParams,
7506 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7507 : nullptr,
7508 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7509 DC->isDependentContext())
7510 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7511 : TPC_VarTemplate))
7512 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7513
7514 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
7515 // template, make a note of that.
7516 if (PrevVarTemplate &&
7517 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
7518 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
7519 }
7520 }
7521
7522 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
7523 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
7524 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
7525
7526 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
7527
7528 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7529 // the map of such variables.
7530 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7531 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
7532 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
7533
7534 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7535 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
7536 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
7537 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
7538 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
7539 if (MCtx) {
7540 Context.setManglingNumber(
7541 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
7542 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
7543 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
7544 }
7545 }
7546
7547 // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
7548 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
7549 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
7550 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
7551
7552 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
7553 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
7554 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7555 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
7556
7557 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
7558 // behavior.
7559 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
7560 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
7561 }
7562
7563 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7564 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7565 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization,
7566 D.isFunctionDefinition());
7567 }
7568
7569 if (NewTemplate) {
7570 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7571 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7572 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
7573 return NewTemplate;
7574 }
7575
7576 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7577 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
7578
7579 return NewVD;
7580}
7581
7582/// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
7583enum ShadowedDeclKind {
7584 SDK_Local,
7585 SDK_Global,
7586 SDK_StaticMember,
7587 SDK_Field,
7588 SDK_Typedef,
7589 SDK_Using,
7590 SDK_StructuredBinding
7591};
7592
7593/// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
7594static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7595 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
7596 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7597 return SDK_Using;
7598 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7599 return SDK_Typedef;
7600 else if (isa<BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7601 return SDK_StructuredBinding;
7602 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
7603 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
7604
7605 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
7606}
7607
7608/// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
7609/// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
7610static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
7611 const VarDecl *VD) {
7612 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
7613 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
7614 return Capture.getLocation();
7615 }
7616 return SourceLocation();
7617}
7618
7619static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
7620 const LookupResult &R) {
7621 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
7622 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
7623 return false;
7624
7625 // Return false if warning is ignored.
7626 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
7627}
7628
7629/// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7630/// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7631NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
7632 const LookupResult &R) {
7633 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7634 return nullptr;
7635
7636 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
7637 if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
7638 return nullptr;
7639
7640 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7641 return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl
7642 : nullptr;
7643}
7644
7645/// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
7646/// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7647NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
7648 const LookupResult &R) {
7649 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
7650 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
7651 return nullptr;
7652
7653 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7654 return nullptr;
7655
7656 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7657 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
7658}
7659
7660/// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7661/// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7662NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D,
7663 const LookupResult &R) {
7664 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7665 return nullptr;
7666
7667 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7668 return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl
7669 : nullptr;
7670}
7671
7672/// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements
7673/// -Wshadow.
7674///
7675/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
7676/// scope.
7677///
7678/// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
7679/// \param R the lookup of the name
7680///
7681void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7682 const LookupResult &R) {
7683 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
7684
7685 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
7686 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
7687 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
7688 if (MD->isStatic())
7689 return;
7690
7691 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
7692 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
7693 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
7694 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7695 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
7696 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
7697 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
7698 return;
7699 }
7700 }
7701
7702 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7703 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
7704 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
7705 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
7706 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
7707 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
7708 ShadowedDecl = I;
7709 break;
7710 }
7711 }
7712
7713 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7714
7715 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
7716 SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
7717 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC &&
7718 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
7719 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
7720 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
7721 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
7722 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
7723 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
7724 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
7725 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
7726 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7727 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
7728 } else {
7729 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
7730 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
7731 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
7732 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back(
7733 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
7734 return;
7735 }
7736 }
7737
7738 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) {
7739 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if
7740 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context.
7741 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC;
7742 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC);
7743 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) {
7744 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions
7745 // can capture; other scopes don't.
7746 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) &&
7747 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) {
7748 return;
7749 }
7750 }
7751 }
7752 }
7753 }
7754
7755 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
7756 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
7757 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
7758 if (!OldDC->isRecord())
7759 return;
7760
7761 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
7762 // static data members from base classes?
7763
7764 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
7765 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
7766 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
7767 }
7768
7769
7770 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
7771
7772 // Emit warning and note.
7773 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
7774 return;
7775 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
7776 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
7777 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7778 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7779 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
7780 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7781}
7782
7783/// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
7784/// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
7785void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
7786 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
7787 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
7788 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
7789 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
7790 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7791 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
7792 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
7793 : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
7794 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
7795 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
7796 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7797 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7798 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
7799 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7800 }
7801}
7802
7803/// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
7804void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
7805 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
7806 return;
7807
7808 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
7809 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7810 LookupName(R, S);
7811 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
7812 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
7813}
7814
7815/// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
7816/// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
7817void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7818 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
7819 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
7820 return;
7821 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7822 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7823 if (!DRE)
7824 return;
7825 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7826 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
7827 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
7828 return;
7829 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
7830 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7831 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
7832 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
7833 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7834
7835 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
7836 ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
7837}
7838
7839/// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
7840/// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
7841template<typename T>
7842static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
7843 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
7844 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"")((void)0);
7845 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
7846
7847 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7848 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
7849 // declaration.
7850 return false;
7851 }
7852
7853 if (Prev) {
7854 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7855 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
7856 // redeclaration.
7857 Previous.clear();
7858 Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7859 return true;
7860 }
7861
7862 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
7863 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
7864 // declaration.
7865 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
7866 return false;
7867 } else {
7868 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
7869 // translation unit which might conflict.
7870 if (IsGlobal) {
7871 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
7872 IsGlobal = false;
7873 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7874 I != E; ++I) {
7875 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7876 Prev = *I;
7877 break;
7878 }
7879 }
7880 } else {
7881 DeclContext::lookup_result R =
7882 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
7883 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
7884 I != E; ++I) {
7885 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7886 Prev = *I;
7887 break;
7888 }
7889 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
7890 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
7891 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
7892 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
7893 // diagnostic.
7894 }
7895 }
7896
7897 if (!Prev)
7898 return false;
7899 }
7900
7901 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
7902 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
7903 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose")((void)0);
7904 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
7905 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
7906 else
7907 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
7908
7909 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
7910 << IsGlobal << ND;
7911 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
7912 << IsGlobal;
7913 return false;
7914}
7915
7916/// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
7917/// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
7918///
7919/// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
7920/// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
7921/// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
7922/// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
7923/// the same name as an entity in global scope.
7924template<typename T>
7925static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
7926 LookupResult &Previous) {
7927 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7928 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
7929 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
7930 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
7931 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7932 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
7933 Previous.clear();
7934 Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7935 return true;
7936 }
7937 }
7938 return false;
7939 }
7940
7941 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
7942 // declaration.
7943 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
7944 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
7945
7946 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
7947 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
7948 // in another scope.
7949 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
7950 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
7951
7952 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
7953 return false;
7954}
7955
7956void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
7957 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7958 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7959 return;
7960
7961 QualType T = NewVD->getType();
7962
7963 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
7964 if (T->isUndeducedType())
7965 return;
7966
7967 if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
7968 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
7969
7970 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7971 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
7972 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
7973 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7974 NewVD->setType(T);
7975 }
7976
7977 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
7978 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
7979 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
7980 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
7981 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7982 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7983 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
7984 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7985 return;
7986 }
7987
7988 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
7989 // scope.
7990 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
7991 !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers",
7992 getLangOpts()) &&
7993 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7994 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
7995 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7996 return;
7997 }
7998
7999 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8000 if (!diagnoseOpenCLTypes(*this, NewVD))
8001 return;
8002
8003 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
8004 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8005 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
8006 return;
8007 }
8008
8009 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
8010 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
8011 // can't use 'extern' storage class.
8012 if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
8013 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
8014 << 0 /*const*/;
8015 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8016 return;
8017 }
8018 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
8019 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
8020 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8021 return;
8022 }
8023 }
8024
8025 // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense.
8026 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
8027 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
8028 if (!T->isSamplerT() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8029 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
8030 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
8031 getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(
8032 getLangOpts())))) {
8033 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
8034 if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts()))
8035 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
8036 << Scope << "global or constant";
8037 else
8038 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
8039 << Scope << "constant";
8040 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8041 return;
8042 }
8043 } else {
8044 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
8045 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
8046 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
8047 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8048 return;
8049 }
8050 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
8051 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
8052 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
8053 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables
8054 // in functions.
8055 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8056 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
8057 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
8058 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
8059 else
8060 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
8061 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
8062 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8063 return;
8064 }
8065 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be
8066 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function.
8067 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8068 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) {
8069 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
8070 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
8071 << "constant";
8072 else
8073 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
8074 << "local";
8075 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8076 return;
8077 }
8078 }
8079 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private &&
8080 // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr
8081 // space yet.
8082 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
8083 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
8084 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
8085 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8086 return;
8087 }
8088 }
8089 }
8090
8091 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
8092 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8093 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
8094 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
8095 else {
8096 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)((void)0);
8097 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
8098 }
8099 }
8100
8101 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
8102 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
8103 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8104 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
8105
8106 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
8107 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
8108 bool SizeIsNegative;
8109 llvm::APSInt Oversized;
8110 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
8111 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
8112 QualType FixedT;
8113 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType())
8114 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType();
8115 else if (FixedTInfo) {
8116 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up
8117 // both types separately.
8118 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
8119 Oversized);
8120 }
8121 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
8122 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
8123 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
8124 // int a[10][n];
8125 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
8126
8127 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
8128 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
8129 << SizeRange;
8130 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
8131 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
8132 << SizeRange;
8133 else
8134 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
8135 << SizeRange;
8136 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8137 return;
8138 }
8139
8140 if (!FixedTInfo) {
8141 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
8142 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
8143 else
8144 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
8145 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8146 return;
8147 }
8148
8149 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
8150 NewVD->setType(FixedT);
8151 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
8152 }
8153
8154 if (T->isVoidType()) {
8155 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
8156 // of objects and functions.
8157 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8158 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
8159 << T;
8160 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8161 return;
8162 }
8163 }
8164
8165 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8166 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8167 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8168 return;
8169 }
8170
8171 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType()) {
8172 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T;
8173 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8174 return;
8175 }
8176
8177 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8178 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
8179 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8180 return;
8181 }
8182
8183 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8184 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
8185 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
8186 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8187 return;
8188 }
8189
8190 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as non-local variable types.
8191 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
8192 !NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8193 CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewVD->getLocation())) {
8194 NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8195 return;
8196 }
8197}
8198
8199/// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
8200/// declaration.
8201///
8202/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
8203/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
8204/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
8205/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
8206/// that have been instantiated from a template.
8207///
8208/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
8209///
8210/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
8211bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
8212 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
8213
8214 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
8215 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8216 return false;
8217
8218 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
8219 // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
8220 if (Previous.empty() &&
8221 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
8222 Previous.setShadowed();
8223
8224 if (!Previous.empty()) {
8225 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
8226 return true;
8227 }
8228 return false;
8229}
8230
8231/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
8232/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
8233bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
8234 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden;
8235
8236 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
8237 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
8238 /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
8239 auto VisitBase = [&] (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
8240 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8241 DeclarationName Name = MD->getDeclName();
8242
8243 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8244 // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
8245 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
8246 CanQualType CT = Context.getCanonicalType(T);
8247 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
8248 }
8249
8250 for (NamedDecl *BaseND : BaseRecord->lookup(Name)) {
8251 CXXMethodDecl *BaseMD =
8252 dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(BaseND->getCanonicalDecl());
8253 if (!BaseMD || !BaseMD->isVirtual() ||
8254 IsOverload(MD, BaseMD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false,
8255 /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true,
8256 // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires
8257 // clauses when overriding.
8258 /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false))
8259 continue;
8260
8261 if (Overridden.insert(BaseMD).second) {
8262 MD->addOverriddenMethod(BaseMD);
8263 CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, BaseMD);
8264 CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, BaseMD);
8265 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, BaseMD);
8266 CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, BaseMD);
8267 }
8268
8269 // A method can only override one function from each base class. We
8270 // don't track indirectly overridden methods from bases of bases.
8271 return true;
8272 }
8273
8274 return false;
8275 };
8276
8277 DC->lookupInBases(VisitBase, Paths);
8278 return !Overridden.empty();
8279}
8280
8281namespace {
8282 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
8283 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
8284 struct ActOnFDArgs {
8285 Scope *S;
8286 Declarator &D;
8287 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
8288 bool AddToScope;
8289 };
8290} // end anonymous namespace
8291
8292namespace {
8293
8294// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
8295// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
8296class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
8297 public:
8298 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
8299 CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
8300 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
8301 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
8302
8303 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
8304 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
8305 return false;
8306
8307 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8308 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
8309 CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
8310 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8311 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8312
8313 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8314 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8315 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
8316 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
8317 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
8318 return true;
8319 } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
8320 return true;
8321 }
8322 }
8323 }
8324
8325 return false;
8326 }
8327
8328 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
8329 return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
8330 }
8331
8332 private:
8333 ASTContext &Context;
8334 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
8335 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
8336};
8337
8338} // end anonymous namespace
8339
8340void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
8341 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
8342}
8343
8344/// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
8345///
8346/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
8347/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
8348/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
8349/// the same name.
8350///
8351/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
8352/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
8353static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8354 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8355 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
8356 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
8357 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
8358 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8359 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
8360 TypoCorrection Correction;
8361 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
8362 unsigned DiagMsg =
8363 IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend :
8364 NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match :
8365 diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
8366 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
8367 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
8368 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
8369 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
8370
8371 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8372 if (IsLocalFriend)
8373 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
8374 else
8375 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
8376 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&((void)0)
8377 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup")((void)0);
8378 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8379 DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
8380 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
8381 if (!Prev.empty()) {
8382 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
8383 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
8384 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
8385 if (FD &&
8386 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8387 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
8388 // involve a parameter
8389 unsigned ParamNum =
8390 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
8391 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
8392 }
8393 }
8394 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
8395 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
8396 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
8397 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery,
8398 IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
8399 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
8400 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
8401 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8402 Previous.clear();
8403 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
8404 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
8405 CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
8406 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8407 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8408 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8409 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8410 Previous.addDecl(FD);
8411 }
8412 }
8413 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
8414
8415 NamedDecl *Result;
8416 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
8417 // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
8418 {
8419 // Trap errors.
8420 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
8421
8422 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
8423 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
8424 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
8425 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
8426 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
8427 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
8428 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
8429 ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
8430
8431 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
8432 Result = nullptr;
8433 }
8434
8435 if (Result) {
8436 // Determine which correction we picked.
8437 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
8438 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
8439 I != E; ++I)
8440 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
8441 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
8442
8443 // Let Sema know about the correction.
8444 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
8445 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
8446 Correction,
8447 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
8448 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
8449 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
8450 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
8451 return Result;
8452 }
8453
8454 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
8455 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
8456 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8457 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
8458 Previous.clear();
8459 Previous.setLookupName(Name);
8460 }
8461
8462 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
8463 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
8464
8465 bool NewFDisConst = false;
8466 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8467 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
8468
8469 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
8470 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
8471 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
8472 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
8473 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
8474 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
8475 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
8476
8477 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
8478 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
8479 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
8480 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
8481 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
8482 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
8483 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
8484 << Idx << FDParam->getType()
8485 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
8486 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
8487 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
8488 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
8489 } else
8490 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8491 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
8492 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
8493 }
8494 return nullptr;
8495}
8496
8497static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
8498 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
8499 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!")__builtin_unreachable();
8500 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
8501 case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
8502 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
8503 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8504 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
8505 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8506 D.setInvalidType();
8507 break;
8508 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
8509 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
8510 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
8511 return SC_None;
8512 return SC_Extern;
8513 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
8514 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8515 // C99 6.7.1p5:
8516 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
8517 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
8518 // other than extern
8519 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
8520 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8521 diag::err_static_block_func);
8522 break;
8523 } else
8524 return SC_Static;
8525 }
8526 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
8527 }
8528
8529 // No explicit storage class has already been returned
8530 return SC_None;
8531}
8532
8533static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
8534 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
8535 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8536 StorageClass SC,
8537 bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
8538 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8539 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8540
8541 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
8542 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8543
8544 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8545 // Determine whether the function was written with a
8546 // prototype. This true when:
8547 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
8548 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
8549 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
8550 // function type).
8551 bool HasPrototype =
8552 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
8553 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
8554
8555 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8556 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype,
8557 ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified,
8558 /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr);
8559 if (D.isInvalidType())
8560 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8561
8562 return NewFD;
8563 }
8564
8565 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier();
8566
8567 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
8568 if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit) {
8569 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8570 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
8571 << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
8572 ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified;
8573 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec();
8574 }
8575 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause();
8576
8577 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
8578 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8579 // the class has been completely parsed.
8580 if (!DC->isRecord() &&
8581 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
8582 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
8583 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
8584 D.setInvalidType();
8585
8586 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
8587 // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
8588 assert(DC->isRecord() &&((void)0)
8589 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context")((void)0);
8590
8591 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8592 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
8593 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8594 TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline,
8595 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, InheritedConstructor(),
8596 TrailingRequiresClause);
8597
8598 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8599 // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
8600 if (DC->isRecord()) {
8601 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8602 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
8603 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
8604 SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8605 isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind,
8606 TrailingRequiresClause);
8607
8608 // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it
8609 // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start
8610 // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration.
8611 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8612 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD);
8613
8614 IsVirtualOkay = true;
8615 return NewDD;
8616
8617 } else {
8618 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
8619 D.setInvalidType();
8620
8621 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
8622 // code path.
8623 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8624 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC,
8625 isInline,
8626 /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind,
8627 TrailingRequiresClause);
8628 }
8629
8630 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
8631 if (!DC->isRecord()) {
8632 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8633 diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
8634 return nullptr;
8635 }
8636
8637 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8638 if (D.isInvalidType())
8639 return nullptr;
8640
8641 IsVirtualOkay = true;
8642 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(
8643 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8644 TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8645 TrailingRequiresClause);
8646
8647 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
8648 if (TrailingRequiresClause)
8649 SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(),
8650 diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide)
8651 << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange();
8652 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8653
8654 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8655 ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8656 D.getEndLoc());
8657 } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
8658 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
8659 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
8660 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
8661 // constructor if it has no return type).
8662 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
8663 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
8664 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
8665 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
8666 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8667 return nullptr;
8668 }
8669
8670 // This is a C++ method declaration.
8671 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
8672 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8673 TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8674 TrailingRequiresClause);
8675 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
8676 return Ret;
8677 } else {
8678 bool isFriend =
8679 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8680 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
8681 return nullptr;
8682
8683 // Determine whether the function was written with a
8684 // prototype. This true when:
8685 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
8686 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8687 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/,
8688 ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause);
8689 }
8690}
8691
8692enum OpenCLParamType {
8693 ValidKernelParam,
8694 PtrPtrKernelParam,
8695 PtrKernelParam,
8696 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
8697 InvalidKernelParam,
8698 RecordKernelParam
8699};
8700
8701static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) {
8702 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types
8703 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to
8704 // integers other than by their names.
8705 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"};
8706
8707 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef
8708 // for a size dependent type.
8709 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty;
8710 do {
8711 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames);
8712 auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString());
8713 if (Names.end() != Match)
8714 return true;
8715
8716 Ty = DesugaredTy;
8717 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C);
8718 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty);
8719
8720 return false;
8721}
8722
8723static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
8724 if (PT->isDependentType())
8725 return InvalidKernelParam;
8726
8727 if (PT->isPointerType() || PT->isReferenceType()) {
8728 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
8729 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
8730 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private ||
8731 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default)
8732 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
8733
8734 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) {
8735 // This is a pointer to pointer parameter.
8736 // Recursively check inner type.
8737 OpenCLParamType ParamKind = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PointeeType);
8738 if (ParamKind == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam ||
8739 ParamKind == InvalidKernelParam)
8740 return ParamKind;
8741
8742 return PtrPtrKernelParam;
8743 }
8744
8745 // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4:
8746 // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be:
8747 // Standard layout types for pointer parameters. The same applies to
8748 // reference if an implementation supports them in kernel parameters.
8749 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus &&
8750 !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
8751 "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts()) &&
8752 !PointeeType->isAtomicType() && !PointeeType->isVoidType() &&
8753 !PointeeType->isStandardLayoutType())
8754 return InvalidKernelParam;
8755
8756 return PtrKernelParam;
8757 }
8758
8759 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8760 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8761 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8762 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one
8763 // of these built-in scalar types.
8764 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT))
8765 return InvalidKernelParam;
8766
8767 if (PT->isImageType())
8768 return PtrKernelParam;
8769
8770 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT())
8771 return InvalidKernelParam;
8772
8773 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
8774 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
8775 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
8776 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", S.getLangOpts()) &&
8777 PT->isHalfType())
8778 return InvalidKernelParam;
8779
8780 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type.
8781 if (PT->isArrayType()) {
8782 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8783 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the
8784 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an
8785 // array, this recursive call only happens once.
8786 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0));
8787 }
8788
8789 // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4:
8790 // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be:
8791 // Trivial and standard-layout types C++17 [basic.types] (plain old data
8792 // types) for parameters passed by value;
8793 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus &&
8794 !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
8795 "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts()) &&
8796 !PT->isOpenCLSpecificType() && !PT.isPODType(S.Context))
8797 return InvalidKernelParam;
8798
8799 if (PT->isRecordType())
8800 return RecordKernelParam;
8801
8802 return ValidKernelParam;
8803}
8804
8805static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
8806 Sema &S,
8807 Declarator &D,
8808 ParmVarDecl *Param,
8809 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
8810 QualType PT = Param->getType();
8811
8812 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
8813 // used again
8814 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
8815 return;
8816
8817 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
8818 case PtrPtrKernelParam:
8819 // OpenCL v3.0 s6.11.a:
8820 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a pointer to a pointer
8821 // type. [...] This restriction only applies to OpenCL C 1.2 or below.
8822 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion <= 120 &&
8823 !S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
8824 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
8825 D.setInvalidType();
8826 return;
8827 }
8828
8829 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8830 return;
8831
8832 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
8833 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
8834 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
8835 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
8836 // __constant.
8837 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
8838 D.setInvalidType();
8839 return;
8840
8841 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8842 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8843 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8844 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
8845 // one of these built-in scalar types.
8846
8847 case InvalidKernelParam:
8848 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
8849 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
8850 // of event_t type.
8851 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
8852 // type for any function elsewhere.
8853 if (!PT->isHalfType()) {
8854 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8855
8856 // Explain what typedefs are involved.
8857 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr;
8858 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) {
8859 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation();
8860 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type.
8861 if (Loc.isValid())
8862 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT;
8863 PT = Typedef->desugar();
8864 }
8865 }
8866
8867 D.setInvalidType();
8868 return;
8869
8870 case PtrKernelParam:
8871 case ValidKernelParam:
8872 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8873 return;
8874
8875 case RecordKernelParam:
8876 break;
8877 }
8878
8879 // Track nested structs we will inspect
8880 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
8881
8882 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
8883 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
8884 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
8885 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
8886
8887 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or
8888 // an ArrayType of a RecordType.
8889 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type.")((void)0);
8890 const RecordType *RecTy =
8891 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8892 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl();
8893
8894 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl());
8895 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?")((void)0);
8896
8897 do {
8898 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
8899 if (!Next) {
8900 assert(!HistoryStack.empty())((void)0);
8901 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
8902 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
8903 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
8904
8905 continue;
8906 }
8907
8908 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
8909 // field itself) to the history stack.
8910 const RecordDecl *RD;
8911 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
8912 HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
8913
8914 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
8915 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we
8916 // walk around RecordDecl::fields().
8917 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) &&((void)0)
8918 "Unexpected type.")((void)0);
8919 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8920
8921 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8922 } else {
8923 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
8924 }
8925
8926 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
8927 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
8928
8929 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
8930 QualType QT = FD->getType();
8931
8932 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
8933 continue;
8934
8935 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
8936 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
8937 continue;
8938
8939 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
8940 VisitStack.push_back(FD);
8941 continue;
8942 }
8943
8944 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
8945 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
8946 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
8947 // union.
8948 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
8949 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
8950 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
8951 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
8952 << PT->isUnionType()
8953 << PT;
8954 } else {
8955 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8956 }
8957
8958 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8959 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName();
8960
8961 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
8962 // the offending field came from
8963 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
8964 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
8965 E = HistoryStack.end();
8966 I != E; ++I) {
8967 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
8968 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8969 << OuterField->getType();
8970 }
8971
8972 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
8973 << QT->isPointerType()
8974 << QT;
8975 D.setInvalidType();
8976 return;
8977 }
8978 } while (!VisitStack.empty());
8979}
8980
8981/// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8982/// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8983/// nothing.
8984static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8985 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8986 DC = DC->getParent();
8987 return DC;
8988}
8989
8990/// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8991/// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8992/// nothing.
8993static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
8994 while (S->isClassScope() ||
8995 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
8996 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8997 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8998 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
8999 S = S->getParent();
9000 return S;
9001}
9002
9003NamedDecl*
9004Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
9005 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
9006 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef,
9007 bool &AddToScope) {
9008 QualType R = TInfo->getType();
9009
9010 assert(R->isFunctionType())((void)0);
9011 if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr())
9012 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call);
9013
9014 SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists;
9015 for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef)
9016 TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL);
9017 if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) {
9018 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() &&
9019 Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth())
9020 TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented;
9021 else
9022 TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented);
9023 }
9024
9025 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
9026 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
9027 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
9028 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
9029
9030 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9031 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9032 diag::err_invalid_thread)
9033 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9034
9035 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
9036 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
9037 D.getIdentifierLoc());
9038
9039 bool isFriend = false;
9040 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
9041 bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
9042 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
9043
9044 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
9045 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9046 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
9047
9048 bool isVirtualOkay = false;
9049
9050 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
9051 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
9052
9053 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
9054 isVirtualOkay);
9055 if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
9056
9057 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
9058 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
9059
9060 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
9061 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
9062 // context will be different from the semantic context.
9063 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9064
9065 if (IsLocalExternDecl)
9066 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
9067
9068 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9069 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
9070 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
9071 bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier();
9072 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
9073 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9074 // C++ [class.friend]p5
9075 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
9076 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
9077 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9078 }
9079
9080 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
9081 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
9082 // return true).
9083 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
9084 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
9085 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
9086 NewFD->setPure(true);
9087
9088 // C++ [class.union]p2
9089 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
9090 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
9091 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
9092 }
9093
9094 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D);
9095 isMemberSpecialization = false;
9096 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
9097 if (D.isInvalidType())
9098 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9099
9100 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
9101 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
9102 bool Invalid = false;
9103 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
9104 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
9105 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
9106 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
9107 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
9108 ? D.getName().TemplateId
9109 : nullptr,
9110 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization,
9111 Invalid);
9112 if (TemplateParams) {
9113 // Check that we can declare a template here.
9114 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
9115 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9116
9117 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
9118 // This is a function template
9119
9120 // A destructor cannot be a template.
9121 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
9122 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
9123 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9124 }
9125
9126 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
9127 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
9128 // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
9129 if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
9130 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
9131 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
9132 Invalid = true;
9133 }
9134
9135 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
9136 NewFD->getLocation(),
9137 Name, TemplateParams,
9138 NewFD);
9139 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9140 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
9141
9142 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
9143 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
9144 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
9145 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists)
9146 .drop_back(1));
9147 }
9148 } else {
9149 // This is a function template specialization.
9150 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9151 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9152 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9153 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9154
9155 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
9156 if (isFriend) {
9157 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
9158 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
9159
9160 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
9161 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
9162 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
9163 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So
9164 // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
9165 SourceLocation InsertLoc;
9166 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9167 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
9168 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
9169 }
9170
9171 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
9172 << Name << RemoveRange
9173 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
9174 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
9175 }
9176 }
9177 } else {
9178 // Check that we can declare a template here.
9179 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
9180 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
9181 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9182
9183 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
9184 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
9185 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9186 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9187 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9188 }
9189
9190 if (Invalid) {
9191 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9192 if (FunctionTemplate)
9193 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9194 }
9195
9196 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
9197 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
9198 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
9199 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
9200 //
9201 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9202 if (!isVirtualOkay) {
9203 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9204 diag::err_virtual_non_function);
9205 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9206 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
9207 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9208 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
9209 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9210 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9211 // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
9212 // A member function template shall not be virtual.
9213 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9214 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
9215 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9216 } else {
9217 // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
9218 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
9219 }
9220
9221 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9222 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9223 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
9224 }
9225
9226 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9227 (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
9228 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
9229 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9230 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
9231 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
9232 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
9233 // thing to do.
9234 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
9235 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
9236 const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9237 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9238 QualType Result =
9239 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
9240 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
9241 FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
9242 }
9243
9244 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
9245 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
9246 // declaration.
9247 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9248 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
9249 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
9250 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9251 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
9252 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
9253 }
9254 }
9255
9256 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
9257 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
9258 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
9259 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
9260 if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9261 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
9262 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9263 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
9264 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9265 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
9266 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9267 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9268 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9269 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
9270 // or conversion function.
9271 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9272 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
9273 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9274 }
9275 }
9276
9277 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
9278 if (ConstexprKind != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified) {
9279 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
9280 // are implicitly inline.
9281 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9282
9283 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
9284 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
9285 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
9286 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9287 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 ||
9288 ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval)) {
9289 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor)
9290 << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
9291 NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
9292 ? ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified
9293 : ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9294 }
9295 // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a
9296 // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval
9297 // specifier.
9298 if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval &&
9299 (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
9300 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New ||
9301 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9302 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) {
9303 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
9304 diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind)
9305 << NewFD;
9306 NewFD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9307 }
9308 }
9309
9310 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
9311 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9312 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9313 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
9314 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
9315 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9316 << 0
9317 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9318 } else {
9319 NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9320 if (FunctionTemplate)
9321 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
9322 }
9323 }
9324
9325 if (isFriend) {
9326 if (FunctionTemplate) {
9327 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9328 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
9329 }
9330 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9331 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9332 }
9333
9334 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
9335 // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later.
9336 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9337 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
9338 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
9339 break;
9340
9341 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
9342 NewFD->setDefaulted();
9343 break;
9344
9345 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
9346 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
9347 break;
9348 }
9349
9350 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
9351 D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9352 // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
9353 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
9354 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
9355 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9356 }
9357
9358 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
9359 !CurContext->isRecord()) {
9360 // C++ [class.static]p1:
9361 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static
9362 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
9363 // the class.
9364
9365 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
9366 // member function definition.
9367
9368 // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line
9369 // member function template declaration and class member template
9370 // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this.
9371 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9372 ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) &&
9373 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) ||
9374 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()))
9375 ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line)
9376 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9377 }
9378
9379 // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
9380 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
9381 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
9382 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9383 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9384 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
9385 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
9386 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
9387 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
9388 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
9389 }
9390
9391 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
9392 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
9393 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
9394 isMemberSpecialization ||
9395 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
9396
9397 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
9398 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
9399 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
9400 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
9401 NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(),
9402 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
9403 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
9404 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
9405 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
9406 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
9407 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
9408 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
9409 NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
9410 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
9411 } else
9412 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
9413 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
9414 }
9415 }
9416
9417 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
9418 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params.
9419 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
9420 unsigned FTIIdx;
9421 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
9422 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
9423
9424 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
9425 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
9426 // single void argument.
9427 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
9428 // already checks for that case.
9429 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
9430 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
9431 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
9432 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?")((void)0);
9433 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9434 Params.push_back(Param);
9435
9436 if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
9437 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9438 }
9439 }
9440
9441 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9442 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
9443 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
9444 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
9445 // the TU.
9446 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
9447 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
9448 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
9449 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
9450
9451 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
9452 // instead.
9453 if (!TD) {
9454 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
9455 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9456 }
9457 if (!TD)
9458 continue;
9459 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
9460 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
9461 continue;
9462 TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
9463 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9464 NewFD->addDecl(TD);
9465
9466 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
9467 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
9468 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
9469 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
9470 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
9471 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
9472 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
9473 }
9474 }
9475 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9476 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
9477 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
9478 // parameters for use in the declaration.
9479 //
9480 // @code
9481 // typedef void fn(int);
9482 // fn f;
9483 // @endcode
9484
9485 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
9486 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
9487 ParmVarDecl *Param =
9488 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
9489 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
9490 Params.push_back(Param);
9491 }
9492 } else {
9493 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&((void)0)
9494 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn")((void)0);
9495 }
9496
9497 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
9498 NewFD->setParams(Params);
9499
9500 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
9501 NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context,
9502 D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
9503 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword));
9504
9505 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
9506 // because all functions have linkage.
9507 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9508 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9509 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
9510 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9511 }
9512
9513 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active
9514 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9515 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>())
9516 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9517 Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName,
9518 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
9519
9520 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
9521 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9522 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9523 NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9524 Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9525 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9526 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
9527 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9528 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
9529 ASTContext::PSF_Read,
9530 NewFD))
9531 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9532 }
9533
9534 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or
9535 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active.
9536 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9537 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD,
9538 D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9539 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr);
9540 }
9541 }
9542
9543 // Handle attributes.
9544 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
9545
9546 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9547 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
9548 // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
9549 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
9550 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) {
9551 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9552 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
9553 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9554 }
9555 }
9556
9557 if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice))
9558 checkDeviceDecl(NewFD, D.getBeginLoc());
9559
9560 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9561 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9562 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9563 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9564
9565 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9566 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9567
9568 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9569 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9570 isMemberSpecialization));
9571 else if (!Previous.empty())
9572 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9573 D.setRedeclaration(true);
9574 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||((void)0)
9575 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&((void)0)
9576 "previous declaration set still overloaded")((void)0);
9577
9578 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
9579 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
9580 // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
9581 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
9582 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9583 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
9584 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
9585 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
9586 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
9587 int DiagID =
9588 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
9589 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
9590 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
9591 }
9592 }
9593
9594 if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
9595 NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
9596 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(),
9597 NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
9598 NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
9599 } else {
9600 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
9601 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
9602 //
9603 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
9604 //
9605 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
9606 // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
9607 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
9608 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
9609 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
9610 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9611 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
9612 << NewFD->getDeclName();
9613
9614 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
9615 // argument list into our AST format.
9616 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9617 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
9618 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
9619 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9620 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
9621 TemplateId->NumArgs);
9622 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
9623 TemplateArgs);
9624
9625 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9626
9627 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9628 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9629 } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
9630 // Function template with explicit template arguments.
9631 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
9632 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9633
9634 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9635 } else {
9636 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||((void)0)
9637 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&((void)0)
9638 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl")((void)0);
9639 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
9640 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9641 }
9642 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9643 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user
9644 // wrote something like:
9645 // template <> friend void foo(int);
9646 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
9647 // friend void foo<>(int);
9648 // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
9649 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9650 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9651 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9652 }
9653
9654 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
9655 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
9656 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
9657 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
9658 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
9659 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
9660 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
9661 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
9662
9663 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
9664 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
9665 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In
9666 // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
9667 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
9668 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
9669 TemplateSpecializationType::anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments(
9670 TemplateArgs.arguments()))) {
9671 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&((void)0)
9672 "friend function specialization without template args")((void)0);
9673 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
9674 Previous))
9675 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9676 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9677 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
9678 && !isFriend) {
9679 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
9680 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9681 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
9682 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr),
9683 Previous))
9684 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9685
9686 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
9687 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
9688 // specialization (14.7.3)
9689 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
9690 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
9691 if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
9692 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
9693 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9694 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
9695 << SC
9696 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9697 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9698
9699 else
9700 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9701 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
9702 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9703 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9704 }
9705 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9706 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
9707 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9708 }
9709
9710 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9711 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9712 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9713 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9714
9715 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9716 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9717
9718 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9719 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9720 isMemberSpecialization));
9721 else if (!Previous.empty())
9722 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9723 D.setRedeclaration(true);
9724 }
9725
9726 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||((void)0)
9727 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&((void)0)
9728 "previous declaration set still overloaded")((void)0);
9729
9730 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
9731 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
9732 : NewFD);
9733
9734 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
9735 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
9736 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9737 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
9738
9739 NewFD->setAccess(Access);
9740 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
9741 }
9742
9743 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
9744 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
9745 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
9746
9747 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
9748 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
9749 if (FunctionTemplate) {
9750 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
9751 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
9752 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
9753 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
9754 : nullptr,
9755 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
9756 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
9757 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
9758 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
9759 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
9760 DC && DC->isRecord() &&
9761 DC->isDependentContext())
9762 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
9763 : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
9764 }
9765
9766 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9767 // Ignore all the rest of this.
9768 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
9769 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
9770 AddToScope };
9771 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
9772 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
9773 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9774
9775 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
9776 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9777 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
9778 // dependent-scope friend declarations.
9779
9780 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
9781 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
9782 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
9783 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there
9784 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
9785 // can actually do this check immediately.
9786 //
9787 // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified
9788 // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now;
9789 // nothing will diagnose that error later.
9790 if (isFriend &&
9791 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
9792 (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) {
9793 // ignore these
9794 } else if (NewFD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() ||
9795 NewFD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) {
9796 // ignore this, we allow the redeclaration behavior here to create new
9797 // versions of the function.
9798 } else {
9799 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
9800 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
9801 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
9802 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
9803 //
9804 // class X {
9805 // void f() const;
9806 // };
9807 //
9808 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
9809 //
9810 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
9811 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
9812 // whether the parameter types are references).
9813
9814 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9815 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
9816 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9817 return Result;
9818 }
9819 }
9820
9821 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
9822 // to something.
9823 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
9824 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9825 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
9826 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9827 return Result;
9828 }
9829 }
9830 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9831 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
9832 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
9833 !isMemberSpecialization) {
9834 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
9835 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
9836 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
9837 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
9838 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
9839 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
9840 // generate them.
9841 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
9842 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9843 }
9844 }
9845
9846 // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add
9847 // attributes as appropriate.
9848 if (!D.isRedeclaration() &&
9849 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
9850 if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
9851 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
9852 if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) {
9853 // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as
9854 // matching regardless of its declared type.
9855 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) {
9856 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9857 } else {
9858 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9859 LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
9860 QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9861
9862 if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() &&
9863 Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(
9864 NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType))
9865 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9866 }
9867 } else if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo &&
9868 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
9869 // FIXME: We should consider this a builtin only in the std namespace.
9870 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9871 }
9872 }
9873 }
9874 }
9875
9876 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
9877 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
9878
9879 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
9880
9881 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
9882 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9883 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9884 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
9885 << NewFD;
9886
9887 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
9888 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
9889 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
9890 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
9891 EPI.Variadic = true;
9892 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
9893
9894 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
9895 NewFD->setType(R);
9896 }
9897
9898 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9899 // member, set the visibility of this function.
9900 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
9901 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
9902
9903 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
9904 // marking the function.
9905 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
9906
9907 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
9908 // a pragma.
9909 if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
9910 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
9911
9912 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
9913 // the map of such variables.
9914 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9915 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
9916 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
9917
9918 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
9919 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
9920
9921 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
9922 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9923 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD,
9924 isMemberSpecialization ||
9925 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
9926 D.isFunctionDefinition());
9927 }
9928
9929 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
9930 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
9931 if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) &&
9932 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9933 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
9934 if (!R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
9935 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return)
9936 << getCudaConfigureFuncName();
9937 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
9938 }
9939
9940 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
9941 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
9942 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
9943 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
9944 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
9945 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
9946 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
9947 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9948 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
9949 }
9950 }
9951
9952 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
9953
9954
9955
9956 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
9957 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
9958 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
9959 && (SC == SC_Static)) {
9960 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
9961 D.setInvalidType();
9962 }
9963
9964 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
9965 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9966 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9967 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
9968 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
9969 : FixItHint());
9970 D.setInvalidType();
9971 }
9972
9973 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
9974 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
9975 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
9976
9977 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9978 if (DC->isRecord()) {
9979 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel);
9980 D.setInvalidType();
9981 }
9982 if (FunctionTemplate) {
9983 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel);
9984 D.setInvalidType();
9985 }
9986 }
9987 }
9988
9989 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9990 if (FunctionTemplate) {
9991 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9992 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9993 return FunctionTemplate;
9994 }
9995
9996 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9997 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
9998 }
9999
10000 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
10001 QualType PT = Param->getType();
10002
10003 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
10004 // types.
10005 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
10006 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
10007 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
10008 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
10009 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
10010 D.setInvalidType();
10011 }
10012 }
10013 }
10014 }
10015
10016 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
10017 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
10018 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
10019 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
10020 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
10021 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
10022 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(),
10023 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
10024 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
10025 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
10026 AddToScope = false;
10027 }
10028
10029 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions
10030 // that are run during load/unload.
10031 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) {
10032 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) {
10033 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
10034 << 1;
10035 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
10036 }
10037 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) {
10038 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
10039 << 2;
10040 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
10041 }
10042 }
10043
10044 // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a
10045 // definition.
10046 // FIXME: We should really be doing this in
10047 // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to
10048 // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code
10049 // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false`
10050 // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet.
10051 if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>())
10052 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
10053 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
10054 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
10055 Diag(NBA->getLocation(),
10056 diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function)
10057 << NBA->getSpelling();
10058 break;
10059 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
10060 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition)
10061 << NBA->getSpelling();
10062 break;
10063 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
10064 break;
10065 }
10066
10067 return NewFD;
10068}
10069
10070/// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say
10071/// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of
10072/// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special
10073/// member functions -- are put in the specified segment."
10074/// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler
10075/// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg.
10076/// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer
10077/// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See:
10078/// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer
10079/// available since MS has removed the page.
10080static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10081 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
10082 if (!Method)
10083 return nullptr;
10084 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent();
10085 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
10086 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
10087 NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
10088 return NewAttr;
10089 }
10090
10091 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg
10092 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active.
10093 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
10094 return nullptr;
10095
10096 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) {
10097 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
10098 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
10099 NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
10100 return NewAttr;
10101 }
10102 }
10103 return nullptr;
10104}
10105
10106/// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a
10107/// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the
10108/// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack
10109/// (from the current #pragma code-seg value).
10110///
10111/// \param FD Function being declared.
10112/// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion.
10113/// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or
10114/// nullptr if no attribute should be added.
10115Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10116 bool IsDefinition) {
10117 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD))
10118 return A;
10119 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition &&
10120 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
10121 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10122 getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
10123 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
10124 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate);
10125 return nullptr;
10126}
10127
10128/// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a
10129/// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a
10130/// best-effort check.
10131///
10132/// \param NewD The new declaration.
10133/// \param OldD The old declaration.
10134/// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check.
10135/// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check.
10136bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
10137 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) {
10138 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
10139 return true;
10140
10141 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't
10142 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation:
10143 //
10144 // int f();
10145 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); }
10146 //
10147 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int).
10148 if (NewT->isDependentType() &&
10149 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind()))
10150 return false;
10151
10152 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern
10153 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet.
10154 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl())
10155 return false;
10156
10157 return true;
10158}
10159
10160/// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
10161/// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
10162///
10163/// \param D Declaration that is checked.
10164/// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
10165/// same declaration name.
10166/// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
10167/// belongs to.
10168///
10169bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
10170 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
10171 return true;
10172
10173 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to
10174 // permit cases like
10175 //
10176 // void func();
10177 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} };
10178 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} };
10179 //
10180 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated.
10181 //
10182 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy
10183 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply
10184 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in
10185 // the way of access checks.
10186 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10187 return false;
10188
10189 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
10190 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl);
10191 return !VD || !PrevVD ||
10192 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(),
10193 PrevVD->getType());
10194}
10195
10196/// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion
10197/// validity.
10198///
10199/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10200static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10201 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10202 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute")((void)0);
10203 ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse();
10204 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo();
10205 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 };
10206
10207 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() &&
10208 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) {
10209 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10210 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture;
10211 return true;
10212 }
10213
10214 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) {
10215 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1);
10216 if (Feat[0] == '-') {
10217 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10218 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str();
10219 return true;
10220 }
10221
10222 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) ||
10223 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) {
10224 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10225 << Feature << BareFeat;
10226 return true;
10227 }
10228 }
10229 return false;
10230}
10231
10232// Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with
10233// multiversion functions.
10234static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind,
10235 MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10236 // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in
10237 // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame.
10238 switch (Kind) {
10239 default:
10240 return false;
10241 case attr::Used:
10242 return MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target;
10243 case attr::NonNull:
10244 case attr::NoThrow:
10245 return true;
10246 }
10247}
10248
10249static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S,
10250 const FunctionDecl *FD,
10251 const FunctionDecl *CausedFD,
10252 MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10253 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10254 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10255 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10256 const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType](
10257 Sema &S, const Attr *A) {
10258 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr)
10259 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << A;
10260 if (CausedFD)
10261 S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10262 return true;
10263 };
10264
10265 for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) {
10266 switch (A->getKind()) {
10267 case attr::CPUDispatch:
10268 case attr::CPUSpecific:
10269 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10270 MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)
10271 return Diagnose(S, A);
10272 break;
10273 case attr::Target:
10274 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)
10275 return Diagnose(S, A);
10276 break;
10277 default:
10278 if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVType))
10279 return Diagnose(S, A);
10280 break;
10281 }
10282 }
10283 return false;
10284}
10285
10286bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10287 const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10288 const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
10289 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
10290 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
10291 const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
10292 bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) {
10293 enum DoesntSupport {
10294 FuncTemplates = 0,
10295 VirtFuncs = 1,
10296 DeducedReturn = 2,
10297 Constructors = 3,
10298 Destructors = 4,
10299 DeletedFuncs = 5,
10300 DefaultedFuncs = 6,
10301 ConstexprFuncs = 7,
10302 ConstevalFuncs = 8,
10303 };
10304 enum Different {
10305 CallingConv = 0,
10306 ReturnType = 1,
10307 ConstexprSpec = 2,
10308 InlineSpec = 3,
10309 StorageClass = 4,
10310 Linkage = 5,
10311 };
10312
10313 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD &&
10314 !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
10315 Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10316 Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second);
10317 return true;
10318 }
10319
10320 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 &&
10321 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10322 return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10323
10324 if (!TemplatesSupported &&
10325 NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
10326 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10327 << FuncTemplates;
10328
10329 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10330 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual())
10331 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10332 << VirtFuncs;
10333
10334 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10335 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10336 << Constructors;
10337
10338 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10339 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10340 << Destructors;
10341 }
10342
10343 if (NewFD->isDeleted())
10344 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10345 << DeletedFuncs;
10346
10347 if (NewFD->isDefaulted())
10348 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10349 << DefaultedFuncs;
10350
10351 if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr())
10352 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10353 << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs);
10354
10355 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
10356 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
10357 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType();
10358
10359 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType())
10360 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10361 << DeducedReturn;
10362
10363 // Ensure the return type is identical.
10364 if (OldFD) {
10365 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType());
10366 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
10367 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
10368 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
10369
10370 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC())
10371 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv;
10372
10373 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
10374
10375 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType)
10376 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType;
10377
10378 if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind())
10379 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec;
10380
10381 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified())
10382 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec;
10383
10384 if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass())
10385 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << StorageClass;
10386
10387 if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC())
10388 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage;
10389
10390 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
10391 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(),
10392 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation()))
10393 return true;
10394 }
10395 return false;
10396}
10397
10398static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD,
10399 const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10400 bool CausesMV,
10401 MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10402 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10403 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10404 if (OldFD)
10405 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10406 return true;
10407 }
10408
10409 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10410 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10411 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10412
10413 if (CausesMV && OldFD &&
10414 checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType))
10415 return true;
10416
10417 if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVType))
10418 return true;
10419
10420 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used.
10421 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false))
10422 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
10423
10424 return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10425 OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto),
10426 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10427 S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)),
10428 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10429 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support)
10430 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType),
10431 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10432 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)),
10433 /*TemplatesSupported=*/false,
10434 /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType,
10435 /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false);
10436}
10437
10438/// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the
10439/// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10440///
10441/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10442///
10443/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10444static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD,
10445 MultiVersionKind MVType,
10446 const TargetAttr *TA) {
10447 assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None &&((void)0)
10448 "Function lacks multiversion attribute")((void)0);
10449
10450 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal
10451 // function.
10452 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion())
10453 return false;
10454
10455 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) {
10456 FD->setInvalidDecl();
10457 return true;
10458 }
10459
10460 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) {
10461 FD->setInvalidDecl();
10462 return true;
10463 }
10464
10465 FD->setIsMultiVersion();
10466 return false;
10467}
10468
10469static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10470 for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) {
10471 if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None)
10472 return true;
10473 }
10474
10475 return false;
10476}
10477
10478static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(
10479 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10480 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10481 LookupResult &Previous) {
10482 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10483 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10484 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent.
10485 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10486
10487 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that
10488 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration.
10489 if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() &&
10490 (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()))
10491 return false;
10492
10493 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning.
10494 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10495 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10496 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10497 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10498 return true;
10499 }
10500
10501 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true,
10502 MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10503 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10504 return true;
10505 }
10506
10507 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10508 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10509 return true;
10510 }
10511
10512 // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration.
10513 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) {
10514 Redeclaration = true;
10515 OldDecl = OldFD;
10516 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10517 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10518 return false;
10519 }
10520
10521 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) {
10522 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10523 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10524 return true;
10525 }
10526
10527 ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10528
10529 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) {
10530 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10531 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10532 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10533 return true;
10534 }
10535
10536 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) {
10537 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10538 // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but
10539 // nothing after the fact.
10540 if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) &&
10541 (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) {
10542 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10543 << 0;
10544 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10545 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10546 return true;
10547 }
10548 }
10549
10550 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10551 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10552 Redeclaration = false;
10553 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10554 OldDecl = nullptr;
10555 Previous.clear();
10556 return false;
10557}
10558
10559/// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing
10560/// multiversioned declaration collection.
10561static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10562 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10563 MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10564 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec,
10565 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10566 LookupResult &Previous) {
10567
10568 MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10569 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types.
10570 if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10571 NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) ||
10572 (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10573 OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10574 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10575 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10576 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10577 return true;
10578 }
10579
10580 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed;
10581 if (NewTA) {
10582 NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10583 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10584 }
10585
10586 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
10587 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind();
10588
10589 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a
10590 // previous member of the MultiVersion set.
10591 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) {
10592 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction();
10593 if (!CurFD)
10594 continue;
10595 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules))
10596 continue;
10597
10598 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) {
10599 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10600 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) {
10601 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10602 Redeclaration = true;
10603 OldDecl = ND;
10604 return false;
10605 }
10606
10607 ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10608 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) {
10609 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10610 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10611 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10612 return true;
10613 }
10614 } else {
10615 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10616 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10617 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions.
10618 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through
10619 // the redeclaration errors.
10620 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10621 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) {
10622 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() &&
10623 std::equal(
10624 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(),
10625 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(),
10626 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10627 return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10628 })) {
10629 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10630 Redeclaration = true;
10631 OldDecl = ND;
10632 return false;
10633 }
10634
10635 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition.
10636 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch);
10637 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10638 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10639 return true;
10640 }
10641 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) {
10642
10643 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() &&
10644 std::equal(
10645 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(),
10646 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(),
10647 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10648 return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10649 })) {
10650 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10651 Redeclaration = true;
10652 OldDecl = ND;
10653 return false;
10654 }
10655
10656 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU.
10657 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10658 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10659 if (CurII == NewII) {
10660 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs)
10661 << NewII;
10662 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10663 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10664 return true;
10665 }
10666 }
10667 }
10668 }
10669 // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error
10670 // condition.
10671 }
10672 }
10673
10674 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only
10675 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are
10676 // handled in the attribute adding step.
10677 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10678 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10679 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10680 return true;
10681 }
10682
10683 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD,
10684 !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) {
10685 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10686 return true;
10687 }
10688
10689 // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible.
10690 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
10691 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10692 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10693 Redeclaration = true;
10694 OldDecl = OldFD;
10695 return false;
10696 }
10697
10698 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10699 Redeclaration = false;
10700 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10701 OldDecl = nullptr;
10702 Previous.clear();
10703 return false;
10704}
10705
10706
10707/// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration.
10708/// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10709///
10710/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10711///
10712/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10713static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10714 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
10715 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10716 LookupResult &Previous) {
10717 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10718 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10719 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10720
10721 // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited.
10722 if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) ||
10723 (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) {
10724 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10725 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10726 return true;
10727 }
10728
10729 MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10730
10731 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS
10732 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint.
10733 if (NewFD->isMain()) {
10734 if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) ||
10735 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10736 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) {
10737 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main);
10738 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10739 return true;
10740 }
10741 return false;
10742 }
10743
10744 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() ||
10745 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() !=
10746 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) {
10747 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause
10748 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition.
10749 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10750 return false;
10751 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA);
10752 }
10753
10754 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction();
10755
10756 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10757 return false;
10758
10759 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) {
10760 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10761 << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target);
10762 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10763 return true;
10764 }
10765
10766 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case.
10767 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target)
10768 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA,
10769 Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10770 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10771
10772 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an
10773 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are
10774 // still compatible with previous declarations.
10775 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10776 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration,
10777 OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10778}
10779
10780/// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
10781///
10782/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
10783/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
10784/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
10785/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
10786/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
10787/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
10788/// via InstantiateDecl).
10789///
10790/// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
10791/// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
10792/// previous declaration).
10793///
10794/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10795///
10796/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
10797bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10798 LookupResult &Previous,
10799 bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
10800 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&((void)0)
10801 "Variably modified return types are not handled here")((void)0);
10802
10803 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
10804 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
10805 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
10806 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10807 !Previous.isShadowed();
10808
10809 bool Redeclaration = false;
10810 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
10811 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false;
10812
10813 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
10814 // the same name, if appropriate.
10815 if (!Previous.empty()) {
10816 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
10817 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
10818 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
10819 // function to the scope.
10820 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) {
10821 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10822 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
10823 Redeclaration = true;
10824 OldDecl = Candidate;
10825 }
10826 } else {
10827 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10828 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
10829 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
10830 case Ovl_Match:
10831 Redeclaration = true;
10832 break;
10833
10834 case Ovl_NonFunction:
10835 Redeclaration = true;
10836 break;
10837
10838 case Ovl_Overload:
10839 Redeclaration = false;
10840 break;
10841 }
10842 }
10843 }
10844
10845 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
10846 if (!Redeclaration &&
10847 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
10848 if (!Previous.empty()) {
10849 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
10850 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
10851 Redeclaration = true;
10852 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10853 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10854
10855 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
10856 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
10857 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10858 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
10859 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10860 Redeclaration = false;
10861 OldDecl = nullptr;
10862 }
10863 }
10864 }
10865 }
10866
10867 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10868 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous))
10869 return Redeclaration;
10870
10871 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function return types.
10872 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
10873 CheckPPCMMAType(NewFD->getReturnType(), NewFD->getLocation())) {
10874 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10875 }
10876
10877 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
10878 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
10879 // a constructor declares that member function to be const.
10880 //
10881 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
10882 // definition of a static member function.
10883 //
10884 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
10885 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
10886 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
10887 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
10888 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
10889 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) {
10890 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
10891 if (OldDecl)
10892 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
10893 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
10894 const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
10895 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10896 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
10897 EPI.TypeQuals.addConst();
10898 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
10899 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
10900
10901 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
10902 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
10903 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10904 SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
10905 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
10906 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
10907 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
10908
10909 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
10910 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
10911 }
10912 }
10913 }
10914
10915 if (Redeclaration) {
10916 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
10917 // merged.
10918 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
10919 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10920 return Redeclaration;
10921 }
10922
10923 Previous.clear();
10924 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
10925
10926 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl =
10927 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
10928 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
10929 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
10930 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
10931 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch")((void)0);
10932
10933 // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in
10934 // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we
10935 // can add it as a redeclaration.
10936 NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl);
10937
10938 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10939 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) {
10940 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10941 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10942 }
10943
10944 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
10945 // template, mark it as a member specialization.
10946 if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
10947 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
10948 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
10949 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization())((void)0);
10950 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
10951 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
10952 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) {
10953 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
10954 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD)((void)0);
10955 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
10956 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
10957 }
10958 }
10959
10960 } else {
10961 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
10962 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
10963 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
10964 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10965 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember())
10966 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess());
10967 }
10968 }
10969 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
10970 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10971 assert((Previous.empty() ||((void)0)
10972 llvm::any_of(Previous,((void)0)
10973 [](const NamedDecl *ND) {((void)0)
10974 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();((void)0)
10975 })) &&((void)0)
10976 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present")((void)0);
10977
10978 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10979 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
10980 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10981 });
10982
10983 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) {
10984 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10985 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads);
10986 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(),
10987 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
10988 << false;
10989
10990 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
10991 }
10992 }
10993
10994 if (LangOpts.OpenMP)
10995 ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(NewFD);
10996
10997 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
10998
10999 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11000 // C++-specific checks.
11001 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
11002 CheckConstructor(Constructor);
11003 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
11004 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
11005 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
11006 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
11007
11008 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
11009 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
11010 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
11011 DeclarationName Name
11012 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
11013 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
11014 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
11015 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
11016 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11017 return Redeclaration;
11018 }
11019 }
11020 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
11021 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11022 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
11023
11024 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
11025 // explicitly specialized.
11026 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
11027 Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
11028 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
11029 }
11030
11031 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
11032 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
11033 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
11034 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
11035 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
11036 AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method);
11037 }
11038 if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause())
11039 // C++2a [class.virtual]p6
11040 // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause.
11041 Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(),
11042 diag::err_constrained_virtual_method);
11043
11044 if (Method->isStatic())
11045 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
11046 }
11047
11048 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD))
11049 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
11050
11051 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
11052 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
11053 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
11054 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11055 return Redeclaration;
11056 }
11057
11058 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
11059 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
11060 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
11061 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11062 return Redeclaration;
11063 }
11064
11065 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
11066 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
11067 // during delayed parsing anyway.
11068 if (!CurContext->isRecord())
11069 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
11070
11071 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
11072 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
11073 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
11074 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
11075 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
11076 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
11077 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
11078 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
11079 << NewFD << R;
11080 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
11081 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11082 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
11083 }
11084
11085 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
11086 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
11087 // [is] part of the function type
11088 //
11089 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
11090 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
11091 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
11092 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
11093 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
11094 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
11095 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
11096 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
11097 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
11098 // restricted prior to C++17.
11099 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
11100 T = RT->getPointeeType();
11101 else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
11102 T = T->getPointeeType();
11103 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
11104 T = MPT->getPointeeType();
11105 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
11106 if (FPT->isNothrow())
11107 return true;
11108 return false;
11109 };
11110
11111 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11112 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
11113 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
11114 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
11115 if (AnyNoexcept)
11116 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
11117 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
11118 << NewFD;
11119 }
11120
11121 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
11122 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
11123 }
11124 return Redeclaration;
11125}
11126
11127void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
11128 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
11129 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
11130 // constexpr is ill-formed.
11131 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
11132 // appear in a declaration of main.
11133 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
11134 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
11135 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
11136 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11137 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
11138 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
11139 if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
11140 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
11141 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
11142 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
11143 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
11144 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
11145 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
11146 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
11147 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
11148 }
11149 if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
11150 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
11151 << FD->isConsteval()
11152 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
11153 FD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified);
11154 }
11155
11156 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11157 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
11158 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
11159 FD->setInvalidDecl();
11160 return;
11161 }
11162
11163 QualType T = FD->getType();
11164 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type")((void)0);
11165 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11166
11167 // Set default calling convention for main()
11168 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
11169 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
11170 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11171 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType());
11172 }
11173
11174 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11175 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
11176 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
11177 // implicit-return-zero rule.
11178
11179 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
11180 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11181 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11182 else {
11183 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
11184 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11185 if (RTRange.isValid())
11186 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
11187 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
11188 }
11189 } else {
11190 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
11191 // set the flag which tells us that.
11192 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
11193
11194 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
11195 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11196 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11197 else {
11198 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
11199 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11200 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
11201 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
11202 : FixItHint());
11203 FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11204 }
11205 }
11206
11207 // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
11208 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
11209
11210 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
11211 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
11212 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams)((void)0);
11213
11214 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
11215
11216 if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
11217 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
11218 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
11219 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
11220 }
11221
11222 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If
11223 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
11224 // getting shifty.
11225 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
11226 HasExtraParameters = false;
11227
11228 if (HasExtraParameters) {
11229 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
11230 FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11231 nparams = 3;
11232 }
11233
11234 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
11235 // if we had some location information about types.
11236
11237 QualType CharPP =
11238 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
11239 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
11240
11241 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
11242 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
11243
11244 bool mismatch = true;
11245
11246 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
11247 mismatch = false;
11248 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
11249 // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
11250 // char const **
11251 // char const * const *
11252 // char * const *
11253
11254 QualifierCollector qs;
11255 const PointerType* PT;
11256 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11257 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11258 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
11259 Context.CharTy)) {
11260 qs.removeConst();
11261 mismatch = !qs.empty();
11262 }
11263 }
11264
11265 if (mismatch) {
11266 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
11267 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
11268 FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11269 }
11270 }
11271
11272 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11273 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
11274 }
11275
11276 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11277 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11278 FD->setInvalidDecl();
11279 }
11280}
11281
11282static bool isDefaultStdCall(FunctionDecl *FD, Sema &S) {
11283
11284 // Default calling convention for main and wmain is __cdecl
11285 if (FD->getName() == "main" || FD->getName() == "wmain")
11286 return false;
11287
11288 // Default calling convention for MinGW is __cdecl
11289 const llvm::Triple &T = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
11290 if (T.isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
11291 return false;
11292
11293 // Default calling convention for WinMain, wWinMain and DllMain
11294 // is __stdcall on 32 bit Windows
11295 if (T.isOSWindows() && T.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
11296 return true;
11297
11298 return false;
11299}
11300
11301void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11302 QualType T = FD->getType();
11303 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type")((void)0);
11304 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11305
11306 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
11307 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
11308 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
11309 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
11310 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
11311 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
11312 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
11313 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11314
11315 // Explicity specified calling conventions are applied to MSVC entry points
11316 if (!hasExplicitCallingConv(T)) {
11317 if (isDefaultStdCall(FD, *this)) {
11318 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_X86StdCall) {
11319 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(
11320 FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_X86StdCall));
11321 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11322 }
11323 } else if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
11324 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT,
11325 FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
11326 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11327 }
11328 }
11329
11330 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11331 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11332 FD->setInvalidDecl();
11333 }
11334}
11335
11336bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
11337 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for
11338 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
11339 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list,
11340 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
11341 // expressions. Everything else falls under the
11342 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
11343 //
11344 // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions,
11345 // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter.
11346 if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
11347 assert(Init->containsErrors() &&((void)0)
11348 "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path.")((void)0);
11349 return true;
11350 }
11351 const Expr *Culprit;
11352 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
11353 return false;
11354 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
11355 << Culprit->getSourceRange();
11356 return true;
11357}
11358
11359namespace {
11360 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
11361 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
11362 class SelfReferenceChecker
11363 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
11364 Sema &S;
11365 Decl *OrigDecl;
11366 bool isRecordType;
11367 bool isPODType;
11368 bool isReferenceType;
11369
11370 bool isInitList;
11371 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
11372
11373 public:
11374 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
11375
11376 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
11377 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
11378 isPODType = false;
11379 isRecordType = false;
11380 isReferenceType = false;
11381 isInitList = false;
11382 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
11383 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
11384 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
11385 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
11386 }
11387 }
11388
11389 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists,
11390 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
11391 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
11392 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
11393 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
11394 if (!InitList) {
11395 Visit(E);
11396 return;
11397 }
11398
11399 // Track and increment the index here.
11400 isInitList = true;
11401 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
11402 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
11403 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
11404 ++InitFieldIndex.back();
11405 }
11406 InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
11407 }
11408
11409 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
11410 // Returns false if additional checking is required.
11411 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
11412 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
11413 Expr *Base = E;
11414 bool ReferenceField = false;
11415
11416 // Get the field members used.
11417 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11418 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
11419 if (!FD)
11420 return false;
11421 Fields.push_back(FD);
11422 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
11423 ReferenceField = true;
11424 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11425 }
11426
11427 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
11428 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
11429 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
11430 return false;
11431
11432 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
11433 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
11434 return true;
11435
11436 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
11437 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
11438 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
11439 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
11440
11441 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
11442 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being
11443 // initialized, then the use is safe.
11444 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
11445 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
11446 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
11447 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
11448 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
11449 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
11450 return true;
11451 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
11452 break;
11453 }
11454
11455 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
11456 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11457 return true;
11458 }
11459
11460 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
11461 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
11462 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
11463 void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
11464 E = E->IgnoreParens();
11465 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11466 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11467 return;
11468 }
11469
11470 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11471 Visit(CO->getCond());
11472 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
11473 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
11474 return;
11475 }
11476
11477 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
11478 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11479 Visit(BCO->getCond());
11480 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
11481 return;
11482 }
11483
11484 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
11485 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
11486 return;
11487 }
11488
11489 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
11490 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11491 Visit(BO->getLHS());
11492 HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
11493 return;
11494 }
11495 }
11496
11497 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
11498 if (isInitList) {
11499 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
11500 false /*CheckReference*/))
11501 return;
11502 }
11503
11504 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11505 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11506 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
11507 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11508 return;
11509 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11510 }
11511 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
11512 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11513 return;
11514 }
11515
11516 Visit(E);
11517 }
11518
11519 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
11520 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
11521 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11522 if (isReferenceType)
11523 HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
11524 }
11525
11526 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
11527 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
11528 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11529 return;
11530 }
11531
11532 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
11533 }
11534
11535 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
11536 if (isInitList) {
11537 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
11538 return;
11539 }
11540
11541 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
11542 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
11543
11544 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
11545 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
11546 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
11547 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
11548 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11549 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11550 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11551 Warn = false;
11552 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11553 }
11554
11555 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
11556 if (Warn)
11557 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11558 return;
11559 }
11560
11561 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
11562 // Visit that expression.
11563 Visit(Base);
11564 }
11565
11566 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
11567 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
11568
11569 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
11570 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
11571
11572 Visit(Callee);
11573 for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
11574 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
11575 }
11576
11577 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
11578 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
11579 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
11580 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
11581 if (!isPODType)
11582 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11583 return;
11584 }
11585
11586 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
11587 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11588 return;
11589 }
11590
11591 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
11592 }
11593
11594 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
11595
11596 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
11597 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
11598 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
11599 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
11600 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
11601 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
11602 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
11603 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
11604 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11605 HandleValue(ArgExpr);
11606 return;
11607 }
11608 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
11609 }
11610
11611 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
11612 // Treat std::move as a use.
11613 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) {
11614 HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
11615 return;
11616 }
11617
11618 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
11619 }
11620
11621 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
11622 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
11623 HandleValue(E->getLHS());
11624 Visit(E->getRHS());
11625 return;
11626 }
11627
11628 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
11629 }
11630
11631 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
11632 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
11633 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
11634 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
11635 Visit(E->getCond());
11636 Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
11637 }
11638
11639 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
11640 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
11641 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
11642 unsigned diag;
11643 if (isReferenceType) {
11644 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
11645 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
11646 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
11647 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11648 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11649 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
11650 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
11651 } else {
11652 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
11653 return;
11654 }
11655
11656 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE,
11657 S.PDiag(diag)
11658 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation()
11659 << DRE->getSourceRange());
11660 }
11661 };
11662
11663 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
11664 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
11665 bool DirectInit) {
11666 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
11667 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them.
11668 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
11669 return;
11670
11671 E = E->IgnoreParens();
11672
11673 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
11674 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
11675 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
11676 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
11677 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
11678 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
11679 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
11680 return;
11681
11682 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
11683 }
11684} // end anonymous namespace
11685
11686namespace {
11687 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
11688 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
11689 struct VarDeclOrName {
11690 VarDecl *VDecl;
11691 DeclarationName Name;
11692
11693 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
11694 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
11695 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
11696 }
11697 };
11698} // end anonymous namespace
11699
11700QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
11701 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
11702 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
11703 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
11704 Expr *Init) {
11705 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
11706 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&((void)0)
11707 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization")((void)0);
11708
11709 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
11710
11711 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
11712 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type")((void)0);
11713
11714 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
11715 if (!Init) {
11716 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?")((void)0);
11717
11718 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing
11719 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern.
11720 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) ||
11721 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() ||
11722 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11723 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
11724 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
11725 return QualType();
11726 }
11727 }
11728
11729 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits;
11730 if (Init)
11731 DeduceInits = Init;
11732
11733 if (DirectInit) {
11734 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init))
11735 DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
11736 }
11737
11738 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
11739 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?")((void)0);
11740 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
11741 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
11742 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
11743 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
11744 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
11745 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
11746 InitsCopy);
11747 }
11748
11749 if (DirectInit) {
11750 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
11751 DeduceInits = IL->inits();
11752 }
11753
11754 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
11755 if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
11756 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
11757 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
11758 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11759 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
11760 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
11761 << VN << Type << Range;
11762 return QualType();
11763 }
11764
11765 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
11766 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(),
11767 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
11768 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
11769 << VN << Type << Range;
11770 return QualType();
11771 }
11772
11773 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
11774 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
11775 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11776 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
11777 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
11778 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
11779 return QualType();
11780 }
11781
11782 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
11783 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
11784 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
11785 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
11786 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
11787 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11788 return QualType();
11789 }
11790 Init = Result.get();
11791 DefaultedAnyToId = true;
11792 }
11793
11794 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
11795 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
11796 // is present, e has type cv A
11797 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
11798 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
11799 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
11800 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
11801 Type.getQualifiers());
11802
11803 QualType DeducedType;
11804 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
11805 if (!IsInitCapture)
11806 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
11807 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
11808 Diag(Range.getBegin(),
11809 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
11810 << VN
11811 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11812 : DeduceInit->getType())
11813 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11814 else
11815 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
11816 << VN << TSI->getType()
11817 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11818 : DeduceInit->getType())
11819 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11820 }
11821
11822 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
11823 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
11824 // checks.
11825 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
11826 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
11827 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
11828 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
11829 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11830 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
11831 }
11832
11833 return DeducedType;
11834}
11835
11836bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
11837 Expr *Init) {
11838 assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors())((void)0);
11839 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
11840 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
11841 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
11842 if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
11843 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11844 return true;
11845 }
11846
11847 VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
11848 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid())((void)0);
11849
11850 // In ARC, infer lifetime.
11851 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
11852 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11853
11854 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
11855 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl);
11856
11857 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
11858 // the previously declared type.
11859 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
11860 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
11861 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
11862 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
11863 }
11864
11865 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
11866 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
11867 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
11868}
11869
11870void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init,
11871 SourceLocation Loc) {
11872 if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
11873 Init = EWC->getSubExpr();
11874
11875 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init))
11876 Init = CE->getSubExpr();
11877
11878 QualType InitType = Init->getType();
11879 assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||((void)0)
11880 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&((void)0)
11881 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct")((void)0);
11882 if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
11883 for (auto I : ILE->inits()) {
11884 if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() &&
11885 !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11886 continue;
11887 SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc();
11888 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc);
11889 }
11890 return;
11891 }
11892
11893 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
11894 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11895 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
11896 NTCUK_Init);
11897 } else {
11898 // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing
11899 // object.
11900 // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee
11901 // copy-elision.
11902 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11903 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy);
11904 }
11905}
11906
11907namespace {
11908
11909bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) {
11910 // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly
11911 // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union
11912 // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership
11913 // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining
11914 // whether the containing union is non-trivial.
11915 return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>();
11916}
11917
11918struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor
11919 : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11920 void> {
11921 using Super =
11922 DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11923 void>;
11924
11925 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(
11926 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11927 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11928 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11929
11930 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT,
11931 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11932 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11933 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11934 InNonTrivialUnion);
11935 return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11936 }
11937
11938 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11939 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11940 if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11941 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11942 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11943 }
11944
11945 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11946 if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11947 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11948 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11949 }
11950
11951 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11952 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11953 if (RD->isUnion()) {
11954 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11955 bool IsUnion = false;
11956 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11957 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11958 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11959 << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11960 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11961 OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11962 }
11963 InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11964 }
11965
11966 if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11967 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11968 << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11969
11970 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11971 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11972 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11973 }
11974
11975 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11976
11977 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11978 // non-trivial C union.
11979 QualType OrigTy;
11980 SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11981 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11982 Sema &S;
11983};
11984
11985struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor
11986 : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> {
11987 using Super =
11988 DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>;
11989
11990 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(
11991 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11992 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11993 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11994
11995 void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT,
11996 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11997 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11998 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11999 InNonTrivialUnion);
12000 return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12001 }
12002
12003 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12004 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12005 if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12006 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12007 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
12008 }
12009
12010 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12011 if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12012 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12013 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
12014 }
12015
12016 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12017 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
12018 if (RD->isUnion()) {
12019 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
12020 bool IsUnion = false;
12021 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
12022 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
12023 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
12024 << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
12025 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
12026 OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
12027 }
12028 InNonTrivialUnion = true;
12029 }
12030
12031 if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12032 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12033 << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
12034
12035 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
12036 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
12037 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12038 }
12039
12040 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12041 void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12042 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12043
12044 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
12045 // non-trivial C union.
12046 QualType OrigTy;
12047 SourceLocation OrigLoc;
12048 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
12049 Sema &S;
12050};
12051
12052struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor
12053 : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> {
12054 using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>;
12055
12056 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
12057 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
12058 Sema &S)
12059 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
12060
12061 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
12062 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12063 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
12064 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
12065 InNonTrivialUnion);
12066 return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12067 }
12068
12069 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12070 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12071 if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12072 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12073 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
12074 }
12075
12076 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12077 if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12078 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12079 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
12080 }
12081
12082 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12083 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
12084 if (RD->isUnion()) {
12085 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
12086 bool IsUnion = false;
12087 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
12088 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
12089 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
12090 << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
12091 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
12092 OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
12093 }
12094 InNonTrivialUnion = true;
12095 }
12096
12097 if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12098 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12099 << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
12100
12101 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
12102 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
12103 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12104 }
12105
12106 void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
12107 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12108 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12109 void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12110 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12111
12112 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
12113 // non-trivial C union.
12114 QualType OrigTy;
12115 SourceLocation OrigLoc;
12116 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
12117 Sema &S;
12118};
12119
12120} // namespace
12121
12122void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
12123 NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
12124 unsigned NonTrivialKind) {
12125 assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||((void)0)
12126 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||((void)0)
12127 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&((void)0)
12128 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union")((void)0);
12129
12130 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) &&
12131 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12132 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
12133 .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
12134 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) &&
12135 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion())
12136 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
12137 .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
12138 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
12139 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
12140 .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
12141}
12142
12143/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
12144/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
12145/// initialization rather than copy initialization.
12146void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
12147 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore
12148 // the initializer.
12149 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12150 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
12151 return;
12152 }
12153
12154 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12155 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
12156 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
12157 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
12158 Method->setInvalidDecl();
12159 return;
12160 }
12161
12162 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
12163 if (!VDecl) {
12164 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here")((void)0);
12165 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
12166 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12167 return;
12168 }
12169
12170 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
12171 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12172 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
12173 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
12174 // TypoExpr.
12175 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
12176 if (!Res.isUsable()) {
12177 // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them.
12178 // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init.
12179 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12180 return;
12181 }
12182 if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) {
12183 // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet.
12184 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12185 VDecl->setInit(Res.get());
12186 return;
12187 }
12188 Init = Res.get();
12189
12190 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
12191 return;
12192 }
12193
12194 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
12195 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
12196 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
12197 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12198 return;
12199 }
12200
12201 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
12202 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
12203 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
12204 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12205 return;
12206 }
12207
12208 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
12209 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
12210 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
12211 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
12212 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
12213 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
12214 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
12215 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
12216 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12217 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12218 return;
12219 }
12220
12221 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12222 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
12223 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12224 AbstractVariableType))
12225 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12226 }
12227
12228 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
12229 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
12230 // handle the situation.
12231 if (VarDecl *Def = VDecl->getDefinition())
12232 if (Def != VDecl &&
12233 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
12234 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
12235 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
12236 return;
12237
12238 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12239 // C++ [class.static.data]p4
12240 // If a static data member is of const integral or const
12241 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12242 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
12243 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
12244 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
12245 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
12246 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
12247 //
12248 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
12249 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
12250 // declaration with an initializer.
12251 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
12252 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
12253 << VDecl->getDeclName();
12254 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
12255 diag::note_previous_initializer)
12256 << 0;
12257 return;
12258 }
12259
12260 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12261 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12262
12263 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
12264 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12265 return;
12266 }
12267 }
12268
12269 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
12270 // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
12271 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
12272 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
12273 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12274 return;
12275 }
12276
12277 // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef).
12278 if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12279 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init);
12280 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12281 return;
12282 }
12283
12284 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
12285 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
12286 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
12287
12288 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
12289 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
12290 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
12291 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
12292 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
12293 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12294 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12295 return;
12296 }
12297 Init = Result.get();
12298 }
12299
12300 // Perform the initialization.
12301 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
12302 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12303 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
12304 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
12305 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
12306
12307 MultiExprArg Args = Init;
12308 if (CXXDirectInit)
12309 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
12310 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
12311
12312 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
12313 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
12314 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
12315 Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true,
12316 [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
12317 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
12318 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
12319 });
12320 if (Res.isInvalid()) {
12321 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12322 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
12323 Args[Idx] = Res.get();
12324 }
12325 }
12326 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12327 return;
12328
12329 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
12330 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
12331 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
12332 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
12333 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12334 // If the provied initializer fails to initialize the var decl,
12335 // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery.
12336 auto RecoveryExpr =
12337 CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args);
12338 if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12339 VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12340 return;
12341 }
12342
12343 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
12344 }
12345
12346 // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
12347 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
12348 // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
12349 // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C.
12350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12351 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
12352 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())
12353 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
12354
12355 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
12356 // completed by the initializer. For example:
12357 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
12358 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
12359 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
12360 VDecl->setType(DclT);
12361
12362 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12363 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
12364
12365 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12366 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
12367
12368 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
12369 // Although this code can still have problems:
12370 // id x = self.weakProp;
12371 // id y = self.weakProp;
12372 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
12373 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
12374 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
12375 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction())
12376 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
12377 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
12378 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
12379 Init->getBeginLoc()))
12380 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
12381 }
12382
12383 // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
12384 //
12385 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
12386 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
12387 // full-expression. For instance, in:
12388 //
12389 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
12390 // struct S { S(Temp); };
12391 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
12392 //
12393 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
12394 ExprResult Result =
12395 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
12396 /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr());
12397 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12398 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12399 return;
12400 }
12401 Init = Result.get();
12402
12403 // Attach the initializer to the decl.
12404 VDecl->setInit(Init);
12405
12406 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
12407 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
12408 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12409 // do nothing
12410
12411 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
12412 // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL.
12413 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
12414 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12415
12416 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
12417 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12418 // do nothing
12419
12420 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
12421 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
12422 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12423 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12424
12425 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
12426 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
12427 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
12428 // constant expressions.
12429 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
12430 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
12431 const Expr *Culprit;
12432 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
12433 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
12434 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
12435 << Culprit->getSourceRange();
12436 }
12437 }
12438
12439 if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
12440 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens()))
12441 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12442 BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap();
12443 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
12444 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
12445 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
12446 //
12447 // struct S {
12448 // static const int value = 17;
12449 // };
12450
12451 // C++ [class.mem]p4:
12452 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
12453 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
12454 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
12455 //
12456 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
12457 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
12458 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12459 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
12460 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
12461 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
12462 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
12463 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
12464 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
12465
12466 // Do nothing on dependent types.
12467 if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
12468
12469 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
12470 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
12471 // type.
12472 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
12473
12474 // Require constness.
12475 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
12476 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
12477 << Init->getSourceRange();
12478 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12479
12480 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
12481 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12482 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
12483 SourceLocation Loc;
12484 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
12485 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
12486 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
12487 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
12488 else if (Init->isValueDependent())
12489 ; // Nothing to check.
12490 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
12491 ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
12492 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() &&
12493 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context))
12494 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression.
12495 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12496 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
12497 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
12498 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12499 << Init->getSourceRange();
12500 } else {
12501 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the
12502 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
12503 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12504 << Init->getSourceRange();
12505 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12506 }
12507
12508 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
12509 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
12510 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
12511 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
12512 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12513 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
12514 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12515 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12516 Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(),
12517 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12518 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12519 } else {
12520 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
12521 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12522
12523 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12524 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12525 << Init->getSourceRange();
12526 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12527 }
12528 }
12529
12530 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
12531 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
12532 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
12533 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
12534 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12535 VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
12536
12537 } else {
12538 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
12539 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12540 VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12541 }
12542 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
12543 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
12544 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
12545 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
12546 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
12547 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
12548 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
12549 // C++ rules.
12550 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
12551 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
12552 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
12553 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
12554 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
12555 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
12556
12557 // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has
12558 // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with
12559 // __declspec(dllexport).
12560 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
12561 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() &&
12562 VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition())
12563 VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern);
12564
12565 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
12566 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12567 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12568 }
12569
12570 QualType InitType = Init->getType();
12571 if (!InitType.isNull() &&
12572 (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12573 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()))
12574 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc());
12575
12576 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
12577 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1;
12578 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
12579 //
12580 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
12581 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
12582 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
12583 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
12584 // special case code.
12585
12586 // C++ 8.5p11:
12587 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
12588 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
12589 // class type.
12590 if (CXXDirectInit) {
12591 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.")((void)0);
12592 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12593 } else if (DirectInit) {
12594 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
12595 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
12596 }
12597
12598 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && VDecl->isFileVarDecl())
12599 DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(VDecl);
12600 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
12601}
12602
12603/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
12604/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
12605/// of sanity.
12606void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
12607 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
12608 // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
12609 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12610
12611 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12612 if (!VD) return;
12613
12614 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12615 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
12616 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
12617 BD->setInvalidDecl();
12618
12619 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12620 if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12621 D->setInvalidDecl();
12622 return;
12623 }
12624
12625 QualType Ty = VD->getType();
12626 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
12627
12628 // Require a complete type.
12629 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
12630 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
12631 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12632 VD->setInvalidDecl();
12633 return;
12634 }
12635
12636 // Require a non-abstract type.
12637 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
12638 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12639 AbstractVariableType)) {
12640 VD->setInvalidDecl();
12641 return;
12642 }
12643
12644 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
12645 // though.
12646}
12647
12648void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
12649 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
12650 if (!RealDecl)
12651 return;
12652
12653 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12654 QualType Type = Var->getType();
12655
12656 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
12657 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12658 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
12659 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12660 return;
12661 }
12662
12663 if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
12664 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
12665 return;
12666
12667 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
12668 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
12669 // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
12670 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
12671 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
12672 // member.
12673 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12674 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
12675 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
12676 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
12677 // a definition there.
12678 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
12679 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12680 Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12681 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
12682 << Var;
12683 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12684 return;
12685 }
12686 } else {
12687 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
12688 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12689 return;
12690 }
12691 }
12692
12693 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
12694 // be initialized.
12695 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12696 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
12697 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
12698 bool HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = false;
12699 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
12700 for (auto *Ctor : RD->ctors()) {
12701 if (Ctor->isConstexpr() && Ctor->getNumParams() == 0 &&
12702 Ctor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace() ==
12703 LangAS::opencl_constant) {
12704 HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = true;
12705 }
12706 }
12707 }
12708 if (!HasConstExprDefaultConstructor) {
12709 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
12710 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12711 return;
12712 }
12713 }
12714
12715 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12716 if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) {
12717 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl)
12718 << Var;
12719 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12720 return;
12721 }
12722 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(),
12723 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12724 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12725 return;
12726 }
12727 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
12728 if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
12729 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor);
12730 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12731 return;
12732 }
12733 }
12734 // The declaration is unitialized, no need for further checks.
12735 return;
12736 }
12737
12738 VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
12739 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
12740 Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12741 checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(),
12742 NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init);
12743
12744
12745 switch (DefKind) {
12746 case VarDecl::Definition:
12747 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
12748 break;
12749
12750 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
12751 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
12752 // a declaration.
12753 //
12754 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
12755
12756 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
12757 // It's only a declaration.
12758
12759 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
12760 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
12761 // object shall be complete.
12762 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
12763 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12764 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12765 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
12766 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12767
12768 // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
12769 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12770 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12771 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12772 AbstractVariableType))
12773 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12774 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12775 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
12776 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
12777 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
12778 }
12779
12780 if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalRef() &&
12781 !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12782 ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var);
12783
12784 return;
12785
12786 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
12787 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
12788 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
12789 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
12790 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
12791 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
12792 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
12793 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
12794 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
12795 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
12796 Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(),
12797 diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type))
12798 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12799 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12800 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
12801 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
12802 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
12803 // NOTE: code such as the following
12804 // static struct s;
12805 // struct s { int a; };
12806 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
12807 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
12808 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
12809 if (Var->isFirstDecl())
12810 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12811 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
12812 }
12813 }
12814
12815 // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
12816 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
12817 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
12818 return;
12819 }
12820
12821 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12822 // definitions with incomplete array type.
12823 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
12824 Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12825 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
12826 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12827 return;
12828 }
12829
12830 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12831 // definitions with reference type.
12832 if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
12833 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
12834 << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
12835 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12836 return;
12837 }
12838
12839 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
12840 // variable with dependent type.
12841 if (Type->isDependentType())
12842 return;
12843
12844 if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
12845 return;
12846
12847 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
12848 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
12849 Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
12850 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12851 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12852 return;
12853 }
12854 } else {
12855 return;
12856 }
12857
12858 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12859 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12860 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12861 AbstractVariableType)) {
12862 Var->setInvalidDecl();
12863 return;
12864 }
12865
12866 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x
12867 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
12868 // storage duration", not a "local variable".
12869 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
12870 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
12871 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
12872 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
12873 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
12874 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
12875 // types and is declared without an initializer.
12876 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12877 if (const RecordType *Record
12878 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12879 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
12880 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the
12881 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can
12882 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98.
12883 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
12884 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12885 }
12886 }
12887 // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space,
12888 // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer.
12889 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
12890 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
12891 return;
12892 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
12893 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
12894 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
12895 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
12896 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
12897 // type shall have a user-declared default
12898 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
12899 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
12900 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
12901 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
12902 // program is ill-formed.
12903 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
12904 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
12905 // default-initialized; [...].
12906 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
12907 InitializationKind Kind
12908 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
12909
12910 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12911 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12912
12913 if (Init.get()) {
12914 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
12915 // This is important for template substitution.
12916 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12917 } else if (Init.isInvalid()) {
12918 // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track
12919 // that initialization was attempted and failed.
12920 auto RecoveryExpr =
12921 CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {});
12922 if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12923 Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12924 }
12925
12926 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
12927 }
12928}
12929
12930void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
12931 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
12932 if (!D)
12933 return;
12934
12935 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12936 if (!VD) {
12937 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
12938 D->setInvalidDecl();
12939 return;
12940 }
12941
12942 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12943
12944 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
12945 int Error = -1;
12946 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
12947 case SC_None:
12948 break;
12949 case SC_Extern:
12950 Error = 0;
12951 break;
12952 case SC_Static:
12953 Error = 1;
12954 break;
12955 case SC_PrivateExtern:
12956 Error = 2;
12957 break;
12958 case SC_Auto:
12959 Error = 3;
12960 break;
12961 case SC_Register:
12962 Error = 4;
12963 break;
12964 }
12965
12966 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier con't.
12967 switch (VD->getTSCSpec()) {
12968 case TSCS_thread_local:
12969 Error = 6;
12970 break;
12971 case TSCS___thread:
12972 case TSCS__Thread_local:
12973 case TSCS_unspecified:
12974 break;
12975 }
12976
12977 if (Error != -1) {
12978 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
12979 << VD << Error;
12980 D->setInvalidDecl();
12981 }
12982}
12983
12984StmtResult
12985Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
12986 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
12987 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
12988 SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
12989 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
12990 // A range-based for statement of the form
12991 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12992 // is equivalent to
12993 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12994 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
12995
12996 const char *PrevSpec;
12997 unsigned DiagID;
12998 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
12999 getPrintingPolicy());
13000
13001 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForInit);
13002 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
13003 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
13004
13005 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false),
13006 IdentLoc);
13007 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
13008 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
13009 FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
13010 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
13011 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
13012}
13013
13014void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
13015 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
13016
13017 MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(var);
13018
13019 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
13020 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
13021 // initialiser
13022 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
13023 !var->hasInit()) {
13024 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
13025 << 1 /*Init*/;
13026 var->setInvalidDecl();
13027 return;
13028 }
13029 }
13030
13031 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
13032 // local retaining variable.
13033 if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
13034 var->hasLocalStorage()) {
13035 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
13036 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
13037 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
13038 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
13039 break;
13040
13041 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
13042 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
13043 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
13044 break;
13045 }
13046 }
13047
13048 if (var->hasLocalStorage() &&
13049 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
13050 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
13051
13052 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
13053 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global
13054 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
13055 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
13056 // change if it's later given a typedef name.
13057 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13058 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
13059 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
13060 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
13061 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) &&
13062 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) &&
13063 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
13064 var->getLocation())) {
13065 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
13066 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
13067 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
13068 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
13069
13070 if (!prev) {
13071 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
13072 Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
13073 << /* variable */ 0;
13074 }
13075 }
13076
13077 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
13078 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
13079 const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr;
13080 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
13081 if (!CacheHasConstInit)
13082 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
13083 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
13084 return *CacheHasConstInit;
13085 };
13086
13087 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
13088 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
13089 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
13090 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
13091 // have a non-trivial destructor.
13092 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
13093 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13094 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
13095 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
13096 if (!checkConstInit()) {
13097 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
13098 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
13099 // initialization.
13100 // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
13101 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
13102 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
13103 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13104 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
13105 }
13106 }
13107 }
13108
13109
13110 if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() &&
13111 isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) {
13112 const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit());
13113 unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits();
13114 if (NumInits > 2)
13115 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) {
13116 const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I);
13117 if (!Init)
13118 break;
13119 const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
13120 if (!SL)
13121 break;
13122
13123 unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated();
13124 // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization.
13125 // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated
13126 // together. Do not warn for macros too.
13127 if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) {
13128 bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true;
13129 for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) {
13130 const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J);
13131 if (!Init)
13132 break;
13133 const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
13134 if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) {
13135 OnlyOneMissingComma = false;
13136 break;
13137 }
13138 }
13139
13140 if (OnlyOneMissingComma) {
13141 SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints;
13142 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i)
13143 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
13144 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ","));
13145
13146 Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1),
13147 diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init)
13148 << Hints;
13149 Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(),
13150 diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence);
13151 }
13152 // In any case, stop now.
13153 break;
13154 }
13155 }
13156 }
13157
13158
13159 QualType type = var->getType();
13160
13161 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
13162 getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var);
13163
13164 Expr *Init = var->getInit();
13165 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
13166 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
13167 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
13168 bool HasConstInit = true;
13169
13170 // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant.
13171 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !type->isDependentType() && Init &&
13172 !Init->isValueDependent() &&
13173 (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() ||
13174 var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) {
13175 // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in
13176 // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now. We can't
13177 // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change
13178 // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined.
13179 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
13180 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13181 // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required,
13182 // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules
13183 // in [expr.const]p2-6.
13184 // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit /
13185 // -Wglobal-constructors.
13186 HasConstInit = checkConstInit();
13187
13188 // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a
13189 // constant initializer.
13190 if (HasConstInit) {
13191 (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13192 Notes.clear();
13193 } else if (CacheCulprit) {
13194 Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(),
13195 PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr));
13196 Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
13197 }
13198 } else {
13199 // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer.
13200 HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13201 }
13202
13203 if (HasConstInit) {
13204 // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr.
13205 } else if (var->isConstexpr()) {
13206 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
13207 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
13208 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
13209 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
13210 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
13211 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
13212 Notes.clear();
13213 }
13214 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
13215 << var << Init->getSourceRange();
13216 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
13217 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
13218 } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) {
13219 auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
13220 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
13221 << Init->getSourceRange();
13222 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
13223 << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit();
13224 for (auto &it : Notes)
13225 Diag(it.first, it.second);
13226 } else if (IsGlobal &&
13227 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
13228 var->getLocation())) {
13229 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't
13230 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
13231 // warned about them.
13232 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
13233 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
13234 // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in
13235 // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer
13236 // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor.
13237 if (!checkConstInit())
13238 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
13239 << Init->getSourceRange();
13240 }
13241 }
13242 }
13243
13244 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
13245 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13246 !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
13247 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
13248 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read;
13249 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) {
13250 if (HasConstInit)
13251 Stack = &ConstSegStack;
13252 else {
13253 Stack = &BSSSegStack;
13254 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
13255 }
13256 } else if (var->hasInit() && HasConstInit) {
13257 Stack = &DataSegStack;
13258 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
13259 } else {
13260 Stack = &BSSSegStack;
13261 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
13262 }
13263 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
13264 if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec)
13265 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
13266 UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var);
13267 } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) {
13268 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
13269 auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString();
13270 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13271 Context, SectionName, Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation,
13272 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
13273 if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var))
13274 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
13275 }
13276
13277 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the
13278 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
13279 // attribute.
13280 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
13281 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
13282 CurInitSegLoc,
13283 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13284 }
13285
13286 // All the following checks are C++ only.
13287 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13288 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
13289 // current module.
13290 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
13291 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
13292 return;
13293 }
13294
13295 // Require the destructor.
13296 if (!type->isDependentType())
13297 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
13298 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
13299
13300 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
13301 // module.
13302 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
13303 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
13304
13305 // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration.
13306 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
13307 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
13308}
13309
13310/// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a
13311/// dllexport/import function.
13312void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) {
13313 assert(VD->isStaticLocal())((void)0);
13314
13315 auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13316
13317 // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function.
13318 while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) &&
13319 !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() &&
13320 !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13321 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13322 }
13323
13324 if (!FD)
13325 return;
13326
13327 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
13328 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
13329 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
13330 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13331 VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13332 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13333 auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13334 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13335 VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13336
13337 // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even
13338 // if it is not used in this compilation unit.
13339 if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13340 FD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13341
13342 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13343 auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13344 NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13345 VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13346 }
13347}
13348
13349/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
13350/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
13351void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
13352 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
13353 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
13354
13355 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
13356 if (!VD)
13357 return;
13358
13359 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active
13360 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13361 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
13362 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid)
13363 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13364 Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName,
13365 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation,
13366 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13367 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid)
13368 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13369 Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName,
13370 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation,
13371 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13372 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid)
13373 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13374 Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName,
13375 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation,
13376 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13377 if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid)
13378 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13379 Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName,
13380 PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation,
13381 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13382 }
13383
13384 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
13385 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
13386 FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
13387 }
13388 }
13389
13390 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
13391
13392 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
13393 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
13394 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
13395 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
13396 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
13397 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
13398 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !VD->hasDependentAlignment()) {
13399 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
13400 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
13401 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
13402 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
13403 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
13404 }
13405 }
13406 }
13407
13408 if (VD->isStaticLocal())
13409 CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD);
13410
13411 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
13412 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
13413 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
13414 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
13415 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
13416 if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
13417 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD);
13418
13419 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
13420 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
13421
13422 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
13423 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
13424 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
13425 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13426 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
13427 // with a warning.
13428 CXXRecordDecl *Context =
13429 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
13430 bool IsClassTemplateMember =
13431 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
13432 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
13433
13434 Diag(VD->getLocation(),
13435 IsClassTemplateMember
13436 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
13437 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
13438 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
13439 if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
13440 VD->setInvalidDecl();
13441 }
13442 }
13443
13444 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
13445 // isn't exported with the variable.
13446 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
13447 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13448 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
13449 assert(VD->isStaticLocal())((void)0);
13450 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
13451 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
13452 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
13453 } else {
13454 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
13455 << DLLAttr;
13456 VD->setInvalidDecl();
13457 }
13458 }
13459
13460 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
13461 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13462 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition)
13463 << Attr;
13464 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
13465 }
13466 }
13467 if (RetainAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) {
13468 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13469 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition)
13470 << Attr;
13471 VD->dropAttr<RetainAttr>();
13472 }
13473 }
13474
13475 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
13476 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
13477 // member, set the visibility of this variable.
13478 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
13479 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
13480
13481 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
13482 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
13483 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
13484
13485 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
13486 // tag values.
13487 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
13488 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
13489 return;
13490
13491 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
13492 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
13493 if (!MagicValueExpr) {
13494 continue;
13495 }
13496 Optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt;
13497 if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) {
13498 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13499 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
13500 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13501 continue;
13502 }
13503 if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) {
13504 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13505 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
13506 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13507 continue;
13508 }
13509 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue();
13510 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
13511 MagicValue,
13512 I->getMatchingCType(),
13513 I->getLayoutCompatible(),
13514 I->getMustBeNull());
13515 }
13516}
13517
13518static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
13519 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
13520 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
13521}
13522
13523Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
13524 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13525 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
13526
13527 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
13528 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
13529
13530 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13531 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13532 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
13533 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
13534 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
13535
13536 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13537 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
13538 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
13539 // to perform.
13540 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
13541 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
13542 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
13543 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
13544 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
13545 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
13546 !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
13547 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
13548
13549 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
13550 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
13551 // declaration in the same group.
13552 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
13553 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
13554 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
13555 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13556 << DD->getSourceRange();
13557 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
13558 }
13559
13560 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
13561 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
13562 // declarator in the same group.
13563 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
13564 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
13565 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
13566 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
13567 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
13568 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13569 << DD->getSourceRange();
13570 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
13571 }
13572 }
13573 }
13574
13575 Decls.push_back(D);
13576 }
13577 }
13578
13579 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
13580 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
13581 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
13582 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
13583 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13584 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
13585 }
13586 }
13587
13588 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
13589}
13590
13591/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
13592/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
13593Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
13594Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13595 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
13596 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
13597 // deduction, the program is ill-formed.
13598 if (Group.size() > 1) {
13599 QualType Deduced;
13600 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
13601 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13602 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
13603 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
13604 break;
13605 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
13606 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
13607 continue;
13608 if (Deduced.isNull()) {
13609 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
13610 DeducedDecl = D;
13611 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
13612 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
13613 auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
13614 diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
13615 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced
13616 << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType()
13617 << D->getDeclName();
13618 if (DeducedDecl->hasInit())
13619 Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13620 if (D->getInit())
13621 Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13622 D->setInvalidDecl();
13623 break;
13624 }
13625 }
13626 }
13627
13628 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
13629
13630 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
13631 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
13632}
13633
13634void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
13635 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
13636}
13637
13638void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13639 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
13640 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
13641 return;
13642
13643 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
13644 Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
13645 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
13646 Group[0]->getLocation()))
13647 return;
13648
13649 if (Group.size() >= 2) {
13650 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations
13651 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or
13652 // additional declaration references:
13653 // 'typedef struct S {} S;'
13654 // 'typedef struct S *S;'
13655 // 'struct S *pS;'
13656 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
13657 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
13658 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
13659 Group = Group.slice(1);
13660 }
13661 }
13662
13663 // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file.
13664 // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in
13665 // different files (e. g. macros or #include).
13666 Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor());
13667}
13668
13669/// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function
13670/// parameters and non-type template parameters.
13671void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13672 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
13673 // parameter.
13674 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13675 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13676
13677 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
13678 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
13679 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
13680 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
13681 }
13682
13683 // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a
13684 // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...].
13685 switch (D.getName().getKind()) {
13686 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
13687 break;
13688
13689 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
13690 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
13691 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
13692 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName:
13693 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName:
13694 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
13695 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName:
13696 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
13697 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
13698 break;
13699
13700 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId:
13701 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
13702 // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case.
13703 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id);
13704 break;
13705 }
13706}
13707
13708/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
13709/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
13710Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13711 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
13712
13713 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
13714
13715 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
13716 StorageClass SC = SC_None;
13717 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
13718 SC = SC_Register;
13719 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
13720 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension.
13721 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13722 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13723 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
13724 : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
13725 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
13726 }
13727 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13728 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
13729 SC = SC_Auto;
13730 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
13731 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13732 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
13733 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
13734 }
13735
13736 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13737 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
13738 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13739 if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
13740 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13741 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
13742 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier())
13743 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
13744 << 0 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
13745
13746 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
13747
13748 CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D);
13749
13750 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13751 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
13752
13753 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
13754 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13755 if (II) {
13756 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
13757 ForVisibleRedeclaration);
13758 LookupName(R, S);
13759 if (R.isSingleResult()) {
13760 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
13761 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13762 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13763 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13764 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13765 PrevDecl = nullptr;
13766 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13767 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
13768 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13769
13770 // Recover by removing the name
13771 II = nullptr;
13772 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
13773 D.setInvalidType(true);
13774 }
13775 }
13776 }
13777
13778 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
13779 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally
13780 // looking like class members in C++.
13781 ParmVarDecl *New =
13782 CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(),
13783 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC);
13784
13785 if (D.isInvalidType())
13786 New->setInvalidDecl();
13787
13788 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope())((void)0);
13789 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1)((void)0);
13790 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
13791 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
13792
13793 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
13794 S->AddDecl(New);
13795 if (II)
13796 IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
13797
13798 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
13799
13800 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13801 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
13802 << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
13803 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
13804
13805 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
13806 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
13807 }
13808
13809 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
13810 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New);
13811
13812 return New;
13813}
13814
13815/// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
13816/// typedef.
13817ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
13818 SourceLocation Loc,
13819 QualType T) {
13820 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
13821 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
13822 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
13823 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
13824 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
13825 SC_None, nullptr);
13826 Param->setImplicit();
13827 return Param;
13828}
13829
13830void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
13831 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
13832 // will already have done so in the template itself.
13833 if (inTemplateInstantiation())
13834 return;
13835
13836 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13837 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
13838 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
13839 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
13840 << Parameter->getDeclName();
13841 }
13842 }
13843}
13844
13845void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
13846 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
13847 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
13848 return;
13849
13850 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13851 // threshold.
13852 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
13853 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
13854 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13855 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size;
13856 }
13857
13858 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13859 // threshold.
13860 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13861 QualType T = Parameter->getType();
13862 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
13863 continue;
13864 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
13865 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13866 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
13867 << Parameter << Size;
13868 }
13869}
13870
13871ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
13872 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
13873 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
13874 StorageClass SC) {
13875 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
13876 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
13877 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
13878 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
13879
13880 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
13881
13882 // Special cases for arrays:
13883 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
13884 // - otherwise, it's an error
13885 if (T->isArrayType()) {
13886 if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
13887 if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics())
13888 DelayedDiagnostics.add(
13889 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
13890 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
13891 else
13892 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership)
13893 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
13894 }
13895 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
13896 } else {
13897 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
13898 }
13899 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
13900 }
13901
13902 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
13903 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
13904 TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
13905
13906 // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that
13907 // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the
13908 // lambda scope.
13909 if (New->isParameterPack())
13910 if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda())
13911 LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New);
13912
13913 if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
13914 New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
13915 checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(),
13916 NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
13917
13918 // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
13919 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
13920 // the class has been completely parsed.
13921 if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
13922 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13923 AbstractParamType))
13924 New->setInvalidDecl();
13925
13926 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
13927 // passed by reference.
13928 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
13929 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
13930 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
13931 Diag(NameLoc,
13932 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
13933 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
13934 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
13935 New->setType(T);
13936 }
13937
13938 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
13939 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
13940 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
13941 // an address space.
13942 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
13943 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
13944 // to be qualified with an address space.
13945 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
13946 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) {
13947 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
13948 New->setInvalidDecl();
13949 }
13950
13951 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function argument types.
13952 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
13953 CheckPPCMMAType(New->getOriginalType(), New->getLocation())) {
13954 New->setInvalidDecl();
13955 }
13956
13957 return New;
13958}
13959
13960void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
13961 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
13962 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
13963
13964 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
13965 // for a K&R function.
13966 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
13967 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
13968 --i;
13969 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
13970 SmallString<256> Code;
13971 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
13972 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
13973 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
13974 << FTI.Params[i].Ident
13975 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
13976
13977 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
13978 // type.
13979 AttributeFactory attrs;
13980 DeclSpec DS(attrs);
13981 const char* PrevSpec; // unused
13982 unsigned DiagID; // unused
13983 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
13984 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
13985 // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
13986 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13987 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13988 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList);
13989 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13990 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
13991 }
13992 }
13993 }
13994}
13995
13996Decl *
13997Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
13998 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
13999 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
14000 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused")((void)0);
14001 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!")((void)0);
14002 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
14003
14004 // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and
14005 // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration
14006 // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards.
14007 // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare
14008 // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a
14009 // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the
14010 // `omp begin declare variant`.
14011 SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases;
14012 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope())
14013 ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
14014 ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases);
14015
14016 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition);
14017 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
14018 Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
14019
14020 if (!Bases.empty())
14021 ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl, Bases);
14022
14023 return Dcl;
14024}
14025
14026void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
14027 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
14028}
14029
14030static bool
14031ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
14032 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) {
14033 // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
14034 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14035 return false;
14036
14037 // Or declarations that aren't global.
14038 if (!FD->isGlobal())
14039 return false;
14040
14041 // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
14042 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
14043 return false;
14044
14045 // Don't warn about 'main'.
14046 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
14047 if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier())
14048 if (II->isStr("main") || II->isStr("efi_main"))
14049 return false;
14050
14051 // Don't warn about inline functions.
14052 if (FD->isInlined())
14053 return false;
14054
14055 // Don't warn about function templates.
14056 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
14057 return false;
14058
14059 // Don't warn about function template specializations.
14060 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
14061 return false;
14062
14063 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
14064 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
14065 return false;
14066
14067 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
14068 if (FD->isDeleted())
14069 return false;
14070
14071 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
14072 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
14073 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
14074 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
14075 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
14076 continue;
14077
14078 PossiblePrototype = Prev;
14079 return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType();
14080 }
14081
14082 return true;
14083}
14084
14085void
14086Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
14087 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
14088 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
14089 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
14090 if (!Definition &&
14091 !FD->isDefined(Definition, /*CheckForPendingFriendDefinition*/ true))
14092 return;
14093
14094 if (Definition->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
14095 if (FunctionDecl *OrigDef = Definition->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
14096 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
14097 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of
14098 // the same class, is OK.
14099 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, OrigDef) &&
14100 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(Definition->getLexicalDeclContext()),
14101 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())))
14102 return;
14103 }
14104 }
14105 }
14106
14107 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
14108 return;
14109
14110 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected
14111 // definition.
14112 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
14113 return;
14114
14115 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
14116 // a template, skip the new definition.
14117 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
14118 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
14119 Definition->isInlined() ||
14120 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
14121 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
14122 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
14123 SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition);
14124 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
14125 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
14126 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
14127 return;
14128 }
14129
14130 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
14131 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
14132 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
14133 << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
14134 else
14135 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD;
14136
14137 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14138 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14139}
14140
14141static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
14142 Sema &S) {
14143 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
14144
14145 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
14146 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
14147 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
14148 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
14149 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
14150
14151 if (LCD == LCD_None)
14152 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
14153 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
14154 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
14155 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
14156 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
14157 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
14158
14159 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
14160 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
14161
14162 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
14163 // captured within tryCaptureVar.
14164 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
14165 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
14166 if (C.capturesVariable()) {
14167 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
14168 if (VD->isInitCapture())
14169 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
14170 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
14171 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
14172 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
14173 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
14174 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
14175 I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false);
14176
14177 } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
14178 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(),
14179 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
14180 } else {
14181 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(),
14182 I->getType());
14183 }
14184 ++I;
14185 }
14186}
14187
14188Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
14189 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
14190 if (!D) {
14191 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope
14192 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body.
14193 PushFunctionScope();
14194 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
14195 return D;
14196 }
14197
14198 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
14199
14200 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
14201 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
14202 else
14203 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
14204
14205 // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building
14206 // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition().
14207 if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD))
14208 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
14209 FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated
14210 : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
14211
14212 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
14213 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
14214 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
14215 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
14216 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14217 }
14218 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
14219 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
14220 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
14221 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14222 }
14223
14224 if (auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) {
14225 if (Ctor->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
14226 Ctor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
14227 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
14228 // If this is an MS ABI dllexport default constructor, instantiate any
14229 // default arguments.
14230 InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(Ctor);
14231 }
14232 }
14233
14234 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' (or similar) is already
14235 // set, then these checks were already performed when it was set.
14236 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed() &&
14237 !FD->isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition()) {
14238 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
14239
14240 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
14241 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
14242 return D;
14243 }
14244
14245 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to
14246 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
14247 // this function.
14248 FD->setWillHaveBody();
14249
14250 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
14251 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information
14252 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
14253 // LambdaScopeInfo.
14254 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
14255 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
14256 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
14257 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
14258 // have the LSI properly restored.
14259 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
14260 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&((void)0)
14261 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "((void)0)
14262 "when instantiating a generic lambda!")((void)0);
14263 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
14264 } else {
14265 // Enter a new function scope
14266 PushFunctionScope();
14267 }
14268
14269 // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
14270 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14271 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
14272 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
14273 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
14274 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14275 }
14276 }
14277
14278 // The return type of a function definition must be complete
14279 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
14280 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
14281 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
14282 !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14283 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
14284 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
14285 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14286
14287 if (FnBodyScope)
14288 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
14289
14290 // Check the validity of our function parameters
14291 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
14292 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
14293
14294 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
14295 // scope.
14296 if (FnBodyScope) {
14297 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
14298 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
14299 if (!NonParmDecl)
14300 continue;
14301 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&((void)0)
14302 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet")((void)0);
14303
14304 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
14305 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
14306 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14307
14308 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
14309 // accessible in this scope.
14310 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
14311 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
14312 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14313 }
14314 }
14315 }
14316
14317 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
14318 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
14319 Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
14320
14321 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
14322 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
14323 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
14324
14325 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
14326 }
14327 }
14328
14329 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
14330 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
14331 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
14332
14333 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
14334 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
14335 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
14336 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())((void)0);
14337 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
14338 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14339 return D;
14340 }
14341 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
14342 // a function template).
14343 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
14344 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
14345 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
14346 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
14347 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
14348
14349 return D;
14350}
14351
14352/// Given the set of return statements within a function body,
14353/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
14354/// optimization.
14355///
14356/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
14357/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
14358/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
14359/// use the named return value optimization.
14360///
14361/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
14362/// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
14363/// candidate is an NRVO variable.
14364void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
14365 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
14366
14367 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
14368 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
14369 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
14370 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
14371 }
14372 }
14373}
14374
14375bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
14376 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
14377 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
14378 return false;
14379
14380 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
14381 // return type (yet).
14382 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
14383 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
14384 // we can still delay parsing it.
14385 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
14386 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
14387 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
14388 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
14389 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
14390 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
14391 }
14392 }
14393 return false;
14394 }
14395
14396 return true;
14397}
14398
14399bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
14400 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
14401 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
14402 // rest of the file.
14403 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
14404 // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
14405 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) {
14406 if (FD->isConstexpr())
14407 return false;
14408 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template
14409 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered
14410 // "undeduced".
14411 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType())
14412 return false;
14413 }
14414 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
14415}
14416
14417Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
14418 if (!Decl)
14419 return nullptr;
14420 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction())
14421 FD->setHasSkippedBody();
14422 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
14423 MD->setHasSkippedBody();
14424 return Decl;
14425}
14426
14427Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
14428 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
14429}
14430
14431/// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function
14432/// body.
14433class ExitFunctionBodyRAII {
14434public:
14435 ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {}
14436 ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() {
14437 if (!IsLambda)
14438 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
14439 }
14440
14441private:
14442 Sema &S;
14443 bool IsLambda = false;
14444};
14445
14446static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) {
14447 llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo;
14448
14449 auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) {
14450 if (EscapeInfo.count(BD))
14451 return EscapeInfo[BD];
14452
14453 bool R = false;
14454 const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD;
14455
14456 do {
14457 R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape();
14458 if (R)
14459 break;
14460 CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl();
14461 } while (CurBD);
14462
14463 return EscapeInfo[BD] = R;
14464 };
14465
14466 // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping
14467 // block, emit a diagnostic.
14468 for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P :
14469 S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs)
14470 if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second))
14471 S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
14472 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->");
14473}
14474
14475Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
14476 bool IsInstantiation) {
14477 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction();
14478 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
14479
14480 if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>())
14481 FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
14482
14483 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
14484 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
14485
14486 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FSI->isCoroutine())
14487 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
14488
14489 // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one
14490 // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is
14491 // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef().
14492 ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD));
14493
14494 if (FD) {
14495 FD->setBody(Body);
14496 FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
14497
14498 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
14499 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
14500 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
14501 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
14502 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
14503 // the deduced result type is 'void'.
14504 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
14505 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
14506 << FD->getReturnType();
14507 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14508 } else {
14509 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
14510 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
14511 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
14512 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
14513 }
14514 }
14515 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
14516 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
14517 // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
14518 auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
14519 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
14520 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
14521
14522 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
14523 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
14524 // [the deduced type is] the type void
14525 QualType RetType =
14526 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
14527
14528 // Update the return type to the deduced type.
14529 const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14530 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
14531 Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
14532 }
14533 }
14534
14535 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
14536 // don't complain about missing return statements.
14537 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
14538 WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
14539
14540 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
14541 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
14542 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
14543 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
14544
14545 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14546 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
14547 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody())
14548 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
14549 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
14550 FD->getReturnType(), FD);
14551
14552 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
14553 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
14554 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
14555 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
14556 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
14557
14558 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
14559 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
14560 // to deduce an implicit return type.
14561 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
14562 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext()))
14563 computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14564 }
14565
14566 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
14567 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
14568 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
14569 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
14570 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
14571 const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr;
14572 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) {
14573 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
14574
14575 if (PossiblePrototype) {
14576 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
14577 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
14578 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
14579 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14580 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
14581 Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(),
14582 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
14583 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0)
14584 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0
14585 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void")
14586 : FixItHint{});
14587 }
14588 } else {
14589 // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`.
14590 auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM,
14591 const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
14592 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
14593 if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid())
14594 return false;
14595
14596 bool Invalid = false;
14597 StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
14598 if (Invalid)
14599 return false;
14600
14601 if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size())
14602 return false;
14603
14604 const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second;
14605 StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second);
14606
14607 return StartTok.consume_front("const") &&
14608 (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) ||
14609 StartTok.startswith("/*") || StartTok.startswith("//"));
14610 };
14611
14612 auto findBeginLoc = [&]() {
14613 // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert
14614 // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename).
14615 if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
14616 FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) ||
14617 FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) {
14618 // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is.
14619
14620 if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(),
14621 getLangOpts()))
14622
14623 return FD->getBeginLoc();
14624 }
14625 return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
14626 };
14627 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
14628 << /* function */ 1
14629 << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None
14630 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ")
14631 : FixItHint{});
14632 }
14633
14634 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
14635 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
14636 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
14637 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
14638 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype()) {
14639 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
14640 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14641 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>();
14642 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2;
14643 }
14644 }
14645
14646 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body.
14647 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body)
14648 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body))
14649 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty())
14650 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(),
14651 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored);
14652
14653 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
14654 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
14655 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
14656 MD->isVirtual() &&
14657 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
14658 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
14659 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
14660 if (FD->isInlined() &&
14661 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
14662 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
14663
14664 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
14665 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
14666 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
14667 const FunctionDecl *Definition;
14668 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
14669 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14670 } else {
14671 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
14672 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14673 }
14674 }
14675 }
14676
14677 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&((void)0)
14678 "Function parsing confused")((void)0);
14679 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
14680 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused")((void)0);
14681 MD->setBody(Body);
14682 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14683 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
14684 MD->getReturnType(), MD);
14685
14686 if (Body)
14687 computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14688 }
14689 if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
14690 Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
14691 << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
14692 FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
14693 }
14694 if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
14695 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
14696 bool isDesignated =
14697 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
14698 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod)((void)0);
14699 (void)isDesignated;
14700
14701 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
14702 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
14703 if (!IFace)
14704 return false;
14705 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
14706 if (!SuperD)
14707 return false;
14708 return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
14709 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
14710 };
14711 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
14712 // of NSObject.
14713 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
14714 Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14715 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
14716 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
14717 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
14718 }
14719 FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
14720 }
14721 if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
14722 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
14723 if (!MD->isUnavailable())
14724 Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14725 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
14726 FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
14727 }
14728
14729 diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this);
14730 } else {
14731 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope
14732 // we pushed on.
14733 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14734 return nullptr;
14735 }
14736
14737 if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
14738 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
14739
14740 assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&((void)0)
14741 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "((void)0)
14742 "handled in the block above.")((void)0);
14743
14744 // Verify and clean out per-function state.
14745 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
14746 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
14747 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
14748 // Verify this.
14749 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
14750 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
14751
14752 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
14753 if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
14754 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
14755 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
14756
14757 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
14758 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
14759 CheckDestructor(Destructor);
14760
14761 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
14762 Destructor->getParent());
14763 }
14764
14765 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14766 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14767 // deletion in some later function.
14768 if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() ||
14769 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
14770 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14771 }
14772 if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
14773 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
14774 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
14775 // enabled.
14776 ActivePolicy = &WP;
14777 }
14778
14779 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14780 !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose))
14781 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14782
14783 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
14784 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
14785 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
14786 // require prologue.
14787 bool RegisterVariables = false;
14788 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
14789 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
14790 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
14791 RegisterVariables =
14792 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
14793 if (!RegisterVariables)
14794 break;
14795 }
14796 }
14797 }
14798 if (RegisterVariables)
14799 continue;
14800 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
14801 Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
14802 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
14803 FD->setInvalidDecl();
14804 break;
14805 }
14806 }
14807 }
14808
14809 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==((void)0)
14810 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&((void)0)
14811 "Leftover temporaries in function")((void)0);
14812 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function")((void)0);
14813 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&((void)0)
14814 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking")((void)0);
14815 }
14816
14817 if (!IsInstantiation)
14818 PopDeclContext();
14819
14820 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14821 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14822 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14823 // deletion in some later function.
14824 if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) {
14825 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14826 }
14827
14828 if (FD && (LangOpts.OpenMP || LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice)) {
14829 auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD);
14830 if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted ||
14831 ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown)
14832 DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(FD);
14833 }
14834
14835 return dcl;
14836}
14837
14838/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
14839/// relevant Decl.
14840void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
14841 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
14842 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
14843 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
14844 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
14845 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs);
14846
14847 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
14848 if (Method->isStatic())
14849 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
14850}
14851
14852/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
14853/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
14854NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
14855 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
14856 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding
14857 // DeclContext.
14858 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope.
14859 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope
14860 // instead.
14861 Scope *BlockScope = S;
14862 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent())
14863 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent();
14864
14865 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope;
14866 while (!ContextScope->getEntity())
14867 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent();
14868 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity());
14869
14870 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
14871 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
14872 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
14873 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
14874 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
14875 if (ExternCPrev) {
14876 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so
14877 // that later (non-call) uses can see it.
14878 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false);
14879
14880 // C89 footnote 38:
14881 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int",
14882 // the behavior is undefined.
14883 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) ||
14884 !Context.typesAreCompatible(
14885 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(),
14886 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) {
14887 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration)
14888 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99;
14889 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14890 return ExternCPrev;
14891 }
14892 }
14893
14894 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it.
14895 unsigned diag_id;
14896 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
14897 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
14898 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported.
14899 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
14900 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl;
14901 else if (getLangOpts().C99)
14902 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
14903 else
14904 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
14905 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
14906
14907 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building
14908 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing
14909 // more to do.
14910 if (ExternCPrev)
14911 return ExternCPrev;
14912
14913 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
14914 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
14915 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
14916 TypoCorrection Corrected;
14917 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{};
14918 if (S && (Corrected =
14919 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName,
14920 S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError)))
14921 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
14922 /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
14923 }
14924
14925 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
14926 const char *Dummy;
14927 AttributeFactory attrFactory;
14928 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
14929 unsigned DiagID;
14930 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
14931 Context.getPrintingPolicy());
14932 (void)Error; // Silence warning.
14933 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!")((void)0);
14934 SourceLocation NoLoc;
14935 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::Block);
14936 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
14937 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
14938 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14939 /*Params=*/nullptr,
14940 /*NumParams=*/0,
14941 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
14942 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14943 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
14944 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
14945 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None,
14946 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
14947 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
14948 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
14949 /*NumExceptions=*/0,
14950 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
14951 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
14952 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc,
14953 Loc, D),
14954 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation());
14955 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
14956
14957 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope.
14958 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D));
14959 FD->setImplicit();
14960
14961 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
14962
14963 return FD;
14964}
14965
14966/// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function
14967/// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]),
14968/// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard.
14969///
14970/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14971/// attributes are applied to declarations.
14972void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
14973 FunctionDecl *FD) {
14974 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14975 return;
14976
14977 if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New &&
14978 FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New)
14979 return;
14980
14981 Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam;
14982 bool IsNothrow = false;
14983 if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow))
14984 return;
14985
14986 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
14987 // An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification
14988 // indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation
14989 // function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by
14990 // throwing an exception [...]
14991 if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>())
14992 FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14993
14994 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
14995 // An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
14996 // storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a
14997 // replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different
14998 // from any previously returned value p1 [...]
14999 //
15000 // However, this particular information is being added in codegen,
15001 // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new)
15002
15003 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
15004 // An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
15005 // storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a
15006 // block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the
15007 // requested size.
15008 if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) {
15009 FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(
15010 Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD),
15011 /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation()));
15012 }
15013
15014 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
15015 // For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
15016 // call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
15017 // (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type
15018 // std​::​align_­val_­t, the storage will have the alignment
15019 // specified by the value of this argument.
15020 if (AlignmentParam.hasValue() && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) {
15021 FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(
15022 Context, ParamIdx(AlignmentParam.getValue(), FD), FD->getLocation()));
15023 }
15024
15025 // FIXME:
15026 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
15027 // For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
15028 // call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
15029 // (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[],
15030 // the storage is aligned for any object that does not have
15031 // new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the
15032 // requested size.
15033 // (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not
15034 // have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size.
15035}
15036
15037/// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
15038/// the declaration of this function.
15039///
15040/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
15041/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
15042/// like NSLog or printf.
15043///
15044/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
15045/// attributes are applied to declarations.
15046void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
15047 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
15048 return;
15049
15050 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
15051 // actual attributes.
15052 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
15053 // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
15054 unsigned FormatIdx;
15055 bool HasVAListArg;
15056 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
15057 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
15058 const char *fmt = "printf";
15059 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
15060 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
15061 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
15062 fmt = "NSString";
15063 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15064 &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
15065 FormatIdx+1,
15066 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
15067 FD->getLocation()));
15068 }
15069 }
15070 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
15071 HasVAListArg)) {
15072 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
15073 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15074 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
15075 FormatIdx+1,
15076 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
15077 FD->getLocation()));
15078 }
15079
15080 // Handle automatically recognized callbacks.
15081 SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding;
15082 if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() &&
15083 Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding))
15084 FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit(
15085 Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation()));
15086
15087 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing
15088 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM
15089 // intrinsics for such functions.
15090 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() &&
15091 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID))
15092 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15093
15094 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set
15095 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the
15096 // C standard.
15097 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
15098 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) &&
15099 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) {
15100 switch (BuiltinID) {
15101 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma:
15102 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf:
15103 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal:
15104 case Builtin::BIfma:
15105 case Builtin::BIfmaf:
15106 case Builtin::BIfmal:
15107 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15108 break;
15109 default:
15110 break;
15111 }
15112 }
15113
15114 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
15115 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
15116 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15117 FD->getLocation()));
15118 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
15119 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15120 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
15121 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15122 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
15123 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15124 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
15125 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
15126 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
15127 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
15128 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
15129 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
15130 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
15131 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15132 else
15133 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15134 }
15135 }
15136
15137 AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD);
15138
15139 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
15140 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
15141 // across.
15142 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
15143 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
15144 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
15145 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
15146 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15147 }
15148
15149 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
15150 if (!Name)
15151 return;
15152 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15153 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
15154 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
15155 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
15156 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
15157 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
15158 // about.
15159 } else
15160 return;
15161
15162 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
15163 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
15164 // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
15165 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
15166 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15167 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
15168 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
15169 FD->getLocation()));
15170 }
15171
15172 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
15173 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
15174 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
15175 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
15176 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
15177 FD->getLocation()));
15178 }
15179}
15180
15181TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
15182 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
15183 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator")((void)0);
15184 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type")((void)0);
15185
15186 if (!TInfo) {
15187 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type")((void)0);
15188 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
15189 }
15190
15191 // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
15192 TypedefDecl *NewTD =
15193 TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(),
15194 D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo);
15195
15196 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
15197 if (D.isInvalidType()) {
15198 NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
15199 return NewTD;
15200 }
15201
15202 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
15203 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
15204 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
15205 << 2 << NewTD
15206 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
15207 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
15208 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
15209 else
15210 NewTD->setModulePrivate();
15211 }
15212
15213 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
15214 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
15215 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
15216 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
15217 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
15218 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
15219 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
15220 case TST_enum:
15221 case TST_struct:
15222 case TST_interface:
15223 case TST_union:
15224 case TST_class: {
15225 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
15226 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
15227 break;
15228 }
15229
15230 default:
15231 break;
15232 }
15233
15234 return NewTD;
15235}
15236
15237/// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
15238bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
15239 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
15240 QualType T = TI->getType();
15241
15242 if (T->isDependentType())
15243 return false;
15244
15245 // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning
15246 // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C.
15247 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
15248 if (BT->isInteger())
15249 return false;
15250
15251 if (T->isExtIntType())
15252 return false;
15253
15254 return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
15255}
15256
15257/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
15258/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
15259bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
15260 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
15261 const EnumDecl *Prev) {
15262 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
15263 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
15264 << Prev->isScoped();
15265 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15266 return true;
15267 }
15268
15269 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
15270 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
15271 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
15272 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
15273 Prev->getIntegerType())) {
15274 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
15275 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
15276 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
15277 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
15278 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
15279 return true;
15280 }
15281 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
15282 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
15283 << Prev->isFixed();
15284 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15285 return true;
15286 }
15287
15288 return false;
15289}
15290
15291/// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
15292/// redeclaration diagnostic message.
15293/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
15294///
15295/// \returns diagnostic %select index.
15296static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
15297 switch (Tag) {
15298 case TTK_Struct: return 0;
15299 case TTK_Interface: return 1;
15300 case TTK_Class: return 2;
15301 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!")__builtin_unreachable();
15302 }
15303}
15304
15305/// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
15306/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
15307///
15308/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
15309static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
15310{
15311 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
15312}
15313
15314Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
15315 TagTypeKind TTK) {
15316 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
15317 return NTK_Typedef;
15318 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
15319 return NTK_TypeAlias;
15320 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15321 return NTK_Template;
15322 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15323 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
15324 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
15325 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
15326 switch (TTK) {
15327 case TTK_Struct:
15328 case TTK_Interface:
15329 case TTK_Class:
15330 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
15331 case TTK_Union:
15332 return NTK_NonUnion;
15333 case TTK_Enum:
15334 return NTK_NonEnum;
15335 }
15336 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK")__builtin_unreachable();
15337}
15338
15339/// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
15340/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
15341///
15342/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
15343bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
15344 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
15345 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
15346 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
15347 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
15348 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the
15349 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
15350 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
15351 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of
15352 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
15353 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
15354 // definition of the class. Thus, in any
15355 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
15356 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
15357 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
15358 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
15359 // declared using the class or struct class-key.
15360 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15361 if (OldTag != NewTag &&
15362 !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)))
15363 return false;
15364
15365 // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags.
15366 // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point.
15367 if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
15368 return true;
15369
15370 // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored
15371 // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg)
15372 // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if
15373 // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched
15374 // declarations.
15375 auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) {
15376 return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch,
15377 Loc);
15378 };
15379 if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc))
15380 return true;
15381
15382 auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) {
15383 return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation());
15384 };
15385 while (IsIgnored(Previous)) {
15386 Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl();
15387 if (!Previous)
15388 return true;
15389 OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15390 }
15391
15392 bool isTemplate = false;
15393 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
15394 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
15395
15396 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
15397 if (OldTag != NewTag) {
15398 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
15399 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
15400 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15401 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15402 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15403 // FIXME: Note previous location?
15404 }
15405 return true;
15406 }
15407
15408 if (isDefinition) {
15409 // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
15410 // one that doesn't match the current tag.
15411 if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
15412 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
15413 return true;
15414 }
15415
15416 bool previousMismatch = false;
15417 for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) {
15418 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15419 // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled.
15420 if (IsIgnored(I))
15421 continue;
15422
15423 if (!previousMismatch) {
15424 previousMismatch = true;
15425 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
15426 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15427 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
15428 }
15429 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15430 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
15431 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
15432 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
15433 }
15434 }
15435 return true;
15436 }
15437
15438 // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if
15439 // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior
15440 // (non-ignored) declaration.
15441 const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition();
15442 if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef))
15443 PrevDef = nullptr;
15444 const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous;
15445 if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15446 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15447 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15448 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15449 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15450
15451 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
15452 if (PrevDef) {
15453 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15454 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
15455 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
15456 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
15457 }
15458 }
15459
15460 return true;
15461}
15462
15463/// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
15464/// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
15465/// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
15466/// namespace N {
15467/// struct X;
15468/// namespace M {
15469/// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
15470/// }
15471/// }
15472static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
15473 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15474 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
15475 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until
15476 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
15477 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
15478 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15479 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
15480 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
15481 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
15482 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
15483 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
15484 return FixItHint();
15485 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
15486 Namespaces.push_back(II);
15487 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
15488 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
15489 if (Lookup == Namespace)
15490 break;
15491 }
15492
15493 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
15494 // build an NNS.
15495 SmallString<64> Insertion;
15496 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
15497 if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
15498 OS << "::";
15499 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
15500 for (auto *II : Namespaces)
15501 OS << II->getName() << "::";
15502 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
15503}
15504
15505/// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
15506/// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
15507/// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
15508/// using-declaration).
15509static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
15510 DeclContext *NewDC) {
15511 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
15512 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
15513
15514 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
15515 return true;
15516
15517 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
15518 // encloses the other).
15519 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
15520 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
15521 return true;
15522
15523 return false;
15524}
15525
15526/// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the
15527/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null.
15528/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
15529/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
15530///
15531/// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
15532/// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
15533///
15534/// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
15535/// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
15536Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
15537 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
15538 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
15539 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS,
15540 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
15541 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
15542 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
15543 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
15544 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
15545 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
15546 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
15547 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
15548 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
15549 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&((void)0)
15550 "Nameless record must be a definition!")((void)0);
15551 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference)((void)0);
15552
15553 OwnedDecl = false;
15554 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
15555 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
15556
15557 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
15558 bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
15559 bool Invalid = false;
15560
15561 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
15562 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
15563 // for non-C++ cases.
15564 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
15565 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
15566 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
15567 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
15568 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
15569 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) {
15570 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15571 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
15572 return nullptr;
15573 }
15574
15575 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
15576 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
15577 // be a member of another template).
15578
15579 if (Invalid)
15580 return nullptr;
15581
15582 OwnedDecl = false;
15583 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(
15584 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams,
15585 AS, ModulePrivateLoc,
15586 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
15587 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody);
15588 return Result.get();
15589 } else {
15590 // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
15591 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
15592 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
15593 isMemberSpecialization = true;
15594 }
15595 }
15596
15597 if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
15598 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back()))
15599 return nullptr;
15600 }
15601
15602 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
15603 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
15604 // redeclaration.
15605 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
15606 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum;
15607
15608 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15609 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) {
15610 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
15611 // type, default to int.
15612 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15613 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
15614 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
15615 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
15616 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
15617 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
15618 EnumUnderlying = TI;
15619
15620 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
15621 // Recover by falling back to int.
15622 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15623
15624 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
15625 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
15626 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15627
15628 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
15629 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type
15630 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set
15631 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This
15632 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming.
15633 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15634 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15635 }
15636 }
15637
15638 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
15639 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
15640 bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
15641 bool isStdAlignValT = false;
15642
15643 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext();
15644 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
15645 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
15646
15647 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C
15648 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl
15649 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed.
15650 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * {
15651 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage")((void)0);
15652 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
15653 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
15654 // keyword.
15655 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
15656 TagDecl *New = nullptr;
15657
15658 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15659 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr,
15660 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
15661 // If this is an undefined enum, bail.
15662 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)
15663 return nullptr;
15664 if (EnumUnderlying) {
15665 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
15666 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>())
15667 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
15668 else
15669 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
15670 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
15671 }
15672 } else { // struct/union
15673 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
15674 nullptr);
15675 }
15676
15677 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
15678 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked
15679 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure.
15680 //
15681 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
15682 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
15683 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
15684 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
15685 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
15686 // parsing of the struct).
15687 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
15688 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
15689 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
15690 }
15691 }
15692 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
15693 return New;
15694 };
15695
15696 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
15697 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
15698 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
15699
15700 // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
15701 if (SS.isInvalid()) {
15702 Name = nullptr;
15703 goto CreateNewDecl;
15704 }
15705
15706 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
15707 // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
15708 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15709 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
15710 if (!DC) {
15711 IsDependent = true;
15712 return nullptr;
15713 }
15714 } else {
15715 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
15716 if (!DC) {
15717 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
15718 << SS.getRange();
15719 return nullptr;
15720 }
15721 }
15722
15723 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
15724 return nullptr;
15725
15726 SearchDC = DC;
15727 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
15728 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
15729
15730 if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15731 return nullptr;
15732
15733 if (Previous.empty()) {
15734 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
15735 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
15736 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
15737 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
15738 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
15739 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
15740 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
15741 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
15742 IsDependent = true;
15743 return nullptr;
15744 }
15745
15746 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
15747 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
15748 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
15749 Name = nullptr;
15750 Invalid = true;
15751 goto CreateNewDecl;
15752 }
15753 } else if (Name) {
15754 // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
15755 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
15756 // name different from T:
15757 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type
15758 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15759 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
15760 return nullptr;
15761
15762 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
15763 // declaration or definition.
15764 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
15765 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
15766 // shouldn't be diagnosing.
15767 LookupName(Previous, S);
15768
15769 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
15770 // by types using'ed into this scope.
15771 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
15772 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
15773 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15774 while (F.hasNext()) {
15775 NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15776 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
15777 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
15778 F.erase();
15779 }
15780 F.done();
15781 }
15782
15783 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
15784 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
15785 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
15786 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
15787 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
15788 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
15789 //
15790 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
15791 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
15792 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions.
15793 //
15794 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
15795 // semantic context?
15796 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15797 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15798 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15799 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
15800 while (F.hasNext()) {
15801 NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15802 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15803 if (DC->isFileContext() &&
15804 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
15805 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15806 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
15807 else
15808 F.erase();
15809 }
15810 }
15811 F.done();
15812
15813 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
15814 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
15815 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
15816 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15817 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
15818 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
15819 }
15820 }
15821
15822 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
15823 if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15824 return nullptr;
15825
15826 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
15827 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
15828 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
15829 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
15830 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
15831 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
15832 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
15833 }
15834 }
15835
15836 if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
15837 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
15838 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15839 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
15840 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15841 Previous.clear();
15842 }
15843
15844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
15845 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
15846 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
15847 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
15848 isStdBadAlloc = true;
15849
15850 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
15851 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
15852 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
15853 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
15854 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
15855 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
15856 isStdAlignValT = true;
15857 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
15858 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
15859 }
15860 }
15861
15862 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
15863 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we
15864 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
15865 // there's a shadow friend decl.
15866 if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
15867 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) {
15868 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
15869 assert(SS.isEmpty())((void)0);
15870
15871 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) {
15872 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
15873 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
15874 //
15875 // class-key identifier
15876 //
15877 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
15878 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
15879 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
15880 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
15881 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
15882 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
15883 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
15884 // declaration.
15885 //
15886 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
15887 // C structs and unions.
15888 //
15889 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
15890 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll
15891 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
15892 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
15893 //
15894 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
15895 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
15896 //
15897 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
15898 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
15899 // lexical context,
15900 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
15901
15902 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
15903 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15904 } else {
15905 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend)((void)0);
15906 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
15907 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
15908 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
15909 // the innermost enclosing namespace.
15910 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15911 }
15912
15913 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
15914 // diagnose some problems.
15915 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
15916 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
15917 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct
15918 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
15919 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15920 // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts,
15921 // which are meaningless.
15922 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15923 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
15924 } else {
15925 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15926 LookupName(Previous, S);
15927 }
15928 }
15929
15930 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
15931 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
15932 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
15933
15934 if (!Previous.empty()) {
15935 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15936 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
15937
15938 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
15939 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this
15940 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
15941 // in C++.
15942 //
15943 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
15944 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
15945 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
15946 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
15947 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15948 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15949 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
15950 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
15951 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
15952 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
15953 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
15954 PrevDecl = Tag;
15955 Previous.clear();
15956 Previous.addDecl(Tag);
15957 Previous.resolveKind();
15958 }
15959 }
15960 }
15961 }
15962
15963 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
15964 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
15965 // redefinition if either context is within the other.
15966 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
15967 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
15968 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15969 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
15970 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
15971 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
15972 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
15973 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
15974 diag::note_using_decl_target);
15975 Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
15976 << 0;
15977 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
15978 Previous.clear();
15979 goto CreateNewDecl;
15980 }
15981 }
15982
15983 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15984 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
15985 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
15986 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
15987 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
15988 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
15989 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
15990 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
15991 // struct or something similar.
15992 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
15993 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
15994 Name)) {
15995 bool SafeToContinue
15996 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
15997 Kind != TTK_Enum);
15998 if (SafeToContinue)
15999 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
16000 << Name
16001 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
16002 PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
16003 else
16004 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
16005 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
16006
16007 if (SafeToContinue)
16008 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
16009 else {
16010 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
16011 Name = nullptr;
16012 Previous.clear();
16013 Invalid = true;
16014 }
16015 }
16016
16017 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
16018 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
16019 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)
16020 return PrevTagDecl;
16021
16022 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
16023 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
16024 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
16025 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
16026 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
16027
16028 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
16029 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
16030 // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
16031 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
16032 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
16033 IsFixed, PrevEnum))
16034 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
16035 }
16036
16037 // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
16038 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
16039 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
16040 // and then later defined.
16041 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
16042 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
16043 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
16044 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16045 }
16046
16047 if (!Invalid) {
16048 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
16049 // we have attributes.
16050 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16051 if (!Attrs.empty()) {
16052 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
16053 // declaration to hold them.
16054 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
16055 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
16056 Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
16057 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
16058 SS.isEmpty()) {
16059 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
16060 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
16061 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
16062 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
16063 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
16064 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
16065 // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
16066 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
16067 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
16068 return PrevTagDecl;
16069 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
16070 // that scope.
16071 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
16072 } else {
16073 return PrevTagDecl;
16074 }
16075 }
16076
16077 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
16078 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
16079 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
16080 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
16081 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
16082 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
16083 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
16084 if (isMemberSpecialization) {
16085 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
16086 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
16087 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
16088 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
16089 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
16090 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
16091 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
16092 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
16093 }
16094
16095 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do
16096 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However,
16097 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in
16098 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89).
16099 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
16100 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
16101 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
16102 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
16103 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
16104 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
16105 // use it in place of this one.
16106 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16107 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we
16108 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural
16109 // comparison.
16110 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true;
16111 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl();
16112 SkipBody->Previous = Def;
16113 return Def;
16114 } else {
16115 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
16116 SkipBody->Previous = Def;
16117 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
16118 // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll
16119 // skip starting the definitiion later.
16120 }
16121 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
16122 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
16123 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
16124 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
16125 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
16126 else
16127 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
16128 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
16129 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
16130 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
16131 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
16132 // references get the previous definition.
16133 Name = nullptr;
16134 Previous.clear();
16135 Invalid = true;
16136 }
16137 } else {
16138 // If the type is currently being defined, complain
16139 // about a nested redefinition.
16140 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
16141 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
16142 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
16143 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
16144 diag::note_previous_definition);
16145 Name = nullptr;
16146 Previous.clear();
16147 Invalid = true;
16148 }
16149 }
16150
16151 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
16152 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
16153 }
16154
16155 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind
16156 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
16157 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
16158 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
16159 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
16160 AS = AS_none;
16161 }
16162 }
16163 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
16164 // have a definition. Just create a new decl.
16165
16166 } else {
16167 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
16168 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
16169 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
16170 // have distinct types.
16171 Previous.clear();
16172 }
16173 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
16174 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
16175 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
16176
16177 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
16178 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
16179 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
16180 } else {
16181 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
16182 // found the wrong kind of type on the first
16183 // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
16184 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
16185 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
16186 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
16187 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
16188 << Kind;
16189 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
16190 Invalid = true;
16191
16192 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
16193 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
16194 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
16195 // do nothing
16196
16197 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
16198 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16199 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
16200 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
16201 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
16202 Invalid = true;
16203
16204 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common
16205 // case here.
16206 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16207 unsigned Kind = 0;
16208 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
16209 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
16210 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
16211 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
16212 Invalid = true;
16213
16214 // Otherwise, diagnose.
16215 } else {
16216 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
16217 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
16218 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
16219 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
16220 Name = nullptr;
16221 Invalid = true;
16222 }
16223
16224 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
16225 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
16226 Previous.clear();
16227 }
16228 }
16229
16230CreateNewDecl:
16231
16232 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16233 if (Previous.isSingleResult())
16234 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
16235
16236 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
16237 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
16238 // keyword.
16239 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
16240
16241 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
16242 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
16243 // PrevDecl.
16244 TagDecl *New;
16245
16246 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
16247 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16248 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X.
16249 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16250 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
16251 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
16252
16253 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
16254 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16255
16256 // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
16257 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
16258 TagDecl *Def;
16259 if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
16260 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
16261 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
16262 }
16263 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
16264 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
16265 << New;
16266 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
16267 } else {
16268 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
16269 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
16270 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
16271 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
16272 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
16273 Diag(Loc, DiagID);
16274 }
16275 }
16276
16277 if (EnumUnderlying) {
16278 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16279 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
16280 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
16281 else
16282 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
16283 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
16284 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete")((void)0);
16285 }
16286 } else {
16287 // struct/union/class
16288
16289 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16290 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X.
16291 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16292 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
16293 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16294 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16295
16296 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
16297 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
16298 } else
16299 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16300 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16301 }
16302
16303 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
16304 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
16305 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) &&
16306 TUK == TUK_Definition) {
16307 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
16308 << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16309 Invalid = true;
16310 }
16311
16312 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition &&
16313 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) {
16314 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum)
16315 << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16316 Invalid = true;
16317 }
16318
16319 // Maybe add qualifier info.
16320 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
16321 if (SS.isSet()) {
16322 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
16323 // nested-name-specifier against the current context.
16324 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
16325 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc,
16326 isMemberSpecialization))
16327 Invalid = true;
16328
16329 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
16330 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
16331 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
16332 }
16333 }
16334 else
16335 Invalid = true;
16336 }
16337
16338 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
16339 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
16340 // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
16341 //
16342 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
16343 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
16344 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
16345 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
16346 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
16347 // parsing of the struct).
16348 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
16349 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
16350 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
16351 }
16352 }
16353
16354 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
16355 if (isMemberSpecialization)
16356 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
16357 << 2
16358 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
16359 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
16360 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
16361 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
16362 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
16363 New->setModulePrivate();
16364 }
16365
16366 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
16367 // check the specialization.
16368 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
16369 Invalid = true;
16370
16371 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
16372 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
16373 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
16374 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
16375 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
16376 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16377 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
16378 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
16379 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
16380 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
16381 << Name;
16382 Invalid = true;
16383 }
16384 } else if (!PrevDecl) {
16385 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16386 }
16387 }
16388
16389 if (Invalid)
16390 New->setInvalidDecl();
16391
16392 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
16393 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
16394 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
16395
16396 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
16397 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
16398 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
16399 // the tag name visible.
16400 if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
16401 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
16402
16403 // Set the access specifier.
16404 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
16405 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
16406
16407 if (PrevDecl)
16408 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl);
16409
16410 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip))
16411 New->startDefinition();
16412
16413 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
16414 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
16415
16416 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
16417 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16418 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
16419 // if so, borrow its access specifier.
16420 if (PrevDecl)
16421 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
16422
16423 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
16424 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
16425 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
16426 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
16427 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
16428 } else if (Name) {
16429 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
16430 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true);
16431 } else {
16432 CurContext->addDecl(New);
16433 }
16434
16435 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
16436 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
16437 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
16438 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
16439 II->isStr("FILE"))
16440 Context.setFILEDecl(New);
16441
16442 if (PrevDecl)
16443 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
16444
16445 if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New))
16446 inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD);
16447
16448 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16449 // record.
16450 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
16451
16452 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
16453 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
16454
16455 OwnedDecl = true;
16456 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
16457 // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
16458 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16459 if (New->isBeingDefined())
16460 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
16461 RD->completeDefinition();
16462 return nullptr;
16463 } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) {
16464 return SkipBody->Previous;
16465 } else {
16466 return New;
16467 }
16468}
16469
16470void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16471 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16472 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16473
16474 // Enter the tag context.
16475 PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
16476
16477 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
16478
16479 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16480 // record.
16481 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
16482}
16483
16484bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
16485 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) {
16486 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New))
16487 return false;
16488
16489 // Make the previous decl visible.
16490 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous);
16491 return true;
16492}
16493
16494Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
16495 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&((void)0)
16496 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl")((void)0);
16497 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
16498 assert(OCD->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&((void)0)
16499 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.")((void)0);
16500 CurContext = OCD;
16501 return IDecl;
16502}
16503
16504void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16505 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
16506 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
16507 bool IsAbstract,
16508 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
16509 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16510 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
16511
16512 FieldCollector->StartClass();
16513
16514 if (!Record->getIdentifier())
16515 return;
16516
16517 if (IsAbstract)
16518 Record->markAbstract();
16519
16520 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) {
16521 Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create(
16522 Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword,
16523 static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed)));
16524 }
16525 // C++ [class]p2:
16526 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
16527 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
16528 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
16529 // as if it were a public member name.
16530 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create(
16531 Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(),
16532 Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(),
16533 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
16534 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
16535 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
16536 InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
16537 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
16538 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
16539 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
16540 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
16541 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&((void)0)
16542 "Broken injected-class-name")((void)0);
16543}
16544
16545void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16546 SourceRange BraceRange) {
16547 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16548 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16549 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
16550
16551 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16552 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16553 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it")((void)0);
16554 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16555 RD->completeDefinition();
16556 }
16557
16558 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
16559 FieldCollector->FinishClass();
16560 }
16561
16562 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
16563 PopDeclContext();
16564
16565 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
16566 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
16567 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
16568
16569 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
16570 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
16571 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
16572}
16573
16574void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
16575 // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
16576 PopDeclContext();
16577}
16578
16579void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16580 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts")((void)0);
16581 OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
16582 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
16583}
16584
16585void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16586 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
16587 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
16588}
16589
16590void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16591 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16592 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16593 Tag->setInvalidDecl();
16594
16595 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16596 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16597 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16598 RD->completeDefinition();
16599 }
16600
16601 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
16602 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
16603 // the FieldCollector.
16604
16605 PopDeclContext();
16606}
16607
16608// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
16609ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
16610 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
16611 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
16612 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
16613 assert(BitWidth)((void)0);
16614 if (BitWidth->containsErrors())
16615 return ExprError();
16616
16617 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
16618 if (ZeroWidth)
16619 *ZeroWidth = true;
16620
16621 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
16622 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
16623 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
16624 // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error.
16625 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy,
16626 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless))
16627 return ExprError();
16628 if (FieldName)
16629 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
16630 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16631 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
16632 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16633 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
16634 UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
16635 return ExprError();
16636
16637 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
16638 // it now.
16639 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
16640 return BitWidth;
16641
16642 llvm::APSInt Value;
16643 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold);
16644 if (ICE.isInvalid())
16645 return ICE;
16646 BitWidth = ICE.get();
16647
16648 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
16649 *ZeroWidth = false;
16650
16651 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
16652 if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
16653 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
16654
16655 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
16656 if (FieldName)
16657 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16658 << FieldName << toString(Value, 10);
16659 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16660 << toString(Value, 10);
16661 }
16662
16663 // The size of the bit-field must not exceed our maximum permitted object
16664 // size.
16665 if (Value.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
16666 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_too_wide)
16667 << !FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10);
16668 }
16669
16670 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
16671 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
16672 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
16673 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
16674
16675 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
16676 // ABI.
16677 bool CStdConstraintViolation =
16678 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
16679 bool MSBitfieldViolation =
16680 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
16681 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
16682 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
16683 unsigned DiagWidth =
16684 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
16685 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16686 << (bool)FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10)
16687 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
16688 }
16689
16690 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
16691 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
16692 // 'bool'.
16693 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType() && FieldName) {
16694 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16695 << FieldName << toString(Value, 10)
16696 << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
16697 }
16698 }
16699
16700 return BitWidth;
16701}
16702
16703/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
16704/// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
16705Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
16706 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
16707 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
1
Assuming null pointer is passed into cast
2
Passing null pointer value via 2nd parameter 'Record'
3
Calling 'Sema::HandleField'
16708 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
16709 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
16710 return Res;
16711}
16712
16713/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
16714///
16715FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
16716 SourceLocation DeclStart,
16717 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
16718 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16719 AccessSpecifier AS) {
16720 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
4
Calling 'Declarator::isDecompositionDeclarator'
13
Returning from 'Declarator::isDecompositionDeclarator'
14
Taking false branch
16721 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
16722 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
16723 << Decomp.getSourceRange();
16724 return nullptr;
16725 }
16726
16727 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
15
Calling 'Declarator::getIdentifier'
19
Returning from 'Declarator::getIdentifier'
16728 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16729 if (II
19.1
'II' is null
19.1
'II' is null
19.1
'II' is null
19.1
'II' is null
) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
20
Taking false branch
16730
16731 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16732 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16733 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
21
Assuming field 'CPlusPlus' is 0
22
Taking false branch
16734 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
16735
16736 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
16737 UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
16738 D.setInvalidType();
16739 T = Context.IntTy;
16740 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
16741 }
16742 }
16743
16744 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
16745
16746 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
23
Assuming the condition is false
24
Taking false branch
16747 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
16748 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
16749 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
25
Assuming 'TSCS' is 0
26
Taking false branch
16750 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
16751 diag::err_invalid_thread)
16752 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
16753
16754 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
16755 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16756 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16757 ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16758 LookupName(Previous, S);
16759 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
27
Control jumps to 'case Ambiguous:' at line 16771
16760 case LookupResult::Found:
16761 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
16762 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
16763 break;
16764
16765 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
16766 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
16767 break;
16768
16769 case LookupResult::NotFound:
16770 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
16771 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
16772 break;
28
Execution continues on line 16774
16773 }
16774 Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
16775
16776 if (PrevDecl
28.1
'PrevDecl' is null
28.1
'PrevDecl' is null
28.1
'PrevDecl' is null
28.1
'PrevDecl' is null
&& PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
16777 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
16778 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
16779 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
16780 PrevDecl = nullptr;
16781 }
16782
16783 if (PrevDecl
28.2
'PrevDecl' is null
28.2
'PrevDecl' is null
28.2
'PrevDecl' is null
28.2
'PrevDecl' is null
&& !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
16784 PrevDecl = nullptr;
16785
16786 bool Mutable
16787 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
29
Assuming the condition is false
16788 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc();
16789 FieldDecl *NewFD
16790 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
16791 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
16792
16793 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
30
Assuming the condition is false
31
Taking false branch
16794 Record->setInvalidDecl();
16795
16796 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
32
Taking false branch
16797 NewFD->setModulePrivate();
16798
16799 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
33
Calling 'Decl::isInvalidDecl'
35
Returning from 'Decl::isInvalidDecl'
16800 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
16801 // with the same name in the same scope.
16802 } else if (II
35.1
'II' is null
35.1
'II' is null
35.1
'II' is null
35.1
'II' is null
) {
36
Taking false branch
16803 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
16804 } else
16805 Record->addDecl(NewFD);
37
Called C++ object pointer is null
16806
16807 return NewFD;
16808}
16809
16810/// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
16811///
16812/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
16813/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
16814/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
16815/// created.
16816///
16817/// \returns a new FieldDecl.
16818///
16819/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
16820FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
16821 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
16822 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
16823 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
16824 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16825 SourceLocation TSSL,
16826 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
16827 Declarator *D) {
16828 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
16829 bool InvalidDecl = false;
16830 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
16831
16832 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
16833 // marking this declaration as invalid.
16834 if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) {
16835 InvalidDecl = true;
16836 T = Context.IntTy;
16837 }
16838
16839 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
16840 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) {
16841 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy,
16842 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
16843 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
16844 Record->setInvalidDecl();
16845 InvalidDecl = true;
16846 } else {
16847 NamedDecl *Def;
16848 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
16849 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
16850 Record->setInvalidDecl();
16851 InvalidDecl = true;
16852 }
16853 }
16854 }
16855
16856 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space
16857 if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() ||
16858 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) {
16859 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
16860 Record->setInvalidDecl();
16861 InvalidDecl = true;
16862 }
16863
16864 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
16865 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
16866 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
16867 if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() ||
16868 T->isBlockPointerType()) {
16869 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
16870 Record->setInvalidDecl();
16871 InvalidDecl = true;
16872 }
16873 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported, unless Clang extension
16874 // is enabled.
16875 if (BitWidth && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
16876 "__cl_clang_bitfields", LangOpts)) {
16877 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
16878 InvalidDecl = true;
16879 }
16880 }
16881
16882 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229).
16883 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth &&
16884 T.hasQualifiers()) {
16885 InvalidDecl = true;
16886 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers);
16887 }
16888
16889 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
16890 // than a variably modified type.
16891 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
16892 if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(
16893 TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size))
16894 InvalidDecl = true;
16895 }
16896
16897 // Fields can not have abstract class types
16898 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
16899 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
16900 AbstractFieldType))
16901 InvalidDecl = true;
16902
16903 bool ZeroWidth = false;
16904 if (InvalidDecl)
16905 BitWidth = nullptr;
16906 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
16907 if (BitWidth) {
16908 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
16909 &ZeroWidth).get();
16910 if (!BitWidth) {
16911 InvalidDecl = true;
16912 BitWidth = nullptr;
16913 ZeroWidth = false;
16914 }
16915 }
16916
16917 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
16918 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
16919 unsigned DiagID = 0;
16920 if (T->isReferenceType())
16921 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
16922 : diag::err_mutable_reference;
16923 else if (T.isConstQualified())
16924 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
16925
16926 if (DiagID) {
16927 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
16928 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
16929 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
16930 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
16931 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
16932 Mutable = false;
16933 InvalidDecl = true;
16934 }
16935 }
16936 }
16937
16938 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
16939 // At most one variant member of a union may have a
16940 // brace-or-equal-initializer.
16941 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
16942 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
16943
16944 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
16945 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
16946 if (InvalidDecl)
16947 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16948
16949 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16950 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16951 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16952 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16953 }
16954
16955 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16956 if (Record->isUnion()) {
16957 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16958 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16959 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16960 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
16961 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
16962 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
16963 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
16964 // objects.
16965 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
16966 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16967 }
16968 }
16969
16970 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
16971 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
16972 // enabled.
16973 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
16974 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
16975 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
16976 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
16977 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
16978 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
16979 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16980 }
16981 }
16982 }
16983
16984 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
16985 // representation, not a parser representation.
16986 if (D) {
16987 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
16988 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
16989
16990 if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
16991 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
16992 }
16993
16994 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
16995 // retainable type.
16996 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
16997 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16998
16999 if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
17000 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
17001
17002 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as field types.
17003 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
17004 CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewFD->getLocation()))
17005 NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
17006
17007 NewFD->setAccess(AS);
17008 return NewFD;
17009}
17010
17011bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
17012 assert(FD)((void)0);
17013 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++")((void)0);
17014
17015 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
17016 return false;
17017
17018 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17019 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17020 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
17021 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
17022 // We check for copy constructors before constructors
17023 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
17024 // copy constructors.
17025
17026 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
17027 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
17028 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
17029 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
17030 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
17031 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
17032 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
17033 member = CXXCopyConstructor;
17034 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
17035 member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
17036 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
17037 member = CXXCopyAssignment;
17038 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
17039 member = CXXDestructor;
17040
17041 if (member != CXXInvalid) {
17042 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
17043 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
17044 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
17045 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
17046 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
17047 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
17048 // members unavailable.
17049 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
17050 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
17051 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
17052 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
17053 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
17054 return false;
17055 }
17056 }
17057
17058 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
17059 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
17060 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
17061 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
17062 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
17063 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
17064 }
17065 }
17066 }
17067
17068 return false;
17069}
17070
17071/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
17072/// AST enum value.
17073static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
17074TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
17075 switch (ivarVisibility) {
17076 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind")__builtin_unreachable();
17077 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
17078 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
17079 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
17080 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
17081 }
17082}
17083
17084/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
17085/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
17086Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
17087 SourceLocation DeclStart,
17088 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
17089 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
17090
17091 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
17092 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
17093 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
17094 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
17095
17096 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
17097 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
17098
17099 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
17100 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
17101
17102 if (BitWidth) {
17103 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
17104 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
17105 if (!BitWidth)
17106 D.setInvalidType();
17107 } else {
17108 // Not a bitfield.
17109
17110 // validate II.
17111
17112 }
17113 if (T->isReferenceType()) {
17114 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
17115 D.setInvalidType();
17116 }
17117 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
17118 // than a variably modified type.
17119 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
17120 if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(
17121 TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size))
17122 D.setInvalidType();
17123 }
17124
17125 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
17126 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
17127 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
17128 : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
17129 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
17130 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
17131 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
17132 return nullptr;
17133 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
17134 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
17135 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17136 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
17137 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
17138 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
17139 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!")((void)0);
17140 }
17141 else
17142 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
17143 } else {
17144 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
17145 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17146 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
17147 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
17148 return nullptr;
17149 }
17150 }
17151 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
17152 }
17153
17154 // Construct the decl.
17155 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
17156 DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
17157 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
17158
17159 if (II) {
17160 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
17161 ForVisibleRedeclaration);
17162 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
17163 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17164 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
17165 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
17166 NewID->setInvalidDecl();
17167 }
17168 }
17169
17170 // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
17171 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
17172
17173 if (D.isInvalidType())
17174 NewID->setInvalidDecl();
17175
17176 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
17177 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
17178 NewID->setInvalidDecl();
17179
17180 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
17181 NewID->setModulePrivate();
17182
17183 if (II) {
17184 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
17185 // these to the interface.
17186 S->AddDecl(NewID);
17187 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
17188 }
17189
17190 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
17191 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
17192 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
17193
17194 return NewID;
17195}
17196
17197/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
17198/// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
17199/// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
17200/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
17201void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
17202 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
17203 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
17204 return;
17205
17206 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
17207 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
17208
17209 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17210 return;
17211 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
17212 if (!ID) {
17213 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
17214 if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
17215 return;
17216 }
17217 // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
17218 else
17219 return;
17220 }
17221 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
17222 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
17223 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
17224
17225 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
17226 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
17227 Context.CharTy,
17228 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
17229 DeclLoc),
17230 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
17231 true);
17232 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
17233}
17234
17235void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
17236 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
17237 SourceLocation RBrac,
17238 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
17239 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl")((void)0);
17240
17241 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
17242 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
17243 // it will now change.
17244 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17245 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17246 switch (DC->getKind()) {
17247 default: break;
17248 case Decl::ObjCCategory:
17249 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17250 break;
17251 case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
17252 Context.
17253 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17254 break;
17255 }
17256 }
17257
17258 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17259 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17260
17261 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
17262 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
17263 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
17264 if (Record) {
17265 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
17266 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
17267 if (IFD->getDeclName())
17268 ++NumNamedMembers;
17269 }
17270 }
17271
17272 // Verify that all the fields are okay.
17273 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
17274
17275 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
17276 i != end; ++i) {
17277 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
17278
17279 // Get the type for the field.
17280 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
17281
17282 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
17283 // Remember all fields written by the user.
17284 RecFields.push_back(FD);
17285 }
17286
17287 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
17288 // diagnostics about it.
17289 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
17290 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17291 continue;
17292 }
17293
17294 // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
17295 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with
17296 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
17297 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
17298 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
17299 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
17300 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
17301 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
17302 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
17303 // array.
17304 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end());
17305 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
17306 // Field declared as a function.
17307 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
17308 << FD->getDeclName();
17309 FD->setInvalidDecl();
17310 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17311 continue;
17312 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
17313 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) {
17314 if (Record) {
17315 // Flexible array member.
17316 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
17317 // It will accept flexible array in union and also
17318 // as the sole element of a struct/class.
17319 unsigned DiagID = 0;
17320 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) {
17321 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
17322 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind();
17323 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration);
17324 FD->setInvalidDecl();
17325 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17326 continue;
17327 } else if (Record->isUnion())
17328 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17329 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
17330 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17331 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
17332 : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
17333 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
17334 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17335 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
17336 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17337 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
17338 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
17339
17340 if (DiagID)
17341 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
17342 << Record->getTagKind();
17343 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
17344 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
17345 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible
17346 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
17347 // of the type.
17348 if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0)
17349 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
17350 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17351 if (!getLangOpts().C99)
17352 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
17353 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17354
17355 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
17356 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
17357 //
17358 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
17359 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
17360 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17361 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
17362 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
17363 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17364 FD->setInvalidDecl();
17365 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17366 continue;
17367 }
17368 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
17369 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17370 } else {
17371 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted,
17372 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done
17373 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known.
17374 }
17375 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
17376 RequireCompleteSizedType(
17377 FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17378 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
17379 // Incomplete type
17380 FD->setInvalidDecl();
17381 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17382 continue;
17383 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17384 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
17385 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
17386 // flexible array member.
17387 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17388 if (!Record->isUnion()) {
17389 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
17390 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
17391 // structures.
17392 if (!IsLastField)
17393 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
17394 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17395 else {
17396 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
17397 // other structs as an extension.
17398 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
17399 << FD->getDeclName();
17400 }
17401 }
17402 }
17403 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
17404 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17405 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
17406 AbstractIvarType)) {
17407 // Ivars can not have abstract class types
17408 FD->setInvalidDecl();
17409 }
17410 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17411 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17412 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
17413 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17414 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
17415 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
17416 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
17417 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
17418 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
17419 FD->setType(T);
17420 } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() &&
17421 FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
17422 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) &&
17423 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() &&
17424 (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
17425 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) {
17426 // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system
17427 // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked
17428 // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can
17429 // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but
17430 // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under
17431 // ARC.
17432 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(
17433 Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership,
17434 FD->getLocation()));
17435 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
17436 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record &&
17437 !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
17438 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17439 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
17440 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17441 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
17442 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17443 if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
17444 BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17445 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17446 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17447 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
17448 Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17449 }
17450 }
17451
17452 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17453 !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) {
17454 QualType FT = FD->getType();
17455 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) {
17456 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true);
17457 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
17458 Record->isUnion())
17459 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true);
17460 }
17461 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy();
17462 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) {
17463 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true);
17464 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17465 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true);
17466 }
17467 if (FT.isDestructedType()) {
17468 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true);
17469 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true);
17470 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17471 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true);
17472 }
17473
17474 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17475 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() ==
17476 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs)
17477 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17478 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
17479 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17480 }
17481
17482 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
17483 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17484 // Keep track of the number of named members.
17485 if (FD->getIdentifier())
17486 ++NumNamedMembers;
17487 }
17488
17489 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
17490 if (Record) {
17491 bool Completed = false;
17492 if (CXXRecord) {
17493 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17494 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
17495 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
17496 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
17497 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
17498 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
17499 }
17500
17501 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
17502 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
17503
17504 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
17505 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17506 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
17507 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
17508 // problem now.
17509 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
17510 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
17511 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
17512
17513 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
17514 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
17515 M != MEnd; ++M) {
17516 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
17517 SOEnd = M->second.end();
17518 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
17519 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&((void)0)
17520 "Virtual function without overriding functions?")((void)0);
17521 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
17522 continue;
17523
17524 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
17525 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
17526 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the
17527 // program is ill-formed.
17528 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
17529 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
17530 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
17531 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
17532 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
17533 OM = SO->second.begin(),
17534 OMEnd = SO->second.end();
17535 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
17536 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
17537 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
17538
17539 Record->setInvalidDecl();
17540 }
17541 }
17542 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
17543 Completed = true;
17544 }
17545 }
17546 }
17547 }
17548
17549 if (!Completed)
17550 Record->completeDefinition();
17551
17552 // Handle attributes before checking the layout.
17553 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs);
17554
17555 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
17556 if (CXXRecord) {
17557 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
17558 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
17559 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) {
17560 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted();
17561 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
17562 }
17563 }
17564
17565 if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
17566 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
17567
17568 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
17569 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
17570 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
17571 IA->getInheritanceModel());
17572 }
17573
17574 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
17575 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
17576 // compatibility problems.
17577 bool CheckForZeroSize;
17578 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17579 CheckForZeroSize = true;
17580 } else {
17581 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
17582 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
17583 CheckForZeroSize =
17584 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
17585 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() &&
17586 CXXRecord->isCLike();
17587 }
17588 if (CheckForZeroSize) {
17589 bool ZeroSize = true;
17590 bool IsEmpty = true;
17591 unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
17592 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
17593 E = Record->field_end();
17594 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
17595 IsEmpty = false;
17596 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
17597 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17598 ZeroSize = false;
17599 } else {
17600 ++NonBitFields;
17601 QualType FieldType = I->getType();
17602 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
17603 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
17604 ZeroSize = false;
17605 }
17606 }
17607
17608 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
17609 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
17610 // extern "C" block.
17611 if (ZeroSize) {
17612 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
17613 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
17614 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
17615 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
17616 }
17617
17618 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
17619 // but are accepted by GCC.
17620 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17621 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
17622 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
17623 << Record->isUnion();
17624 }
17625 }
17626 } else {
17627 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
17628 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
17629 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17630 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
17631 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
17632 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17633 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
17634 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17635 }
17636 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
17637 // duplicates.
17638 if (ID->getSuperClass())
17639 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
17640 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
17641 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17642 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl")((void)0);
17643 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
17644 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
17645 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
17646 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
17647 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
17648 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17649 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17650 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
17651 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17652 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
17653 // reported as errors elsewhere.
17654 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
17655 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
17656 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
17657 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
17658 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
17659 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17660 if (IDecl) {
17661 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
17662 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17663 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17664 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17665 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17666 continue;
17667 }
17668 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
17669 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
17670 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17671 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17672 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17673 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17674 continue;
17675 }
17676 }
17677 }
17678 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
17679 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17680 }
17681 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17682 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17683 }
17684 }
17685}
17686
17687/// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
17688/// the given type T.
17689static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
17690 llvm::APSInt &Value,
17691 QualType T) {
17692 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) &&((void)0)
17693 "Integral type required!")((void)0);
17694 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
17695
17696 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
17697 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
17698 --BitWidth;
17699 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
17700 }
17701 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
17702}
17703
17704// Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
17705// (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
17706static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
17707 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
17708 // enum checking below.
17709 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) ||((void)0)
17710 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!")((void)0);
17711 const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
17712 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17713 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
17714 };
17715 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17716 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
17717 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
17718 };
17719
17720 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
17721 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
17722 : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
17723 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
17724 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
17725 return Types[I];
17726
17727 return QualType();
17728}
17729
17730EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
17731 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
17732 SourceLocation IdLoc,
17733 IdentifierInfo *Id,
17734 Expr *Val) {
17735 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
17736 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
17737 QualType EltTy;
17738
17739 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
17740 Val = nullptr;
17741
17742 if (Val)
17743 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
17744
17745 if (Val) {
17746 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
17747 EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17748 else {
17749 // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed
17750 // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts.
17751 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) {
17752 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
17753 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
17754 // constant expression of the underlying type.
17755 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17756 ExprResult Converted =
17757 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
17758 CCEK_Enumerator);
17759 if (Converted.isInvalid())
17760 Val = nullptr;
17761 else
17762 Val = Converted.get();
17763 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
17764 !(Val =
17765 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold)
17766 .get())) {
17767 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
17768 } else {
17769 if (Enum->isComplete()) {
17770 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17771
17772 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
17773 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
17774 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
17775 // expression checking.
17776 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17777 if (Context.getTargetInfo()
17778 .getTriple()
17779 .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
17780 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17781 } else {
17782 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17783 }
17784 }
17785
17786 // Cast to the underlying type.
17787 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
17788 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean
17789 : CK_IntegralCast)
17790 .get();
17791 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17792 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
17793 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17794 // is the type of its initializing value:
17795 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
17796 // initializing value has the same type as the expression.
17797 EltTy = Val->getType();
17798 } else {
17799 // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
17800 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
17801 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
17802 // representable as an int.
17803
17804 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
17805 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
17806 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17807 << toString(EnumVal, 10) << Val->getSourceRange()
17808 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
17809 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
17810 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
17811 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
17812 }
17813 EltTy = Val->getType();
17814 }
17815 }
17816 }
17817 }
17818
17819 if (!Val) {
17820 if (Enum->isDependentType())
17821 EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17822 else if (!LastEnumConst) {
17823 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17824 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17825 // is the type of its initializing value:
17826 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
17827 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
17828 //
17829 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
17830 // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
17831 if (Enum->isFixed()) {
17832 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17833 }
17834 else {
17835 EltTy = Context.IntTy;
17836 }
17837 } else {
17838 // Assign the last value + 1.
17839 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17840 ++EnumVal;
17841 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
17842
17843 // Check for overflow on increment.
17844 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
17845 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17846 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17847 // is the type of its initializing value:
17848 //
17849 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
17850 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
17851 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
17852 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
17853 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
17854 // exists, the program is ill-formed.
17855 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
17856 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
17857 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
17858 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
17859 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17860 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
17861 ++EnumVal;
17862 if (Enum->isFixed())
17863 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
17864 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
17865 << toString(EnumVal, 10)
17866 << EltTy;
17867 else
17868 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
17869 << toString(EnumVal, 10);
17870 } else {
17871 EltTy = T;
17872 }
17873
17874 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
17875 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
17876 // value, then increment.
17877 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17878 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17879 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17880 ++EnumVal;
17881
17882 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
17883 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
17884 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
17885 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
17886 // integral type.
17887 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
17888 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
17889 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17890 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17891 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
17892 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17893 << toString(EnumVal, 10) << 1;
17894 }
17895 }
17896 }
17897
17898 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
17899 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
17900 // enumerator's type.
17901 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17902 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17903 }
17904
17905 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
17906 Val, EnumVal);
17907}
17908
17909Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
17910 SourceLocation IILoc) {
17911 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
17912 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17913 return SkipBodyInfo();
17914
17915 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
17916 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
17917 // skip the body.
17918 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
17919 forRedeclarationInCurContext());
17920 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
17921 if (!PrevECD)
17922 return SkipBodyInfo();
17923
17924 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
17925 NamedDecl *Hidden;
17926 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
17927 SkipBodyInfo Skip;
17928 Skip.Previous = Hidden;
17929 return Skip;
17930 }
17931
17932 return SkipBodyInfo();
17933}
17934
17935Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
17936 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
17937 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
17938 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
17939 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
17940 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
17941 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
17942
17943 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
17944 // we find one that is.
17945 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
17946
17947 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
17948 // scope.
17949 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration);
17950 LookupName(R, S);
17951 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
17952
17953 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
17954 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
17955 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
17956 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
17957 PrevDecl = nullptr;
17958 }
17959
17960 // C++ [class.mem]p15:
17961 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
17962 // different from T:
17963 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
17964 // enumerated type
17965 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
17966 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
17967 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
17968
17969 EnumConstantDecl *New =
17970 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
17971 if (!New)
17972 return nullptr;
17973
17974 if (PrevDecl) {
17975 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17976 // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled.
17977 CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R);
17978 }
17979
17980 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
17981 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
17982 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&((void)0)
17983 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!")((void)0);
17984 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
17985 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
17986 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
17987 else
17988 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
17989 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
17990 return nullptr;
17991 }
17992 }
17993
17994 // Process attributes.
17995 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
17996 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
17997
17998 // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
17999 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
18000 PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
18001
18002 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
18003
18004 return New;
18005}
18006
18007// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
18008// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows:
18009// Element2 = Element1
18010// Element2 = Element1 + 1
18011// Element2 = Element1 - 1
18012// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
18013static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
18014 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
18015 if (!InitExpr)
18016 return true;
18017 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
18018
18019 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
18020 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
18021 return true;
18022 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
18023 if (!IL)
18024 return true;
18025 if (IL->getValue() != 1)
18026 return true;
18027
18028 InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
18029 }
18030
18031 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
18032 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
18033 if (!DRE)
18034 return true;
18035
18036 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
18037 if (!EnumConstant)
18038 return true;
18039
18040 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
18041 Enum)
18042 return true;
18043
18044 return false;
18045}
18046
18047// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
18048// a previous element has already been set to.
18049static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
18050 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) {
18051 // Avoid anonymous enums
18052 if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
18053 return;
18054
18055 // Only check for small enums.
18056 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
18057 return;
18058
18059 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
18060 return;
18061
18062 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
18063 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector;
18064
18065 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
18066
18067 // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map.
18068 typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap;
18069
18070 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys.
18071 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) {
18072 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal();
18073 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue();
18074 };
18075
18076 DuplicatesVector DupVector;
18077 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
18078
18079 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
18080 // an initializer.
18081 for (auto *Element : Elements) {
18082 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
18083
18084 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
18085 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
18086 if (!ECD) {
18087 return;
18088 }
18089
18090 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop.
18091 if (ECD->getInitExpr())
18092 continue;
18093
18094 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop.
18095 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD});
18096 }
18097
18098 if (EnumMap.size() == 0)
18099 return;
18100
18101 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
18102 for (auto *Element : Elements) {
18103 // The last loop returned if any constant was null.
18104 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
18105 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
18106 continue;
18107
18108 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD));
18109 if (Iter == EnumMap.end())
18110 continue;
18111
18112 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second;
18113 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
18114 // Ensure constants are different.
18115 if (D == ECD)
18116 continue;
18117
18118 // Create new vector and push values onto it.
18119 auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>();
18120 Vec->push_back(D);
18121 Vec->push_back(ECD);
18122
18123 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
18124 Entry = Vec.get();
18125
18126 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
18127 // diagnostics.
18128 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec));
18129 continue;
18130 }
18131
18132 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
18133 // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
18134 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
18135 continue;
18136
18137 Vec->push_back(ECD);
18138 }
18139
18140 // Emit diagnostics.
18141 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) {
18142 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.")((void)0);
18143
18144 // Emit warning for one enum constant.
18145 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front();
18146 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
18147 << FirstECD << toString(FirstECD->getInitVal(), 10)
18148 << FirstECD->getSourceRange();
18149
18150 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
18151 // the same value.
18152 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end()))
18153 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
18154 << ECD << toString(ECD->getInitVal(), 10)
18155 << ECD->getSourceRange();
18156 }
18157}
18158
18159bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
18160 bool AllowMask) const {
18161 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum")((void)0);
18162 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition")((void)0);
18163
18164 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
18165 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
18166
18167 if (R.second) {
18168 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
18169 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
18170 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
18171 if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
18172 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
18173 }
18174 }
18175
18176 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
18177 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
18178 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
18179 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
18180 //
18181 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
18182 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
18183 // likely a logic error.
18184 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
18185 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
18186}
18187
18188void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
18189 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
18190 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
18191 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
18192 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
18193
18194 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs);
18195
18196 if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
18197 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18198 EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18199 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18200 if (!ECD) continue;
18201
18202 ECD->setType(EnumType);
18203 }
18204
18205 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
18206 return;
18207 }
18208
18209 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
18210 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
18211 // emit a warning.
18212 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
18213 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
18214 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
18215
18216 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
18217 // reverse the list.
18218 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
18219 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
18220
18221 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
18222 bool AllElementsInt = true;
18223
18224 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18225 EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18226 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18227 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
18228
18229 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18230
18231 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
18232 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
18233 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
18234 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
18235 else
18236 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
18237 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
18238
18239 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common).
18240 if (AllElementsInt)
18241 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
18242 }
18243
18244 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
18245 QualType BestType;
18246 unsigned BestWidth;
18247
18248 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
18249 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
18250 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
18251 // of the following types that can represent all the values of
18252 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
18253 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
18254 // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
18255 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
18256 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
18257 QualType BestPromotionType;
18258
18259 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
18260 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
18261 // enum definitions.
18262 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
18263 Packed = true;
18264
18265 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the
18266 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators.
18267 if (Enum->isComplete()) {
18268 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
18269 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
18270 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
18271 else
18272 BestPromotionType = BestType;
18273
18274 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
18275 }
18276 else if (NumNegativeBits) {
18277 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
18278 // int/long/longlong) that fits.
18279 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18280 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
18281 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
18282 BestWidth = CharWidth;
18283 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
18284 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
18285 BestType = Context.ShortTy;
18286 BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18287 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
18288 BestType = Context.IntTy;
18289 BestWidth = IntWidth;
18290 } else {
18291 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
18292
18293 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
18294 BestType = Context.LongTy;
18295 } else {
18296 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18297
18298 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
18299 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
18300 BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
18301 }
18302 }
18303 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
18304 } else {
18305 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
18306 // all of the enumerator values.
18307 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18308 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
18309 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
18310 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18311 BestWidth = CharWidth;
18312 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
18313 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
18314 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18315 BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18316 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
18317 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
18318 BestWidth = IntWidth;
18319 BestPromotionType
18320 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18321 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
18322 } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
18323 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
18324 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
18325 BestPromotionType
18326 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18327 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
18328 } else {
18329 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18330 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&((void)0)
18331 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?")((void)0);
18332 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
18333 BestPromotionType
18334 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18335 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
18336 }
18337 }
18338
18339 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
18340 // the type of the enum if needed.
18341 for (auto *D : Elements) {
18342 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18343 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
18344
18345 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
18346 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each
18347 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
18348 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
18349 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
18350
18351 // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
18352 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18353
18354 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match
18355 // the enum decl type.
18356 QualType NewTy;
18357 unsigned NewWidth;
18358 bool NewSign;
18359 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
18360 !Enum->isFixed() &&
18361 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
18362 NewTy = Context.IntTy;
18363 NewWidth = IntWidth;
18364 NewSign = true;
18365 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
18366 // Already the right type!
18367 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18368 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18369 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18370 // enumeration.
18371 ECD->setType(EnumType);
18372 continue;
18373 } else {
18374 NewTy = BestType;
18375 NewWidth = BestWidth;
18376 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
18377 }
18378
18379 // Adjust the APSInt value.
18380 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
18381 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
18382 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
18383
18384 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
18385 if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
18386 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
18387 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(
18388 Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(),
18389 /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()));
18390 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18391 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18392 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18393 // enumeration.
18394 ECD->setType(EnumType);
18395 else
18396 ECD->setType(NewTy);
18397 }
18398
18399 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
18400 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
18401
18402 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
18403
18404 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
18405 for (Decl *D : Elements) {
18406 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18407 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
18408
18409 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18410 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
18411 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
18412 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
18413 << ECD << Enum;
18414 }
18415 }
18416
18417 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
18418 if (Enum->hasAttrs())
18419 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
18420}
18421
18422Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
18423 SourceLocation StartLoc,
18424 SourceLocation EndLoc) {
18425 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
18426
18427 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
18428 AsmString, StartLoc,
18429 EndLoc);
18430 CurContext->addDecl(New);
18431 return New;
18432}
18433
18434void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18435 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18436 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18437 SourceLocation NameLoc,
18438 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18439 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
18440 LookupOrdinaryName);
18441 AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc),
18442 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma);
18443 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(
18444 Context, AliasName->getName(), /*LiteralLabel=*/true, Info);
18445
18446 // If a declaration that:
18447 // 1) declares a function or a variable
18448 // 2) has external linkage
18449 // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
18450 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18451 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
18452 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
18453 else
18454 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
18455 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
18456 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
18457 } else
18458 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
18459}
18460
18461void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18462 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18463 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
18464 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
18465
18466 if (PrevDecl) {
18467 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
18468 } else {
18469 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18470 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
18471 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
18472 }
18473}
18474
18475void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18476 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18477 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18478 SourceLocation NameLoc,
18479 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18480 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
18481 LookupOrdinaryName);
18482 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
18483
18484 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18485 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
18486 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
18487 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
18488 } else {
18489 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18490 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
18491 }
18492}
18493
18494Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
18495 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
18496}
18497
18498Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD,
18499 bool Final) {
18500 assert(FD && "Expected non-null FunctionDecl")((void)0);
18501
18502 // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate
18503 // attribute prior to checking if it is a template.
18504 if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>())
18505 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18506
18507 // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated.
18508 if (FD->isDependentContext())
18509 return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded;
18510
18511 // Check whether this function is an externally visible definition.
18512 auto IsEmittedForExternalSymbol = [this, FD]() {
18513 // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we
18514 // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will
18515 // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline".
18516 FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition();
18517
18518 return Def && !isDiscardableGVALinkage(
18519 getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def));
18520 };
18521
18522 if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) {
18523 // In OpenMP device mode we will not emit host only functions, or functions
18524 // we don't need due to their linkage.
18525 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18526 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18527 // DevTy may be changed later by
18528 // #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*).
18529 // Therefore DevTy having no value does not imply host. The emission status
18530 // will be checked again at the end of compilation unit with Final = true.
18531 if (DevTy.hasValue())
18532 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host)
18533 return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18534 // If we have an explicit value for the device type, or we are in a target
18535 // declare context, we need to emit all extern and used symbols.
18536 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || DevTy.hasValue())
18537 if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol())
18538 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18539 // Device mode only emits what it must, if it wasn't tagged yet and needed,
18540 // we'll omit it.
18541 if (Final)
18542 return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18543 } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP > 45) {
18544 // In OpenMP host compilation prior to 5.0 everything was an emitted host
18545 // function. In 5.0, no_host was introduced which might cause a function to
18546 // be ommitted.
18547 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18548 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18549 if (DevTy.hasValue())
18550 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost)
18551 return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18552 }
18553
18554 if (Final && LangOpts.OpenMP && !LangOpts.CUDA)
18555 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18556
18557 if (LangOpts.CUDA) {
18558 // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted. Similarly,
18559 // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted.
18560 // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this
18561 // doesn't count for our purposes here.)
18562 Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD);
18563 if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host)
18564 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18565 if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18566 (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global))
18567 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18568
18569 if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol())
18570 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18571 }
18572
18573 // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of
18574 // known-emitted functions.
18575 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
18576}
18577
18578bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) {
18579 // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the
18580 // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked.
18581 // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function
18582 // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the
18583 // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling
18584 // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as
18585 // known-emitted.
18586 return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18587 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global;
18588}

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/include/clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h

1//===--- DeclSpec.h - Parsed declaration specifiers -------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file defines the classes used to store parsed information about
11/// declaration-specifiers and declarators.
12///
13/// \verbatim
14/// static const int volatile x, *y, *(*(*z)[10])(const void *x);
15/// ------------------------- - -- ---------------------------
16/// declaration-specifiers \ | /
17/// declarators
18/// \endverbatim
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DECLSPEC_H
23#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DECLSPEC_H
24
25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjCCommon.h"
27#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/Token.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h"
35#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
36#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
37#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
38
39namespace clang {
40 class ASTContext;
41 class CXXRecordDecl;
42 class TypeLoc;
43 class LangOptions;
44 class IdentifierInfo;
45 class NamespaceAliasDecl;
46 class NamespaceDecl;
47 class ObjCDeclSpec;
48 class Sema;
49 class Declarator;
50 struct TemplateIdAnnotation;
51
52/// Represents a C++ nested-name-specifier or a global scope specifier.
53///
54/// These can be in 3 states:
55/// 1) Not present, identified by isEmpty()
56/// 2) Present, identified by isNotEmpty()
57/// 2.a) Valid, identified by isValid()
58/// 2.b) Invalid, identified by isInvalid().
59///
60/// isSet() is deprecated because it mostly corresponded to "valid" but was
61/// often used as if it meant "present".
62///
63/// The actual scope is described by getScopeRep().
64class CXXScopeSpec {
65 SourceRange Range;
66 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder Builder;
67
68public:
69 SourceRange getRange() const { return Range; }
70 void setRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; }
71 void setBeginLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setBegin(Loc); }
72 void setEndLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setEnd(Loc); }
73 SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return Range.getBegin(); }
74 SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return Range.getEnd(); }
75
76 /// Retrieve the representation of the nested-name-specifier.
77 NestedNameSpecifier *getScopeRep() const {
78 return Builder.getRepresentation();
79 }
80
81 /// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
82 /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'type::'.
83 ///
84 /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
85 /// resides.
86 ///
87 /// \param TemplateKWLoc The location of the 'template' keyword, if present.
88 ///
89 /// \param TL The TypeLoc that describes the type preceding the '::'.
90 ///
91 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
92 void Extend(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TypeLoc TL,
93 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
94
95 /// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
96 /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'identifier::'.
97 ///
98 /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
99 /// resides.
100 ///
101 /// \param Identifier The identifier.
102 ///
103 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
104 ///
105 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
106 void Extend(ASTContext &Context, IdentifierInfo *Identifier,
107 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
108
109 /// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
110 /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace::'.
111 ///
112 /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
113 /// resides.
114 ///
115 /// \param Namespace The namespace.
116 ///
117 /// \param NamespaceLoc The location of the namespace name.
118 ///
119 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
120 void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceDecl *Namespace,
121 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
122
123 /// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
124 /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace-alias::'.
125 ///
126 /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
127 /// resides.
128 ///
129 /// \param Alias The namespace alias.
130 ///
131 /// \param AliasLoc The location of the namespace alias
132 /// name.
133 ///
134 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
135 void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceAliasDecl *Alias,
136 SourceLocation AliasLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
137
138 /// Turn this (empty) nested-name-specifier into the global
139 /// nested-name-specifier '::'.
140 void MakeGlobal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
141
142 /// Turns this (empty) nested-name-specifier into '__super'
143 /// nested-name-specifier.
144 ///
145 /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
146 /// resides.
147 ///
148 /// \param RD The declaration of the class in which nested-name-specifier
149 /// appeared.
150 ///
151 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
152 /// name.
153 ///
154 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the trailing '::'.
155 void MakeSuper(ASTContext &Context, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
156 SourceLocation SuperLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
157
158 /// Make a new nested-name-specifier from incomplete source-location
159 /// information.
160 ///
161 /// FIXME: This routine should be used very, very rarely, in cases where we
162 /// need to synthesize a nested-name-specifier. Most code should instead use
163 /// \c Adopt() with a proper \c NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
164 void MakeTrivial(ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
165 SourceRange R);
166
167 /// Adopt an existing nested-name-specifier (with source-range
168 /// information).
169 void Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Other);
170
171 /// Retrieve a nested-name-specifier with location information, copied
172 /// into the given AST context.
173 ///
174 /// \param Context The context into which this nested-name-specifier will be
175 /// copied.
176 NestedNameSpecifierLoc getWithLocInContext(ASTContext &Context) const;
177
178 /// Retrieve the location of the name in the last qualifier
179 /// in this nested name specifier.
180 ///
181 /// For example, the location of \c bar
182 /// in
183 /// \verbatim
184 /// \::foo::bar<0>::
185 /// ^~~
186 /// \endverbatim
187 SourceLocation getLastQualifierNameLoc() const;
188
189 /// No scope specifier.
190 bool isEmpty() const { return Range.isInvalid() && getScopeRep() == nullptr; }
191 /// A scope specifier is present, but may be valid or invalid.
192 bool isNotEmpty() const { return !isEmpty(); }
193
194 /// An error occurred during parsing of the scope specifier.
195 bool isInvalid() const { return Range.isValid() && getScopeRep() == nullptr; }
196 /// A scope specifier is present, and it refers to a real scope.
197 bool isValid() const { return getScopeRep() != nullptr; }
198
199 /// Indicate that this nested-name-specifier is invalid.
200 void SetInvalid(SourceRange R) {
201 assert(R.isValid() && "Must have a valid source range")((void)0);
202 if (Range.getBegin().isInvalid())
203 Range.setBegin(R.getBegin());
204 Range.setEnd(R.getEnd());
205 Builder.Clear();
206 }
207
208 /// Deprecated. Some call sites intend isNotEmpty() while others intend
209 /// isValid().
210 bool isSet() const { return getScopeRep() != nullptr; }
211
212 void clear() {
213 Range = SourceRange();
214 Builder.Clear();
215 }
216
217 /// Retrieve the data associated with the source-location information.
218 char *location_data() const { return Builder.getBuffer().first; }
219
220 /// Retrieve the size of the data associated with source-location
221 /// information.
222 unsigned location_size() const { return Builder.getBuffer().second; }
223};
224
225/// Captures information about "declaration specifiers".
226///
227/// "Declaration specifiers" encompasses storage-class-specifiers,
228/// type-specifiers, type-qualifiers, and function-specifiers.
229class DeclSpec {
230public:
231 /// storage-class-specifier
232 /// \note The order of these enumerators is important for diagnostics.
233 enum SCS {
234 SCS_unspecified = 0,
235 SCS_typedef,
236 SCS_extern,
237 SCS_static,
238 SCS_auto,
239 SCS_register,
240 SCS_private_extern,
241 SCS_mutable
242 };
243
244 // Import thread storage class specifier enumeration and constants.
245 // These can be combined with SCS_extern and SCS_static.
246 typedef ThreadStorageClassSpecifier TSCS;
247 static const TSCS TSCS_unspecified = clang::TSCS_unspecified;
248 static const TSCS TSCS___thread = clang::TSCS___thread;
249 static const TSCS TSCS_thread_local = clang::TSCS_thread_local;
250 static const TSCS TSCS__Thread_local = clang::TSCS__Thread_local;
251
252 enum TSC {
253 TSC_unspecified,
254 TSC_imaginary,
255 TSC_complex
256 };
257
258 // Import type specifier type enumeration and constants.
259 typedef TypeSpecifierType TST;
260 static const TST TST_unspecified = clang::TST_unspecified;
261 static const TST TST_void = clang::TST_void;
262 static const TST TST_char = clang::TST_char;
263 static const TST TST_wchar = clang::TST_wchar;
264 static const TST TST_char8 = clang::TST_char8;
265 static const TST TST_char16 = clang::TST_char16;
266 static const TST TST_char32 = clang::TST_char32;
267 static const TST TST_int = clang::TST_int;
268 static const TST TST_int128 = clang::TST_int128;
269 static const TST TST_extint = clang::TST_extint;
270 static const TST TST_half = clang::TST_half;
271 static const TST TST_BFloat16 = clang::TST_BFloat16;
272 static const TST TST_float = clang::TST_float;
273 static const TST TST_double = clang::TST_double;
274 static const TST TST_float16 = clang::TST_Float16;
275 static const TST TST_accum = clang::TST_Accum;
276 static const TST TST_fract = clang::TST_Fract;
277 static const TST TST_float128 = clang::TST_float128;
278 static const TST TST_bool = clang::TST_bool;
279 static const TST TST_decimal32 = clang::TST_decimal32;
280 static const TST TST_decimal64 = clang::TST_decimal64;
281 static const TST TST_decimal128 = clang::TST_decimal128;
282 static const TST TST_enum = clang::TST_enum;
283 static const TST TST_union = clang::TST_union;
284 static const TST TST_struct = clang::TST_struct;
285 static const TST TST_interface = clang::TST_interface;
286 static const TST TST_class = clang::TST_class;
287 static const TST TST_typename = clang::TST_typename;
288 static const TST TST_typeofType = clang::TST_typeofType;
289 static const TST TST_typeofExpr = clang::TST_typeofExpr;
290 static const TST TST_decltype = clang::TST_decltype;
291 static const TST TST_decltype_auto = clang::TST_decltype_auto;
292 static const TST TST_underlyingType = clang::TST_underlyingType;
293 static const TST TST_auto = clang::TST_auto;
294 static const TST TST_auto_type = clang::TST_auto_type;
295 static const TST TST_unknown_anytype = clang::TST_unknown_anytype;
296 static const TST TST_atomic = clang::TST_atomic;
297#define GENERIC_IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id) \
298 static const TST TST_##ImgType##_t = clang::TST_##ImgType##_t;
299#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
300 static const TST TST_error = clang::TST_error;
301
302 // type-qualifiers
303 enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with Qualifiers::TQ.
304 TQ_unspecified = 0,
305 TQ_const = 1,
306 TQ_restrict = 2,
307 TQ_volatile = 4,
308 TQ_unaligned = 8,
309 // This has no corresponding Qualifiers::TQ value, because it's not treated
310 // as a qualifier in our type system.
311 TQ_atomic = 16
312 };
313
314 /// ParsedSpecifiers - Flags to query which specifiers were applied. This is
315 /// returned by getParsedSpecifiers.
316 enum ParsedSpecifiers {
317 PQ_None = 0,
318 PQ_StorageClassSpecifier = 1,
319 PQ_TypeSpecifier = 2,
320 PQ_TypeQualifier = 4,
321 PQ_FunctionSpecifier = 8
322 // FIXME: Attributes should be included here.
323 };
324
325private:
326 // storage-class-specifier
327 /*SCS*/unsigned StorageClassSpec : 3;
328 /*TSCS*/unsigned ThreadStorageClassSpec : 2;
329 unsigned SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec : 1;
330
331 // type-specifier
332 /*TypeSpecifierWidth*/ unsigned TypeSpecWidth : 2;
333 /*TSC*/unsigned TypeSpecComplex : 2;
334 /*TSS*/unsigned TypeSpecSign : 2;
335 /*TST*/unsigned TypeSpecType : 6;
336 unsigned TypeAltiVecVector : 1;
337 unsigned TypeAltiVecPixel : 1;
338 unsigned TypeAltiVecBool : 1;
339 unsigned TypeSpecOwned : 1;
340 unsigned TypeSpecPipe : 1;
341 unsigned TypeSpecSat : 1;
342 unsigned ConstrainedAuto : 1;
343
344 // type-qualifiers
345 unsigned TypeQualifiers : 5; // Bitwise OR of TQ.
346
347 // function-specifier
348 unsigned FS_inline_specified : 1;
349 unsigned FS_forceinline_specified: 1;
350 unsigned FS_virtual_specified : 1;
351 unsigned FS_noreturn_specified : 1;
352
353 // friend-specifier
354 unsigned Friend_specified : 1;
355
356 // constexpr-specifier
357 unsigned ConstexprSpecifier : 2;
358
359 union {
360 UnionParsedType TypeRep;
361 Decl *DeclRep;
362 Expr *ExprRep;
363 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateIdRep;
364 };
365
366 /// ExplicitSpecifier - Store information about explicit spicifer.
367 ExplicitSpecifier FS_explicit_specifier;
368
369 // attributes.
370 ParsedAttributes Attrs;
371
372 // Scope specifier for the type spec, if applicable.
373 CXXScopeSpec TypeScope;
374
375 // SourceLocation info. These are null if the item wasn't specified or if
376 // the setting was synthesized.
377 SourceRange Range;
378
379 SourceLocation StorageClassSpecLoc, ThreadStorageClassSpecLoc;
380 SourceRange TSWRange;
381 SourceLocation TSCLoc, TSSLoc, TSTLoc, AltiVecLoc, TSSatLoc;
382 /// TSTNameLoc - If TypeSpecType is any of class, enum, struct, union,
383 /// typename, then this is the location of the named type (if present);
384 /// otherwise, it is the same as TSTLoc. Hence, the pair TSTLoc and
385 /// TSTNameLoc provides source range info for tag types.
386 SourceLocation TSTNameLoc;
387 SourceRange TypeofParensRange;
388 SourceLocation TQ_constLoc, TQ_restrictLoc, TQ_volatileLoc, TQ_atomicLoc,
389 TQ_unalignedLoc;
390 SourceLocation FS_inlineLoc, FS_virtualLoc, FS_explicitLoc, FS_noreturnLoc;
391 SourceLocation FS_explicitCloseParenLoc;
392 SourceLocation FS_forceinlineLoc;
393 SourceLocation FriendLoc, ModulePrivateLoc, ConstexprLoc;
394 SourceLocation TQ_pipeLoc;
395
396 WrittenBuiltinSpecs writtenBS;
397 void SaveWrittenBuiltinSpecs();
398
399 ObjCDeclSpec *ObjCQualifiers;
400
401 static bool isTypeRep(TST T) {
402 return (T == TST_typename || T == TST_typeofType ||
403 T == TST_underlyingType || T == TST_atomic);
404 }
405 static bool isExprRep(TST T) {
406 return (T == TST_typeofExpr || T == TST_decltype || T == TST_extint);
407 }
408 static bool isTemplateIdRep(TST T) {
409 return (T == TST_auto || T == TST_decltype_auto);
410 }
411
412 DeclSpec(const DeclSpec &) = delete;
413 void operator=(const DeclSpec &) = delete;
414public:
415 static bool isDeclRep(TST T) {
416 return (T == TST_enum || T == TST_struct ||
417 T == TST_interface || T == TST_union ||
418 T == TST_class);
419 }
420
421 DeclSpec(AttributeFactory &attrFactory)
422 : StorageClassSpec(SCS_unspecified),
423 ThreadStorageClassSpec(TSCS_unspecified),
424 SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec(false),
425 TypeSpecWidth(static_cast<unsigned>(TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified)),
426 TypeSpecComplex(TSC_unspecified),
427 TypeSpecSign(static_cast<unsigned>(TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified)),
428 TypeSpecType(TST_unspecified), TypeAltiVecVector(false),
429 TypeAltiVecPixel(false), TypeAltiVecBool(false), TypeSpecOwned(false),
430 TypeSpecPipe(false), TypeSpecSat(false), ConstrainedAuto(false),
431 TypeQualifiers(TQ_unspecified), FS_inline_specified(false),
432 FS_forceinline_specified(false), FS_virtual_specified(false),
433 FS_noreturn_specified(false), Friend_specified(false),
434 ConstexprSpecifier(
435 static_cast<unsigned>(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified)),
436 FS_explicit_specifier(), Attrs(attrFactory), writtenBS(),
437 ObjCQualifiers(nullptr) {}
438
439 // storage-class-specifier
440 SCS getStorageClassSpec() const { return (SCS)StorageClassSpec; }
441 TSCS getThreadStorageClassSpec() const {
442 return (TSCS)ThreadStorageClassSpec;
443 }
444 bool isExternInLinkageSpec() const { return SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec; }
445 void setExternInLinkageSpec(bool Value) {
446 SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec = Value;
447 }
448
449 SourceLocation getStorageClassSpecLoc() const { return StorageClassSpecLoc; }
450 SourceLocation getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc() const {
451 return ThreadStorageClassSpecLoc;
452 }
453
454 void ClearStorageClassSpecs() {
455 StorageClassSpec = DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified;
456 ThreadStorageClassSpec = DeclSpec::TSCS_unspecified;
457 SCS_extern_in_linkage_spec = false;
458 StorageClassSpecLoc = SourceLocation();
459 ThreadStorageClassSpecLoc = SourceLocation();
460 }
461
462 void ClearTypeSpecType() {
463 TypeSpecType = DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
464 TypeSpecOwned = false;
465 TSTLoc = SourceLocation();
466 }
467
468 // type-specifier
469 TypeSpecifierWidth getTypeSpecWidth() const {
470 return static_cast<TypeSpecifierWidth>(TypeSpecWidth);
471 }
472 TSC getTypeSpecComplex() const { return (TSC)TypeSpecComplex; }
473 TypeSpecifierSign getTypeSpecSign() const {
474 return static_cast<TypeSpecifierSign>(TypeSpecSign);
475 }
476 TST getTypeSpecType() const { return (TST)TypeSpecType; }
477 bool isTypeAltiVecVector() const { return TypeAltiVecVector; }
478 bool isTypeAltiVecPixel() const { return TypeAltiVecPixel; }
479 bool isTypeAltiVecBool() const { return TypeAltiVecBool; }
480 bool isTypeSpecOwned() const { return TypeSpecOwned; }
481 bool isTypeRep() const { return isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType); }
482 bool isTypeSpecPipe() const { return TypeSpecPipe; }
483 bool isTypeSpecSat() const { return TypeSpecSat; }
484 bool isConstrainedAuto() const { return ConstrainedAuto; }
485
486 ParsedType getRepAsType() const {
487 assert(isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store a type")((void)0);
488 return TypeRep;
489 }
490 Decl *getRepAsDecl() const {
491 assert(isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store a decl")((void)0);
492 return DeclRep;
493 }
494 Expr *getRepAsExpr() const {
495 assert(isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType) && "DeclSpec does not store an expr")((void)0);
496 return ExprRep;
497 }
498 TemplateIdAnnotation *getRepAsTemplateId() const {
499 assert(isTemplateIdRep((TST) TypeSpecType) &&((void)0)
500 "DeclSpec does not store a template id")((void)0);
501 return TemplateIdRep;
502 }
503 CXXScopeSpec &getTypeSpecScope() { return TypeScope; }
504 const CXXScopeSpec &getTypeSpecScope() const { return TypeScope; }
505
506 SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; }
507 SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); }
508 SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); }
509
510 SourceLocation getTypeSpecWidthLoc() const { return TSWRange.getBegin(); }
511 SourceRange getTypeSpecWidthRange() const { return TSWRange; }
512 SourceLocation getTypeSpecComplexLoc() const { return TSCLoc; }
513 SourceLocation getTypeSpecSignLoc() const { return TSSLoc; }
514 SourceLocation getTypeSpecTypeLoc() const { return TSTLoc; }
515 SourceLocation getAltiVecLoc() const { return AltiVecLoc; }
516 SourceLocation getTypeSpecSatLoc() const { return TSSatLoc; }
517
518 SourceLocation getTypeSpecTypeNameLoc() const {
519 assert(isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType) || TypeSpecType == TST_typename)((void)0);
520 return TSTNameLoc;
521 }
522
523 SourceRange getTypeofParensRange() const { return TypeofParensRange; }
524 void setTypeofParensRange(SourceRange range) { TypeofParensRange = range; }
525
526 bool hasAutoTypeSpec() const {
527 return (TypeSpecType == TST_auto || TypeSpecType == TST_auto_type ||
528 TypeSpecType == TST_decltype_auto);
529 }
530
531 bool hasTagDefinition() const;
532
533 /// Turn a type-specifier-type into a string like "_Bool" or "union".
534 static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TST T,
535 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
536 static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TQ Q);
537 static const char *getSpecifierName(TypeSpecifierSign S);
538 static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TSC C);
539 static const char *getSpecifierName(TypeSpecifierWidth W);
540 static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::SCS S);
541 static const char *getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TSCS S);
542 static const char *getSpecifierName(ConstexprSpecKind C);
543
544 // type-qualifiers
545
546 /// getTypeQualifiers - Return a set of TQs.
547 unsigned getTypeQualifiers() const { return TypeQualifiers; }
548 SourceLocation getConstSpecLoc() const { return TQ_constLoc; }
549 SourceLocation getRestrictSpecLoc() const { return TQ_restrictLoc; }
550 SourceLocation getVolatileSpecLoc() const { return TQ_volatileLoc; }
551 SourceLocation getAtomicSpecLoc() const { return TQ_atomicLoc; }
552 SourceLocation getUnalignedSpecLoc() const { return TQ_unalignedLoc; }
553 SourceLocation getPipeLoc() const { return TQ_pipeLoc; }
554
555 /// Clear out all of the type qualifiers.
556 void ClearTypeQualifiers() {
557 TypeQualifiers = 0;
558 TQ_constLoc = SourceLocation();
559 TQ_restrictLoc = SourceLocation();
560 TQ_volatileLoc = SourceLocation();
561 TQ_atomicLoc = SourceLocation();
562 TQ_unalignedLoc = SourceLocation();
563 TQ_pipeLoc = SourceLocation();
564 }
565
566 // function-specifier
567 bool isInlineSpecified() const {
568 return FS_inline_specified | FS_forceinline_specified;
569 }
570 SourceLocation getInlineSpecLoc() const {
571 return FS_inline_specified ? FS_inlineLoc : FS_forceinlineLoc;
572 }
573
574 ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const {
575 return FS_explicit_specifier;
576 }
577
578 bool isVirtualSpecified() const { return FS_virtual_specified; }
579 SourceLocation getVirtualSpecLoc() const { return FS_virtualLoc; }
580
581 bool hasExplicitSpecifier() const {
582 return FS_explicit_specifier.isSpecified();
583 }
584 SourceLocation getExplicitSpecLoc() const { return FS_explicitLoc; }
585 SourceRange getExplicitSpecRange() const {
586 return FS_explicit_specifier.getExpr()
587 ? SourceRange(FS_explicitLoc, FS_explicitCloseParenLoc)
588 : SourceRange(FS_explicitLoc);
589 }
590
591 bool isNoreturnSpecified() const { return FS_noreturn_specified; }
592 SourceLocation getNoreturnSpecLoc() const { return FS_noreturnLoc; }
593
594 void ClearFunctionSpecs() {
595 FS_inline_specified = false;
596 FS_inlineLoc = SourceLocation();
597 FS_forceinline_specified = false;
598 FS_forceinlineLoc = SourceLocation();
599 FS_virtual_specified = false;
600 FS_virtualLoc = SourceLocation();
601 FS_explicit_specifier = ExplicitSpecifier();
602 FS_explicitLoc = SourceLocation();
603 FS_explicitCloseParenLoc = SourceLocation();
604 FS_noreturn_specified = false;
605 FS_noreturnLoc = SourceLocation();
606 }
607
608 /// This method calls the passed in handler on each CVRU qual being
609 /// set.
610 /// Handle - a handler to be invoked.
611 void forEachCVRUQualifier(
612 llvm::function_ref<void(TQ, StringRef, SourceLocation)> Handle);
613
614 /// This method calls the passed in handler on each qual being
615 /// set.
616 /// Handle - a handler to be invoked.
617 void forEachQualifier(
618 llvm::function_ref<void(TQ, StringRef, SourceLocation)> Handle);
619
620 /// Return true if any type-specifier has been found.
621 bool hasTypeSpecifier() const {
622 return getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_unspecified ||
623 getTypeSpecWidth() != TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified ||
624 getTypeSpecComplex() != DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified ||
625 getTypeSpecSign() != TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified;
626 }
627
628 /// Return a bitmask of which flavors of specifiers this
629 /// DeclSpec includes.
630 unsigned getParsedSpecifiers() const;
631
632 /// isEmpty - Return true if this declaration specifier is completely empty:
633 /// no tokens were parsed in the production of it.
634 bool isEmpty() const {
635 return getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_None;
636 }
637
638 void SetRangeStart(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setBegin(Loc); }
639 void SetRangeEnd(SourceLocation Loc) { Range.setEnd(Loc); }
640
641 /// These methods set the specified attribute of the DeclSpec and
642 /// return false if there was no error. If an error occurs (for
643 /// example, if we tried to set "auto" on a spec with "extern"
644 /// already set), they return true and set PrevSpec and DiagID
645 /// such that
646 /// Diag(Loc, DiagID) << PrevSpec;
647 /// will yield a useful result.
648 ///
649 /// TODO: use a more general approach that still allows these
650 /// diagnostics to be ignored when desired.
651 bool SetStorageClassSpec(Sema &S, SCS SC, SourceLocation Loc,
652 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
653 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
654 bool SetStorageClassSpecThread(TSCS TSC, SourceLocation Loc,
655 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID);
656 bool SetTypeSpecWidth(TypeSpecifierWidth W, SourceLocation Loc,
657 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
658 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
659 bool SetTypeSpecComplex(TSC C, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
660 unsigned &DiagID);
661 bool SetTypeSpecSign(TypeSpecifierSign S, SourceLocation Loc,
662 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID);
663 bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
664 unsigned &DiagID, const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
665 bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
666 unsigned &DiagID, ParsedType Rep,
667 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
668 bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
669 unsigned &DiagID, TypeResult Rep,
670 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
671 if (Rep.isInvalid())
672 return SetTypeSpecError();
673 return SetTypeSpecType(T, Loc, PrevSpec, DiagID, Rep.get(), Policy);
674 }
675 bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
676 unsigned &DiagID, Decl *Rep, bool Owned,
677 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
678 bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation TagKwLoc,
679 SourceLocation TagNameLoc, const char *&PrevSpec,
680 unsigned &DiagID, ParsedType Rep,
681 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
682 bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation TagKwLoc,
683 SourceLocation TagNameLoc, const char *&PrevSpec,
684 unsigned &DiagID, Decl *Rep, bool Owned,
685 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
686 bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
687 unsigned &DiagID, TemplateIdAnnotation *Rep,
688 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
689
690 bool SetTypeSpecType(TST T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
691 unsigned &DiagID, Expr *Rep,
692 const PrintingPolicy &policy);
693 bool SetTypeAltiVecVector(bool isAltiVecVector, SourceLocation Loc,
694 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
695 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
696 bool SetTypeAltiVecPixel(bool isAltiVecPixel, SourceLocation Loc,
697 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
698 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
699 bool SetTypeAltiVecBool(bool isAltiVecBool, SourceLocation Loc,
700 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
701 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
702 bool SetTypePipe(bool isPipe, SourceLocation Loc,
703 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
704 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
705 bool SetExtIntType(SourceLocation KWLoc, Expr *BitWidth,
706 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID,
707 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
708 bool SetTypeSpecSat(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
709 unsigned &DiagID);
710 bool SetTypeSpecError();
711 void UpdateDeclRep(Decl *Rep) {
712 assert(isDeclRep((TST) TypeSpecType))((void)0);
713 DeclRep = Rep;
714 }
715 void UpdateTypeRep(ParsedType Rep) {
716 assert(isTypeRep((TST) TypeSpecType))((void)0);
717 TypeRep = Rep;
718 }
719 void UpdateExprRep(Expr *Rep) {
720 assert(isExprRep((TST) TypeSpecType))((void)0);
721 ExprRep = Rep;
722 }
723
724 bool SetTypeQual(TQ T, SourceLocation Loc);
725
726 bool SetTypeQual(TQ T, SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
727 unsigned &DiagID, const LangOptions &Lang);
728
729 bool setFunctionSpecInline(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
730 unsigned &DiagID);
731 bool setFunctionSpecForceInline(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
732 unsigned &DiagID);
733 bool setFunctionSpecVirtual(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
734 unsigned &DiagID);
735 bool setFunctionSpecExplicit(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
736 unsigned &DiagID, ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpec,
737 SourceLocation CloseParenLoc);
738 bool setFunctionSpecNoreturn(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
739 unsigned &DiagID);
740
741 bool SetFriendSpec(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
742 unsigned &DiagID);
743 bool setModulePrivateSpec(SourceLocation Loc, const char *&PrevSpec,
744 unsigned &DiagID);
745 bool SetConstexprSpec(ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, SourceLocation Loc,
746 const char *&PrevSpec, unsigned &DiagID);
747
748 bool isFriendSpecified() const { return Friend_specified; }
749 SourceLocation getFriendSpecLoc() const { return FriendLoc; }
750
751 bool isModulePrivateSpecified() const { return ModulePrivateLoc.isValid(); }
752 SourceLocation getModulePrivateSpecLoc() const { return ModulePrivateLoc; }
753
754 ConstexprSpecKind getConstexprSpecifier() const {
755 return ConstexprSpecKind(ConstexprSpecifier);
756 }
757
758 SourceLocation getConstexprSpecLoc() const { return ConstexprLoc; }
759 bool hasConstexprSpecifier() const {
760 return getConstexprSpecifier() != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified;
761 }
762
763 void ClearConstexprSpec() {
764 ConstexprSpecifier = static_cast<unsigned>(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified);
765 ConstexprLoc = SourceLocation();
766 }
767
768 AttributePool &getAttributePool() const {
769 return Attrs.getPool();
770 }
771
772 /// Concatenates two attribute lists.
773 ///
774 /// The GCC attribute syntax allows for the following:
775 ///
776 /// \code
777 /// short __attribute__(( unused, deprecated ))
778 /// int __attribute__(( may_alias, aligned(16) )) var;
779 /// \endcode
780 ///
781 /// This declares 4 attributes using 2 lists. The following syntax is
782 /// also allowed and equivalent to the previous declaration.
783 ///
784 /// \code
785 /// short __attribute__((unused)) __attribute__((deprecated))
786 /// int __attribute__((may_alias)) __attribute__((aligned(16))) var;
787 /// \endcode
788 ///
789 void addAttributes(ParsedAttributesView &AL) {
790 Attrs.addAll(AL.begin(), AL.end());
791 }
792
793 bool hasAttributes() const { return !Attrs.empty(); }
794
795 ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() { return Attrs; }
796 const ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() const { return Attrs; }
797
798 void takeAttributesFrom(ParsedAttributes &attrs) {
799 Attrs.takeAllFrom(attrs);
800 }
801
802 /// Finish - This does final analysis of the declspec, issuing diagnostics for
803 /// things like "_Imaginary" (lacking an FP type). After calling this method,
804 /// DeclSpec is guaranteed self-consistent, even if an error occurred.
805 void Finish(Sema &S, const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
806
807 const WrittenBuiltinSpecs& getWrittenBuiltinSpecs() const {
808 return writtenBS;
809 }
810
811 ObjCDeclSpec *getObjCQualifiers() const { return ObjCQualifiers; }
812 void setObjCQualifiers(ObjCDeclSpec *quals) { ObjCQualifiers = quals; }
813
814 /// Checks if this DeclSpec can stand alone, without a Declarator.
815 ///
816 /// Only tag declspecs can stand alone.
817 bool isMissingDeclaratorOk();
818};
819
820/// Captures information about "declaration specifiers" specific to
821/// Objective-C.
822class ObjCDeclSpec {
823public:
824 /// ObjCDeclQualifier - Qualifier used on types in method
825 /// declarations. Not all combinations are sensible. Parameters
826 /// can be one of { in, out, inout } with one of { bycopy, byref }.
827 /// Returns can either be { oneway } or not.
828 ///
829 /// This should be kept in sync with Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier.
830 enum ObjCDeclQualifier {
831 DQ_None = 0x0,
832 DQ_In = 0x1,
833 DQ_Inout = 0x2,
834 DQ_Out = 0x4,
835 DQ_Bycopy = 0x8,
836 DQ_Byref = 0x10,
837 DQ_Oneway = 0x20,
838 DQ_CSNullability = 0x40
839 };
840
841 ObjCDeclSpec()
842 : objcDeclQualifier(DQ_None),
843 PropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_noattr), Nullability(0),
844 GetterName(nullptr), SetterName(nullptr) {}
845
846 ObjCDeclQualifier getObjCDeclQualifier() const {
847 return (ObjCDeclQualifier)objcDeclQualifier;
848 }
849 void setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier DQVal) {
850 objcDeclQualifier = (ObjCDeclQualifier) (objcDeclQualifier | DQVal);
851 }
852 void clearObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier DQVal) {
853 objcDeclQualifier = (ObjCDeclQualifier) (objcDeclQualifier & ~DQVal);
854 }
855
856 ObjCPropertyAttribute::Kind getPropertyAttributes() const {
857 return ObjCPropertyAttribute::Kind(PropertyAttributes);
858 }
859 void setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::Kind PRVal) {
860 PropertyAttributes =
861 (ObjCPropertyAttribute::Kind)(PropertyAttributes | PRVal);
862 }
863
864 NullabilityKind getNullability() const {
865 assert(((void)0)
866 ((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) ||((void)0)
867 (getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability)) &&((void)0)
868 "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability")((void)0);
869 return static_cast<NullabilityKind>(Nullability);
870 }
871
872 SourceLocation getNullabilityLoc() const {
873 assert(((void)0)
874 ((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) ||((void)0)
875 (getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability)) &&((void)0)
876 "Objective-C declspec doesn't have nullability")((void)0);
877 return NullabilityLoc;
878 }
879
880 void setNullability(SourceLocation loc, NullabilityKind kind) {
881 assert(((void)0)
882 ((getObjCDeclQualifier() & DQ_CSNullability) ||((void)0)
883 (getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability)) &&((void)0)
884 "Set the nullability declspec or property attribute first")((void)0);
885 Nullability = static_cast<unsigned>(kind);
886 NullabilityLoc = loc;
887 }
888
889 const IdentifierInfo *getGetterName() const { return GetterName; }
890 IdentifierInfo *getGetterName() { return GetterName; }
891 SourceLocation getGetterNameLoc() const { return GetterNameLoc; }
892 void setGetterName(IdentifierInfo *name, SourceLocation loc) {
893 GetterName = name;
894 GetterNameLoc = loc;
895 }
896
897 const IdentifierInfo *getSetterName() const { return SetterName; }
898 IdentifierInfo *getSetterName() { return SetterName; }
899 SourceLocation getSetterNameLoc() const { return SetterNameLoc; }
900 void setSetterName(IdentifierInfo *name, SourceLocation loc) {
901 SetterName = name;
902 SetterNameLoc = loc;
903 }
904
905private:
906 // FIXME: These two are unrelated and mutually exclusive. So perhaps
907 // we can put them in a union to reflect their mutual exclusivity
908 // (space saving is negligible).
909 unsigned objcDeclQualifier : 7;
910
911 // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using ObjCPropertyAttribute::Kind
912 unsigned PropertyAttributes : NumObjCPropertyAttrsBits;
913
914 unsigned Nullability : 2;
915
916 SourceLocation NullabilityLoc;
917
918 IdentifierInfo *GetterName; // getter name or NULL if no getter
919 IdentifierInfo *SetterName; // setter name or NULL if no setter
920 SourceLocation GetterNameLoc; // location of the getter attribute's value
921 SourceLocation SetterNameLoc; // location of the setter attribute's value
922
923};
924
925/// Describes the kind of unqualified-id parsed.
926enum class UnqualifiedIdKind {
927 /// An identifier.
928 IK_Identifier,
929 /// An overloaded operator name, e.g., operator+.
930 IK_OperatorFunctionId,
931 /// A conversion function name, e.g., operator int.
932 IK_ConversionFunctionId,
933 /// A user-defined literal name, e.g., operator "" _i.
934 IK_LiteralOperatorId,
935 /// A constructor name.
936 IK_ConstructorName,
937 /// A constructor named via a template-id.
938 IK_ConstructorTemplateId,
939 /// A destructor name.
940 IK_DestructorName,
941 /// A template-id, e.g., f<int>.
942 IK_TemplateId,
943 /// An implicit 'self' parameter
944 IK_ImplicitSelfParam,
945 /// A deduction-guide name (a template-name)
946 IK_DeductionGuideName
947};
948
949/// Represents a C++ unqualified-id that has been parsed.
950class UnqualifiedId {
951private:
952 UnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Other) = delete;
953 const UnqualifiedId &operator=(const UnqualifiedId &) = delete;
954
955public:
956 /// Describes the kind of unqualified-id parsed.
957 UnqualifiedIdKind Kind;
958
959 struct OFI {
960 /// The kind of overloaded operator.
961 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator;
962
963 /// The source locations of the individual tokens that name
964 /// the operator, e.g., the "new", "[", and "]" tokens in
965 /// operator new [].
966 ///
967 /// Different operators have different numbers of tokens in their name,
968 /// up to three. Any remaining source locations in this array will be
969 /// set to an invalid value for operators with fewer than three tokens.
970 SourceLocation SymbolLocations[3];
971 };
972
973 /// Anonymous union that holds extra data associated with the
974 /// parsed unqualified-id.
975 union {
976 /// When Kind == IK_Identifier, the parsed identifier, or when
977 /// Kind == IK_UserLiteralId, the identifier suffix.
978 IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
979
980 /// When Kind == IK_OperatorFunctionId, the overloaded operator
981 /// that we parsed.
982 struct OFI OperatorFunctionId;
983
984 /// When Kind == IK_ConversionFunctionId, the type that the
985 /// conversion function names.
986 UnionParsedType ConversionFunctionId;
987
988 /// When Kind == IK_ConstructorName, the class-name of the type
989 /// whose constructor is being referenced.
990 UnionParsedType ConstructorName;
991
992 /// When Kind == IK_DestructorName, the type referred to by the
993 /// class-name.
994 UnionParsedType DestructorName;
995
996 /// When Kind == IK_DeductionGuideName, the parsed template-name.
997 UnionParsedTemplateTy TemplateName;
998
999 /// When Kind == IK_TemplateId or IK_ConstructorTemplateId,
1000 /// the template-id annotation that contains the template name and
1001 /// template arguments.
1002 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId;
1003 };
1004
1005 /// The location of the first token that describes this unqualified-id,
1006 /// which will be the location of the identifier, "operator" keyword,
1007 /// tilde (for a destructor), or the template name of a template-id.
1008 SourceLocation StartLocation;
1009
1010 /// The location of the last token that describes this unqualified-id.
1011 SourceLocation EndLocation;
1012
1013 UnqualifiedId()
1014 : Kind(UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier), Identifier(nullptr) {}
1015
1016 /// Clear out this unqualified-id, setting it to default (invalid)
1017 /// state.
1018 void clear() {
1019 Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier;
1020 Identifier = nullptr;
1021 StartLocation = SourceLocation();
1022 EndLocation = SourceLocation();
1023 }
1024
1025 /// Determine whether this unqualified-id refers to a valid name.
1026 bool isValid() const { return StartLocation.isValid(); }
1027
1028 /// Determine whether this unqualified-id refers to an invalid name.
1029 bool isInvalid() const { return !isValid(); }
1030
1031 /// Determine what kind of name we have.
1032 UnqualifiedIdKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1033
1034 /// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as an identifier.
1035 ///
1036 /// \param Id the parsed identifier.
1037 /// \param IdLoc the location of the parsed identifier.
1038 void setIdentifier(const IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation IdLoc) {
1039 Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier;
1040 Identifier = const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Id);
1041 StartLocation = EndLocation = IdLoc;
1042 }
1043
1044 /// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as an
1045 /// operator-function-id.
1046 ///
1047 /// \param OperatorLoc the location of the 'operator' keyword.
1048 ///
1049 /// \param Op the overloaded operator.
1050 ///
1051 /// \param SymbolLocations the locations of the individual operator symbols
1052 /// in the operator.
1053 void setOperatorFunctionId(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
1054 OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1055 SourceLocation SymbolLocations[3]);
1056
1057 /// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a
1058 /// conversion-function-id.
1059 ///
1060 /// \param OperatorLoc the location of the 'operator' keyword.
1061 ///
1062 /// \param Ty the type to which this conversion function is converting.
1063 ///
1064 /// \param EndLoc the location of the last token that makes up the type name.
1065 void setConversionFunctionId(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
1066 ParsedType Ty,
1067 SourceLocation EndLoc) {
1068 Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId;
1069 StartLocation = OperatorLoc;
1070 EndLocation = EndLoc;
1071 ConversionFunctionId = Ty;
1072 }
1073
1074 /// Specific that this unqualified-id was parsed as a
1075 /// literal-operator-id.
1076 ///
1077 /// \param Id the parsed identifier.
1078 ///
1079 /// \param OpLoc the location of the 'operator' keyword.
1080 ///
1081 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
1082 void setLiteralOperatorId(const IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1083 SourceLocation IdLoc) {
1084 Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId;
1085 Identifier = const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Id);
1086 StartLocation = OpLoc;
1087 EndLocation = IdLoc;
1088 }
1089
1090 /// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a constructor name.
1091 ///
1092 /// \param ClassType the class type referred to by the constructor name.
1093 ///
1094 /// \param ClassNameLoc the location of the class name.
1095 ///
1096 /// \param EndLoc the location of the last token that makes up the type name.
1097 void setConstructorName(ParsedType ClassType,
1098 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
1099 SourceLocation EndLoc) {
1100 Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName;
1101 StartLocation = ClassNameLoc;
1102 EndLocation = EndLoc;
1103 ConstructorName = ClassType;
1104 }
1105
1106 /// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a
1107 /// template-id that names a constructor.
1108 ///
1109 /// \param TemplateId the template-id annotation that describes the parsed
1110 /// template-id. This UnqualifiedId instance will take ownership of the
1111 /// \p TemplateId and will free it on destruction.
1112 void setConstructorTemplateId(TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);
1113
1114 /// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a destructor name.
1115 ///
1116 /// \param TildeLoc the location of the '~' that introduces the destructor
1117 /// name.
1118 ///
1119 /// \param ClassType the name of the class referred to by the destructor name.
1120 void setDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
1121 ParsedType ClassType,
1122 SourceLocation EndLoc) {
1123 Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName;
1124 StartLocation = TildeLoc;
1125 EndLocation = EndLoc;
1126 DestructorName = ClassType;
1127 }
1128
1129 /// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a template-id.
1130 ///
1131 /// \param TemplateId the template-id annotation that describes the parsed
1132 /// template-id. This UnqualifiedId instance will take ownership of the
1133 /// \p TemplateId and will free it on destruction.
1134 void setTemplateId(TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);
1135
1136 /// Specify that this unqualified-id was parsed as a template-name for
1137 /// a deduction-guide.
1138 ///
1139 /// \param Template The parsed template-name.
1140 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the parsed template-name.
1141 void setDeductionGuideName(ParsedTemplateTy Template,
1142 SourceLocation TemplateLoc) {
1143 Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName;
1144 TemplateName = Template;
1145 StartLocation = EndLocation = TemplateLoc;
1146 }
1147
1148 /// Specify that this unqualified-id is an implicit 'self'
1149 /// parameter.
1150 ///
1151 /// \param Id the identifier.
1152 void setImplicitSelfParam(const IdentifierInfo *Id) {
1153 Kind = UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam;
1154 Identifier = const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Id);
1155 StartLocation = EndLocation = SourceLocation();
1156 }
1157
1158 /// Return the source range that covers this unqualified-id.
1159 SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
1160 return SourceRange(StartLocation, EndLocation);
1161 }
1162 SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return StartLocation; }
1163 SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return EndLocation; }
1164};
1165
1166/// A set of tokens that has been cached for later parsing.
1167typedef SmallVector<Token, 4> CachedTokens;
1168
1169/// One instance of this struct is used for each type in a
1170/// declarator that is parsed.
1171///
1172/// This is intended to be a small value object.
1173struct DeclaratorChunk {
1174 DeclaratorChunk() {};
1175
1176 enum {
1177 Pointer, Reference, Array, Function, BlockPointer, MemberPointer, Paren, Pipe
1178 } Kind;
1179
1180 /// Loc - The place where this type was defined.
1181 SourceLocation Loc;
1182 /// EndLoc - If valid, the place where this chunck ends.
1183 SourceLocation EndLoc;
1184
1185 SourceRange getSourceRange() const {
1186 if (EndLoc.isInvalid())
1187 return SourceRange(Loc, Loc);
1188 return SourceRange(Loc, EndLoc);
1189 }
1190
1191 ParsedAttributesView AttrList;
1192
1193 struct PointerTypeInfo {
1194 /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict/unaligned/atomic.
1195 unsigned TypeQuals : 5;
1196
1197 /// The location of the const-qualifier, if any.
1198 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc;
1199
1200 /// The location of the volatile-qualifier, if any.
1201 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc;
1202
1203 /// The location of the restrict-qualifier, if any.
1204 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc;
1205
1206 /// The location of the _Atomic-qualifier, if any.
1207 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc;
1208
1209 /// The location of the __unaligned-qualifier, if any.
1210 SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc;
1211
1212 void destroy() {
1213 }
1214 };
1215
1216 struct ReferenceTypeInfo {
1217 /// The type qualifier: restrict. [GNU] C++ extension
1218 bool HasRestrict : 1;
1219 /// True if this is an lvalue reference, false if it's an rvalue reference.
1220 bool LValueRef : 1;
1221 void destroy() {
1222 }
1223 };
1224
1225 struct ArrayTypeInfo {
1226 /// The type qualifiers for the array:
1227 /// const/volatile/restrict/__unaligned/_Atomic.
1228 unsigned TypeQuals : 5;
1229
1230 /// True if this dimension included the 'static' keyword.
1231 unsigned hasStatic : 1;
1232
1233 /// True if this dimension was [*]. In this case, NumElts is null.
1234 unsigned isStar : 1;
1235
1236 /// This is the size of the array, or null if [] or [*] was specified.
1237 /// Since the parser is multi-purpose, and we don't want to impose a root
1238 /// expression class on all clients, NumElts is untyped.
1239 Expr *NumElts;
1240
1241 void destroy() {}
1242 };
1243
1244 /// ParamInfo - An array of paraminfo objects is allocated whenever a function
1245 /// declarator is parsed. There are two interesting styles of parameters
1246 /// here:
1247 /// K&R-style identifier lists and parameter type lists. K&R-style identifier
1248 /// lists will have information about the identifier, but no type information.
1249 /// Parameter type lists will have type info (if the actions module provides
1250 /// it), but may have null identifier info: e.g. for 'void foo(int X, int)'.
1251 struct ParamInfo {
1252 IdentifierInfo *Ident;
1253 SourceLocation IdentLoc;
1254 Decl *Param;
1255
1256 /// DefaultArgTokens - When the parameter's default argument
1257 /// cannot be parsed immediately (because it occurs within the
1258 /// declaration of a member function), it will be stored here as a
1259 /// sequence of tokens to be parsed once the class definition is
1260 /// complete. Non-NULL indicates that there is a default argument.
1261 std::unique_ptr<CachedTokens> DefaultArgTokens;
1262
1263 ParamInfo() = default;
1264 ParamInfo(IdentifierInfo *ident, SourceLocation iloc,
1265 Decl *param,
1266 std::unique_ptr<CachedTokens> DefArgTokens = nullptr)
1267 : Ident(ident), IdentLoc(iloc), Param(param),
1268 DefaultArgTokens(std::move(DefArgTokens)) {}
1269 };
1270
1271 struct TypeAndRange {
1272 ParsedType Ty;
1273 SourceRange Range;
1274 };
1275
1276 struct FunctionTypeInfo {
1277 /// hasPrototype - This is true if the function had at least one typed
1278 /// parameter. If the function is () or (a,b,c), then it has no prototype,
1279 /// and is treated as a K&R-style function.
1280 unsigned hasPrototype : 1;
1281
1282 /// isVariadic - If this function has a prototype, and if that
1283 /// proto ends with ',...)', this is true. When true, EllipsisLoc
1284 /// contains the location of the ellipsis.
1285 unsigned isVariadic : 1;
1286
1287 /// Can this declaration be a constructor-style initializer?
1288 unsigned isAmbiguous : 1;
1289
1290 /// Whether the ref-qualifier (if any) is an lvalue reference.
1291 /// Otherwise, it's an rvalue reference.
1292 unsigned RefQualifierIsLValueRef : 1;
1293
1294 /// ExceptionSpecType - An ExceptionSpecificationType value.
1295 unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;
1296
1297 /// DeleteParams - If this is true, we need to delete[] Params.
1298 unsigned DeleteParams : 1;
1299
1300 /// HasTrailingReturnType - If this is true, a trailing return type was
1301 /// specified.
1302 unsigned HasTrailingReturnType : 1;
1303
1304 /// The location of the left parenthesis in the source.
1305 SourceLocation LParenLoc;
1306
1307 /// When isVariadic is true, the location of the ellipsis in the source.
1308 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
1309
1310 /// The location of the right parenthesis in the source.
1311 SourceLocation RParenLoc;
1312
1313 /// NumParams - This is the number of formal parameters specified by the
1314 /// declarator.
1315 unsigned NumParams;
1316
1317 /// NumExceptionsOrDecls - This is the number of types in the
1318 /// dynamic-exception-decl, if the function has one. In C, this is the
1319 /// number of declarations in the function prototype.
1320 unsigned NumExceptionsOrDecls;
1321
1322 /// The location of the ref-qualifier, if any.
1323 ///
1324 /// If this is an invalid location, there is no ref-qualifier.
1325 SourceLocation RefQualifierLoc;
1326
1327 /// The location of the 'mutable' qualifer in a lambda-declarator, if
1328 /// any.
1329 SourceLocation MutableLoc;
1330
1331 /// The beginning location of the exception specification, if any.
1332 SourceLocation ExceptionSpecLocBeg;
1333
1334 /// The end location of the exception specification, if any.
1335 SourceLocation ExceptionSpecLocEnd;
1336
1337 /// Params - This is a pointer to a new[]'d array of ParamInfo objects that
1338 /// describe the parameters specified by this function declarator. null if
1339 /// there are no parameters specified.
1340 ParamInfo *Params;
1341
1342 /// DeclSpec for the function with the qualifier related info.
1343 DeclSpec *MethodQualifiers;
1344
1345 /// AtttibuteFactory for the MethodQualifiers.
1346 AttributeFactory *QualAttrFactory;
1347
1348 union {
1349 /// Pointer to a new[]'d array of TypeAndRange objects that
1350 /// contain the types in the function's dynamic exception specification
1351 /// and their locations, if there is one.
1352 TypeAndRange *Exceptions;
1353
1354 /// Pointer to the expression in the noexcept-specifier of this
1355 /// function, if it has one.
1356 Expr *NoexceptExpr;
1357
1358 /// Pointer to the cached tokens for an exception-specification
1359 /// that has not yet been parsed.
1360 CachedTokens *ExceptionSpecTokens;
1361
1362 /// Pointer to a new[]'d array of declarations that need to be available
1363 /// for lookup inside the function body, if one exists. Does not exist in
1364 /// C++.
1365 NamedDecl **DeclsInPrototype;
1366 };
1367
1368 /// If HasTrailingReturnType is true, this is the trailing return
1369 /// type specified.
1370 UnionParsedType TrailingReturnType;
1371
1372 /// If HasTrailingReturnType is true, this is the location of the trailing
1373 /// return type.
1374 SourceLocation TrailingReturnTypeLoc;
1375
1376 /// Reset the parameter list to having zero parameters.
1377 ///
1378 /// This is used in various places for error recovery.
1379 void freeParams() {
1380 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumParams; ++I)
1381 Params[I].DefaultArgTokens.reset();
1382 if (DeleteParams) {
1383 delete[] Params;
1384 DeleteParams = false;
1385 }
1386 NumParams = 0;
1387 }
1388
1389 void destroy() {
1390 freeParams();
1391 delete QualAttrFactory;
1392 delete MethodQualifiers;
1393 switch (getExceptionSpecType()) {
1394 default:
1395 break;
1396 case EST_Dynamic:
1397 delete[] Exceptions;
1398 break;
1399 case EST_Unparsed:
1400 delete ExceptionSpecTokens;
1401 break;
1402 case EST_None:
1403 if (NumExceptionsOrDecls != 0)
1404 delete[] DeclsInPrototype;
1405 break;
1406 }
1407 }
1408
1409 DeclSpec &getOrCreateMethodQualifiers() {
1410 if (!MethodQualifiers) {
1411 QualAttrFactory = new AttributeFactory();
1412 MethodQualifiers = new DeclSpec(*QualAttrFactory);
1413 }
1414 return *MethodQualifiers;
1415 }
1416
1417 /// isKNRPrototype - Return true if this is a K&R style identifier list,
1418 /// like "void foo(a,b,c)". In a function definition, this will be followed
1419 /// by the parameter type definitions.
1420 bool isKNRPrototype() const { return !hasPrototype && NumParams != 0; }
1421
1422 SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
1423
1424 SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; }
1425
1426 SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
1427
1428 SourceLocation getExceptionSpecLocBeg() const {
1429 return ExceptionSpecLocBeg;
1430 }
1431
1432 SourceLocation getExceptionSpecLocEnd() const {
1433 return ExceptionSpecLocEnd;
1434 }
1435
1436 SourceRange getExceptionSpecRange() const {
1437 return SourceRange(getExceptionSpecLocBeg(), getExceptionSpecLocEnd());
1438 }
1439
1440 /// Retrieve the location of the ref-qualifier, if any.
1441 SourceLocation getRefQualifierLoc() const { return RefQualifierLoc; }
1442
1443 /// Retrieve the location of the 'const' qualifier.
1444 SourceLocation getConstQualifierLoc() const {
1445 assert(MethodQualifiers)((void)0);
1446 return MethodQualifiers->getConstSpecLoc();
1447 }
1448
1449 /// Retrieve the location of the 'volatile' qualifier.
1450 SourceLocation getVolatileQualifierLoc() const {
1451 assert(MethodQualifiers)((void)0);
1452 return MethodQualifiers->getVolatileSpecLoc();
1453 }
1454
1455 /// Retrieve the location of the 'restrict' qualifier.
1456 SourceLocation getRestrictQualifierLoc() const {
1457 assert(MethodQualifiers)((void)0);
1458 return MethodQualifiers->getRestrictSpecLoc();
1459 }
1460
1461 /// Retrieve the location of the 'mutable' qualifier, if any.
1462 SourceLocation getMutableLoc() const { return MutableLoc; }
1463
1464 /// Determine whether this function declaration contains a
1465 /// ref-qualifier.
1466 bool hasRefQualifier() const { return getRefQualifierLoc().isValid(); }
1467
1468 /// Determine whether this lambda-declarator contains a 'mutable'
1469 /// qualifier.
1470 bool hasMutableQualifier() const { return getMutableLoc().isValid(); }
1471
1472 /// Determine whether this method has qualifiers.
1473 bool hasMethodTypeQualifiers() const {
1474 return MethodQualifiers && (MethodQualifiers->getTypeQualifiers() ||
1475 MethodQualifiers->getAttributes().size());
1476 }
1477
1478 /// Get the type of exception specification this function has.
1479 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
1480 return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(ExceptionSpecType);
1481 }
1482
1483 /// Get the number of dynamic exception specifications.
1484 unsigned getNumExceptions() const {
1485 assert(ExceptionSpecType != EST_None)((void)0);
1486 return NumExceptionsOrDecls;
1487 }
1488
1489 /// Get the non-parameter decls defined within this function
1490 /// prototype. Typically these are tag declarations.
1491 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> getDeclsInPrototype() const {
1492 assert(ExceptionSpecType == EST_None)((void)0);
1493 return llvm::makeArrayRef(DeclsInPrototype, NumExceptionsOrDecls);
1494 }
1495
1496 /// Determine whether this function declarator had a
1497 /// trailing-return-type.
1498 bool hasTrailingReturnType() const { return HasTrailingReturnType; }
1499
1500 /// Get the trailing-return-type for this function declarator.
1501 ParsedType getTrailingReturnType() const {
1502 assert(HasTrailingReturnType)((void)0);
1503 return TrailingReturnType;
1504 }
1505
1506 /// Get the trailing-return-type location for this function declarator.
1507 SourceLocation getTrailingReturnTypeLoc() const {
1508 assert(HasTrailingReturnType)((void)0);
1509 return TrailingReturnTypeLoc;
1510 }
1511 };
1512
1513 struct BlockPointerTypeInfo {
1514 /// For now, sema will catch these as invalid.
1515 /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict/__unaligned/_Atomic.
1516 unsigned TypeQuals : 5;
1517
1518 void destroy() {
1519 }
1520 };
1521
1522 struct MemberPointerTypeInfo {
1523 /// The type qualifiers: const/volatile/restrict/__unaligned/_Atomic.
1524 unsigned TypeQuals : 5;
1525 /// Location of the '*' token.
1526 SourceLocation StarLoc;
1527 // CXXScopeSpec has a constructor, so it can't be a direct member.
1528 // So we need some pointer-aligned storage and a bit of trickery.
1529 alignas(CXXScopeSpec) char ScopeMem[sizeof(CXXScopeSpec)];
1530 CXXScopeSpec &Scope() {
1531 return *reinterpret_cast<CXXScopeSpec *>(ScopeMem);
1532 }
1533 const CXXScopeSpec &Scope() const {
1534 return *reinterpret_cast<const CXXScopeSpec *>(ScopeMem);
1535 }
1536 void destroy() {
1537 Scope().~CXXScopeSpec();
1538 }
1539 };
1540
1541 struct PipeTypeInfo {
1542 /// The access writes.
1543 unsigned AccessWrites : 3;
1544
1545 void destroy() {}
1546 };
1547
1548 union {
1549 PointerTypeInfo Ptr;
1550 ReferenceTypeInfo Ref;
1551 ArrayTypeInfo Arr;
1552 FunctionTypeInfo Fun;
1553 BlockPointerTypeInfo Cls;
1554 MemberPointerTypeInfo Mem;
1555 PipeTypeInfo PipeInfo;
1556 };
1557
1558 void destroy() {
1559 switch (Kind) {
1560 case DeclaratorChunk::Function: return Fun.destroy();
1561 case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: return Ptr.destroy();
1562 case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: return Cls.destroy();
1563 case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: return Ref.destroy();
1564 case DeclaratorChunk::Array: return Arr.destroy();
1565 case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: return Mem.destroy();
1566 case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: return;
1567 case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: return PipeInfo.destroy();
1568 }
1569 }
1570
1571 /// If there are attributes applied to this declaratorchunk, return
1572 /// them.
1573 const ParsedAttributesView &getAttrs() const { return AttrList; }
1574 ParsedAttributesView &getAttrs() { return AttrList; }
1575
1576 /// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a pointer.
1577 static DeclaratorChunk getPointer(unsigned TypeQuals, SourceLocation Loc,
1578 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc,
1579 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc,
1580 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc,
1581 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc,
1582 SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc) {
1583 DeclaratorChunk I;
1584 I.Kind = Pointer;
1585 I.Loc = Loc;
1586 new (&I.Ptr) PointerTypeInfo;
1587 I.Ptr.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
1588 I.Ptr.ConstQualLoc = ConstQualLoc;
1589 I.Ptr.VolatileQualLoc = VolatileQualLoc;
1590 I.Ptr.RestrictQualLoc = RestrictQualLoc;
1591 I.Ptr.AtomicQualLoc = AtomicQualLoc;
1592 I.Ptr.UnalignedQualLoc = UnalignedQualLoc;
1593 return I;
1594 }
1595
1596 /// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a reference.
1597 static DeclaratorChunk getReference(unsigned TypeQuals, SourceLocation Loc,
1598 bool lvalue) {
1599 DeclaratorChunk I;
1600 I.Kind = Reference;
1601 I.Loc = Loc;
1602 I.Ref.HasRestrict = (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) != 0;
1603 I.Ref.LValueRef = lvalue;
1604 return I;
1605 }
1606
1607 /// Return a DeclaratorChunk for an array.
1608 static DeclaratorChunk getArray(unsigned TypeQuals,
1609 bool isStatic, bool isStar, Expr *NumElts,
1610 SourceLocation LBLoc, SourceLocation RBLoc) {
1611 DeclaratorChunk I;
1612 I.Kind = Array;
1613 I.Loc = LBLoc;
1614 I.EndLoc = RBLoc;
1615 I.Arr.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
1616 I.Arr.hasStatic = isStatic;
1617 I.Arr.isStar = isStar;
1618 I.Arr.NumElts = NumElts;
1619 return I;
1620 }
1621
1622 /// DeclaratorChunk::getFunction - Return a DeclaratorChunk for a function.
1623 /// "TheDeclarator" is the declarator that this will be added to.
1624 static DeclaratorChunk getFunction(bool HasProto,
1625 bool IsAmbiguous,
1626 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1627 ParamInfo *Params, unsigned NumParams,
1628 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
1629 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1630 bool RefQualifierIsLvalueRef,
1631 SourceLocation RefQualifierLoc,
1632 SourceLocation MutableLoc,
1633 ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType,
1634 SourceRange ESpecRange,
1635 ParsedType *Exceptions,
1636 SourceRange *ExceptionRanges,
1637 unsigned NumExceptions,
1638 Expr *NoexceptExpr,
1639 CachedTokens *ExceptionSpecTokens,
1640 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> DeclsInPrototype,
1641 SourceLocation LocalRangeBegin,
1642 SourceLocation LocalRangeEnd,
1643 Declarator &TheDeclarator,
1644 TypeResult TrailingReturnType =
1645 TypeResult(),
1646 SourceLocation TrailingReturnTypeLoc =
1647 SourceLocation(),
1648 DeclSpec *MethodQualifiers = nullptr);
1649
1650 /// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a block.
1651 static DeclaratorChunk getBlockPointer(unsigned TypeQuals,
1652 SourceLocation Loc) {
1653 DeclaratorChunk I;
1654 I.Kind = BlockPointer;
1655 I.Loc = Loc;
1656 I.Cls.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
1657 return I;
1658 }
1659
1660 /// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a block.
1661 static DeclaratorChunk getPipe(unsigned TypeQuals,
1662 SourceLocation Loc) {
1663 DeclaratorChunk I;
1664 I.Kind = Pipe;
1665 I.Loc = Loc;
1666 I.Cls.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
1667 return I;
1668 }
1669
1670 static DeclaratorChunk getMemberPointer(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1671 unsigned TypeQuals,
1672 SourceLocation StarLoc,
1673 SourceLocation EndLoc) {
1674 DeclaratorChunk I;
1675 I.Kind = MemberPointer;
1676 I.Loc = SS.getBeginLoc();
1677 I.EndLoc = EndLoc;
1678 new (&I.Mem) MemberPointerTypeInfo;
1679 I.Mem.StarLoc = StarLoc;
1680 I.Mem.TypeQuals = TypeQuals;
1681 new (I.Mem.ScopeMem) CXXScopeSpec(SS);
1682 return I;
1683 }
1684
1685 /// Return a DeclaratorChunk for a paren.
1686 static DeclaratorChunk getParen(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1687 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1688 DeclaratorChunk I;
1689 I.Kind = Paren;
1690 I.Loc = LParenLoc;
1691 I.EndLoc = RParenLoc;
1692 return I;
1693 }
1694
1695 bool isParen() const {
1696 return Kind == Paren;
1697 }
1698};
1699
1700/// A parsed C++17 decomposition declarator of the form
1701/// '[' identifier-list ']'
1702class DecompositionDeclarator {
1703public:
1704 struct Binding {
1705 IdentifierInfo *Name;
1706 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1707 };
1708
1709private:
1710 /// The locations of the '[' and ']' tokens.
1711 SourceLocation LSquareLoc, RSquareLoc;
1712
1713 /// The bindings.
1714 Binding *Bindings;
1715 unsigned NumBindings : 31;
1716 unsigned DeleteBindings : 1;
1717
1718 friend class Declarator;
1719
1720public:
1721 DecompositionDeclarator()
1722 : Bindings(nullptr), NumBindings(0), DeleteBindings(false) {}
1723 DecompositionDeclarator(const DecompositionDeclarator &G) = delete;
1724 DecompositionDeclarator &operator=(const DecompositionDeclarator &G) = delete;
1725 ~DecompositionDeclarator() {
1726 if (DeleteBindings)
1727 delete[] Bindings;
1728 }
1729
1730 void clear() {
1731 LSquareLoc = RSquareLoc = SourceLocation();
1732 if (DeleteBindings)
1733 delete[] Bindings;
1734 Bindings = nullptr;
1735 NumBindings = 0;
1736 DeleteBindings = false;
1737 }
1738
1739 ArrayRef<Binding> bindings() const {
1740 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Bindings, NumBindings);
1741 }
1742
1743 bool isSet() const { return LSquareLoc.isValid(); }
6
Calling 'SourceLocation::isValid'
9
Returning from 'SourceLocation::isValid'
10
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later
1744
1745 SourceLocation getLSquareLoc() const { return LSquareLoc; }
1746 SourceLocation getRSquareLoc() const { return RSquareLoc; }
1747 SourceRange getSourceRange() const {
1748 return SourceRange(LSquareLoc, RSquareLoc);
1749 }
1750};
1751
1752/// Described the kind of function definition (if any) provided for
1753/// a function.
1754enum class FunctionDefinitionKind {
1755 Declaration,
1756 Definition,
1757 Defaulted,
1758 Deleted
1759};
1760
1761enum class DeclaratorContext {
1762 File, // File scope declaration.
1763 Prototype, // Within a function prototype.
1764 ObjCResult, // An ObjC method result type.
1765 ObjCParameter, // An ObjC method parameter type.
1766 KNRTypeList, // K&R type definition list for formals.
1767 TypeName, // Abstract declarator for types.
1768 FunctionalCast, // Type in a C++ functional cast expression.
1769 Member, // Struct/Union field.
1770 Block, // Declaration within a block in a function.
1771 ForInit, // Declaration within first part of a for loop.
1772 SelectionInit, // Declaration within optional init stmt of if/switch.
1773 Condition, // Condition declaration in a C++ if/switch/while/for.
1774 TemplateParam, // Within a template parameter list.
1775 CXXNew, // C++ new-expression.
1776 CXXCatch, // C++ catch exception-declaration
1777 ObjCCatch, // Objective-C catch exception-declaration
1778 BlockLiteral, // Block literal declarator.
1779 LambdaExpr, // Lambda-expression declarator.
1780 LambdaExprParameter, // Lambda-expression parameter declarator.
1781 ConversionId, // C++ conversion-type-id.
1782 TrailingReturn, // C++11 trailing-type-specifier.
1783 TrailingReturnVar, // C++11 trailing-type-specifier for variable.
1784 TemplateArg, // Any template argument (in template argument list).
1785 TemplateTypeArg, // Template type argument (in default argument).
1786 AliasDecl, // C++11 alias-declaration.
1787 AliasTemplate, // C++11 alias-declaration template.
1788 RequiresExpr // C++2a requires-expression.
1789};
1790
1791/// Information about one declarator, including the parsed type
1792/// information and the identifier.
1793///
1794/// When the declarator is fully formed, this is turned into the appropriate
1795/// Decl object.
1796///
1797/// Declarators come in two types: normal declarators and abstract declarators.
1798/// Abstract declarators are used when parsing types, and don't have an
1799/// identifier. Normal declarators do have ID's.
1800///
1801/// Instances of this class should be a transient object that lives on the
1802/// stack, not objects that are allocated in large quantities on the heap.
1803class Declarator {
1804
1805private:
1806 const DeclSpec &DS;
1807 CXXScopeSpec SS;
1808 UnqualifiedId Name;
1809 SourceRange Range;
1810
1811 /// Where we are parsing this declarator.
1812 DeclaratorContext Context;
1813
1814 /// The C++17 structured binding, if any. This is an alternative to a Name.
1815 DecompositionDeclarator BindingGroup;
1816
1817 /// DeclTypeInfo - This holds each type that the declarator includes as it is
1818 /// parsed. This is pushed from the identifier out, which means that element
1819 /// #0 will be the most closely bound to the identifier, and
1820 /// DeclTypeInfo.back() will be the least closely bound.
1821 SmallVector<DeclaratorChunk, 8> DeclTypeInfo;
1822
1823 /// InvalidType - Set by Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator().
1824 unsigned InvalidType : 1;
1825
1826 /// GroupingParens - Set by Parser::ParseParenDeclarator().
1827 unsigned GroupingParens : 1;
1828
1829 /// FunctionDefinition - Is this Declarator for a function or member
1830 /// definition and, if so, what kind?
1831 ///
1832 /// Actually a FunctionDefinitionKind.
1833 unsigned FunctionDefinition : 2;
1834
1835 /// Is this Declarator a redeclaration?
1836 unsigned Redeclaration : 1;
1837
1838 /// true if the declaration is preceded by \c __extension__.
1839 unsigned Extension : 1;
1840
1841 /// Indicates whether this is an Objective-C instance variable.
1842 unsigned ObjCIvar : 1;
1843
1844 /// Indicates whether this is an Objective-C 'weak' property.
1845 unsigned ObjCWeakProperty : 1;
1846
1847 /// Indicates whether the InlineParams / InlineBindings storage has been used.
1848 unsigned InlineStorageUsed : 1;
1849
1850 /// Indicates whether this declarator has an initializer.
1851 unsigned HasInitializer : 1;
1852
1853 /// Attrs - Attributes.
1854 ParsedAttributes Attrs;
1855
1856 /// The asm label, if specified.
1857 Expr *AsmLabel;
1858
1859 /// \brief The constraint-expression specified by the trailing
1860 /// requires-clause, or null if no such clause was specified.
1861 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause;
1862
1863 /// If this declarator declares a template, its template parameter lists.
1864 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TemplateParameterLists;
1865
1866 /// If the declarator declares an abbreviated function template, the innermost
1867 /// template parameter list containing the invented and explicit template
1868 /// parameters (if any).
1869 TemplateParameterList *InventedTemplateParameterList;
1870
1871#ifndef _MSC_VER
1872 union {
1873#endif
1874 /// InlineParams - This is a local array used for the first function decl
1875 /// chunk to avoid going to the heap for the common case when we have one
1876 /// function chunk in the declarator.
1877 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo InlineParams[16];
1878 DecompositionDeclarator::Binding InlineBindings[16];
1879#ifndef _MSC_VER
1880 };
1881#endif
1882
1883 /// If this is the second or subsequent declarator in this declaration,
1884 /// the location of the comma before this declarator.
1885 SourceLocation CommaLoc;
1886
1887 /// If provided, the source location of the ellipsis used to describe
1888 /// this declarator as a parameter pack.
1889 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
1890
1891 friend struct DeclaratorChunk;
1892
1893public:
1894 Declarator(const DeclSpec &ds, DeclaratorContext C)
1895 : DS(ds), Range(ds.getSourceRange()), Context(C),
1896 InvalidType(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error),
1897 GroupingParens(false), FunctionDefinition(static_cast<unsigned>(
1898 FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration)),
1899 Redeclaration(false), Extension(false), ObjCIvar(false),
1900 ObjCWeakProperty(false), InlineStorageUsed(false),
1901 HasInitializer(false), Attrs(ds.getAttributePool().getFactory()),
1902 AsmLabel(nullptr), TrailingRequiresClause(nullptr),
1903 InventedTemplateParameterList(nullptr) {}
1904
1905 ~Declarator() {
1906 clear();
1907 }
1908 /// getDeclSpec - Return the declaration-specifier that this declarator was
1909 /// declared with.
1910 const DeclSpec &getDeclSpec() const { return DS; }
1911
1912 /// getMutableDeclSpec - Return a non-const version of the DeclSpec. This
1913 /// should be used with extreme care: declspecs can often be shared between
1914 /// multiple declarators, so mutating the DeclSpec affects all of the
1915 /// Declarators. This should only be done when the declspec is known to not
1916 /// be shared or when in error recovery etc.
1917 DeclSpec &getMutableDeclSpec() { return const_cast<DeclSpec &>(DS); }
1918
1919 AttributePool &getAttributePool() const {
1920 return Attrs.getPool();
1921 }
1922
1923 /// getCXXScopeSpec - Return the C++ scope specifier (global scope or
1924 /// nested-name-specifier) that is part of the declarator-id.
1925 const CXXScopeSpec &getCXXScopeSpec() const { return SS; }
1926 CXXScopeSpec &getCXXScopeSpec() { return SS; }
1927
1928 /// Retrieve the name specified by this declarator.
1929 UnqualifiedId &getName() { return Name; }
1930
1931 const DecompositionDeclarator &getDecompositionDeclarator() const {
1932 return BindingGroup;
1933 }
1934
1935 DeclaratorContext getContext() const { return Context; }
1936
1937 bool isPrototypeContext() const {
1938 return (Context == DeclaratorContext::Prototype ||
1939 Context == DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter ||
1940 Context == DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult ||
1941 Context == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter);
1942 }
1943
1944 /// Get the source range that spans this declarator.
1945 SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; }
1946 SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); }
1947 SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); }
1948
1949 void SetSourceRange(SourceRange R) { Range = R; }
1950 /// SetRangeBegin - Set the start of the source range to Loc, unless it's
1951 /// invalid.
1952 void SetRangeBegin(SourceLocation Loc) {
1953 if (!Loc.isInvalid())
1954 Range.setBegin(Loc);
1955 }
1956 /// SetRangeEnd - Set the end of the source range to Loc, unless it's invalid.
1957 void SetRangeEnd(SourceLocation Loc) {
1958 if (!Loc.isInvalid())
1959 Range.setEnd(Loc);
1960 }
1961 /// ExtendWithDeclSpec - Extend the declarator source range to include the
1962 /// given declspec, unless its location is invalid. Adopts the range start if
1963 /// the current range start is invalid.
1964 void ExtendWithDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS) {
1965 SourceRange SR = DS.getSourceRange();
1966 if (Range.getBegin().isInvalid())
1967 Range.setBegin(SR.getBegin());
1968 if (!SR.getEnd().isInvalid())
1969 Range.setEnd(SR.getEnd());
1970 }
1971
1972 /// Reset the contents of this Declarator.
1973 void clear() {
1974 SS.clear();
1975 Name.clear();
1976 Range = DS.getSourceRange();
1977 BindingGroup.clear();
1978
1979 for (unsigned i = 0, e = DeclTypeInfo.size(); i != e; ++i)
1980 DeclTypeInfo[i].destroy();
1981 DeclTypeInfo.clear();
1982 Attrs.clear();
1983 AsmLabel = nullptr;
1984 InlineStorageUsed = false;
1985 HasInitializer = false;
1986 ObjCIvar = false;
1987 ObjCWeakProperty = false;
1988 CommaLoc = SourceLocation();
1989 EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation();
1990 }
1991
1992 /// mayOmitIdentifier - Return true if the identifier is either optional or
1993 /// not allowed. This is true for typenames, prototypes, and template
1994 /// parameter lists.
1995 bool mayOmitIdentifier() const {
1996 switch (Context) {
1997 case DeclaratorContext::File:
1998 case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList:
1999 case DeclaratorContext::Member:
2000 case DeclaratorContext::Block:
2001 case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
2002 case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
2003 case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
2004 return false;
2005
2006 case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
2007 case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast:
2008 case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
2009 case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
2010 case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
2011 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter:
2012 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter:
2013 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:
2014 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
2015 case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
2016 case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
2017 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
2018 case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
2019 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
2020 case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
2021 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
2022 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
2023 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
2024 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
2025 case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
2026 return true;
2027 }
2028 llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")__builtin_unreachable();
2029 }
2030
2031 /// mayHaveIdentifier - Return true if the identifier is either optional or
2032 /// required. This is true for normal declarators and prototypes, but not
2033 /// typenames.
2034 bool mayHaveIdentifier() const {
2035 switch (Context) {
2036 case DeclaratorContext::File:
2037 case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList:
2038 case DeclaratorContext::Member:
2039 case DeclaratorContext::Block:
2040 case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
2041 case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
2042 case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
2043 case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
2044 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter:
2045 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
2046 case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
2047 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
2048 case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
2049 return true;
2050
2051 case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
2052 case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast:
2053 case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
2054 case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
2055 case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
2056 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter:
2057 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:
2058 case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
2059 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
2060 case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
2061 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
2062 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
2063 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
2064 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
2065 return false;
2066 }
2067 llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")__builtin_unreachable();
2068 }
2069
2070 /// Return true if the context permits a C++17 decomposition declarator.
2071 bool mayHaveDecompositionDeclarator() const {
2072 switch (Context) {
2073 case DeclaratorContext::File:
2074 // FIXME: It's not clear that the proposal meant to allow file-scope
2075 // structured bindings, but it does.
2076 case DeclaratorContext::Block:
2077 case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
2078 case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
2079 case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
2080 return true;
2081
2082 case DeclaratorContext::Member:
2083 case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
2084 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
2085 case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
2086 // Maybe one day...
2087 return false;
2088
2089 // These contexts don't allow any kind of non-abstract declarator.
2090 case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList:
2091 case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
2092 case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast:
2093 case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
2094 case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
2095 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter:
2096 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter:
2097 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:
2098 case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
2099 case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
2100 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
2101 case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
2102 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
2103 case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
2104 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
2105 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
2106 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
2107 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
2108 return false;
2109 }
2110 llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")__builtin_unreachable();
2111 }
2112
2113 /// mayBeFollowedByCXXDirectInit - Return true if the declarator can be
2114 /// followed by a C++ direct initializer, e.g. "int x(1);".
2115 bool mayBeFollowedByCXXDirectInit() const {
2116 if (hasGroupingParens()) return false;
2117
2118 if (getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2119 return false;
2120
2121 if (getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern &&
2122 Context != DeclaratorContext::File)
2123 return false;
2124
2125 // Special names can't have direct initializers.
2126 if (Name.getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier)
2127 return false;
2128
2129 switch (Context) {
2130 case DeclaratorContext::File:
2131 case DeclaratorContext::Block:
2132 case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
2133 case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
2134 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
2135 return true;
2136
2137 case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
2138 // This may not be followed by a direct initializer, but it can't be a
2139 // function declaration either, and we'd prefer to perform a tentative
2140 // parse in order to produce the right diagnostic.
2141 return true;
2142
2143 case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList:
2144 case DeclaratorContext::Member:
2145 case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
2146 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter:
2147 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter:
2148 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:
2149 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
2150 case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
2151 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
2152 case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
2153 case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast: // FIXME
2154 case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
2155 case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
2156 case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
2157 case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
2158 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
2159 case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
2160 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
2161 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
2162 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
2163 case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
2164 return false;
2165 }
2166 llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")__builtin_unreachable();
2167 }
2168
2169 /// isPastIdentifier - Return true if we have parsed beyond the point where
2170 /// the name would appear. (This may happen even if we haven't actually parsed
2171 /// a name, perhaps because this context doesn't require one.)
2172 bool isPastIdentifier() const { return Name.isValid(); }
2173
2174 /// hasName - Whether this declarator has a name, which might be an
2175 /// identifier (accessible via getIdentifier()) or some kind of
2176 /// special C++ name (constructor, destructor, etc.), or a structured
2177 /// binding (which is not exactly a name, but occupies the same position).
2178 bool hasName() const {
2179 return Name.getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier ||
2180 Name.Identifier || isDecompositionDeclarator();
2181 }
2182
2183 /// Return whether this declarator is a decomposition declarator.
2184 bool isDecompositionDeclarator() const {
2185 return BindingGroup.isSet();
5
Calling 'DecompositionDeclarator::isSet'
11
Returning from 'DecompositionDeclarator::isSet'
12
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later
2186 }
2187
2188 IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
2189 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier)
16
Assuming the condition is false
17
Taking false branch
2190 return Name.Identifier;
2191
2192 return nullptr;
18
Returning null pointer, which participates in a condition later
2193 }
2194 SourceLocation getIdentifierLoc() const { return Name.StartLocation; }
2195
2196 /// Set the name of this declarator to be the given identifier.
2197 void SetIdentifier(IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation IdLoc) {
2198 Name.setIdentifier(Id, IdLoc);
2199 }
2200
2201 /// Set the decomposition bindings for this declarator.
2202 void
2203 setDecompositionBindings(SourceLocation LSquareLoc,
2204 ArrayRef<DecompositionDeclarator::Binding> Bindings,
2205 SourceLocation RSquareLoc);
2206
2207 /// AddTypeInfo - Add a chunk to this declarator. Also extend the range to
2208 /// EndLoc, which should be the last token of the chunk.
2209 /// This function takes attrs by R-Value reference because it takes ownership
2210 /// of those attributes from the parameter.
2211 void AddTypeInfo(const DeclaratorChunk &TI, ParsedAttributes &&attrs,
2212 SourceLocation EndLoc) {
2213 DeclTypeInfo.push_back(TI);
2214 DeclTypeInfo.back().getAttrs().addAll(attrs.begin(), attrs.end());
2215 getAttributePool().takeAllFrom(attrs.getPool());
2216
2217 if (!EndLoc.isInvalid())
2218 SetRangeEnd(EndLoc);
2219 }
2220
2221 /// AddTypeInfo - Add a chunk to this declarator. Also extend the range to
2222 /// EndLoc, which should be the last token of the chunk.
2223 void AddTypeInfo(const DeclaratorChunk &TI, SourceLocation EndLoc) {
2224 DeclTypeInfo.push_back(TI);
2225
2226 if (!EndLoc.isInvalid())
2227 SetRangeEnd(EndLoc);
2228 }
2229
2230 /// Add a new innermost chunk to this declarator.
2231 void AddInnermostTypeInfo(const DeclaratorChunk &TI) {
2232 DeclTypeInfo.insert(DeclTypeInfo.begin(), TI);
2233 }
2234
2235 /// Return the number of types applied to this declarator.
2236 unsigned getNumTypeObjects() const { return DeclTypeInfo.size(); }
2237
2238 /// Return the specified TypeInfo from this declarator. TypeInfo #0 is
2239 /// closest to the identifier.
2240 const DeclaratorChunk &getTypeObject(unsigned i) const {
2241 assert(i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && "Invalid type chunk")((void)0);
2242 return DeclTypeInfo[i];
2243 }
2244 DeclaratorChunk &getTypeObject(unsigned i) {
2245 assert(i < DeclTypeInfo.size() && "Invalid type chunk")((void)0);
2246 return DeclTypeInfo[i];
2247 }
2248
2249 typedef SmallVectorImpl<DeclaratorChunk>::const_iterator type_object_iterator;
2250 typedef llvm::iterator_range<type_object_iterator> type_object_range;
2251
2252 /// Returns the range of type objects, from the identifier outwards.
2253 type_object_range type_objects() const {
2254 return type_object_range(DeclTypeInfo.begin(), DeclTypeInfo.end());
2255 }
2256
2257 void DropFirstTypeObject() {
2258 assert(!DeclTypeInfo.empty() && "No type chunks to drop.")((void)0);
2259 DeclTypeInfo.front().destroy();
2260 DeclTypeInfo.erase(DeclTypeInfo.begin());
2261 }
2262
2263 /// Return the innermost (closest to the declarator) chunk of this
2264 /// declarator that is not a parens chunk, or null if there are no
2265 /// non-parens chunks.
2266 const DeclaratorChunk *getInnermostNonParenChunk() const {
2267 for (unsigned i = 0, i_end = DeclTypeInfo.size(); i < i_end; ++i) {
2268 if (!DeclTypeInfo[i].isParen())
2269 return &DeclTypeInfo[i];
2270 }
2271 return nullptr;
2272 }
2273
2274 /// Return the outermost (furthest from the declarator) chunk of
2275 /// this declarator that is not a parens chunk, or null if there are
2276 /// no non-parens chunks.
2277 const DeclaratorChunk *getOutermostNonParenChunk() const {
2278 for (unsigned i = DeclTypeInfo.size(), i_end = 0; i != i_end; --i) {
2279 if (!DeclTypeInfo[i-1].isParen())
2280 return &DeclTypeInfo[i-1];
2281 }
2282 return nullptr;
2283 }
2284
2285 /// isArrayOfUnknownBound - This method returns true if the declarator
2286 /// is a declarator for an array of unknown bound (looking through
2287 /// parentheses).
2288 bool isArrayOfUnknownBound() const {
2289 const DeclaratorChunk *chunk = getInnermostNonParenChunk();
2290 return (chunk && chunk->Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array &&
2291 !chunk->Arr.NumElts);
2292 }
2293
2294 /// isFunctionDeclarator - This method returns true if the declarator
2295 /// is a function declarator (looking through parentheses).
2296 /// If true is returned, then the reference type parameter idx is
2297 /// assigned with the index of the declaration chunk.
2298 bool isFunctionDeclarator(unsigned& idx) const {
2299 for (unsigned i = 0, i_end = DeclTypeInfo.size(); i < i_end; ++i) {
2300 switch (DeclTypeInfo[i].Kind) {
2301 case DeclaratorChunk::Function:
2302 idx = i;
2303 return true;
2304 case DeclaratorChunk::Paren:
2305 continue;
2306 case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer:
2307 case DeclaratorChunk::Reference:
2308 case DeclaratorChunk::Array:
2309 case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer:
2310 case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer:
2311 case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe:
2312 return false;
2313 }
2314 llvm_unreachable("Invalid type chunk")__builtin_unreachable();
2315 }
2316 return false;
2317 }
2318
2319 /// isFunctionDeclarator - Once this declarator is fully parsed and formed,
2320 /// this method returns true if the identifier is a function declarator
2321 /// (looking through parentheses).
2322 bool isFunctionDeclarator() const {
2323 unsigned index;
2324 return isFunctionDeclarator(index);
2325 }
2326
2327 /// getFunctionTypeInfo - Retrieves the function type info object
2328 /// (looking through parentheses).
2329 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &getFunctionTypeInfo() {
2330 assert(isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!")((void)0);
2331 unsigned index = 0;
2332 isFunctionDeclarator(index);
2333 return DeclTypeInfo[index].Fun;
2334 }
2335
2336 /// getFunctionTypeInfo - Retrieves the function type info object
2337 /// (looking through parentheses).
2338 const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &getFunctionTypeInfo() const {
2339 return const_cast<Declarator*>(this)->getFunctionTypeInfo();
2340 }
2341
2342 /// Determine whether the declaration that will be produced from
2343 /// this declaration will be a function.
2344 ///
2345 /// A declaration can declare a function even if the declarator itself
2346 /// isn't a function declarator, if the type specifier refers to a function
2347 /// type. This routine checks for both cases.
2348 bool isDeclarationOfFunction() const;
2349
2350 /// Return true if this declaration appears in a context where a
2351 /// function declarator would be a function declaration.
2352 bool isFunctionDeclarationContext() const {
2353 if (getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2354 return false;
2355
2356 switch (Context) {
2357 case DeclaratorContext::File:
2358 case DeclaratorContext::Member:
2359 case DeclaratorContext::Block:
2360 case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
2361 case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
2362 return true;
2363
2364 case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
2365 case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList:
2366 case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
2367 case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast:
2368 case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
2369 case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
2370 case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
2371 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter:
2372 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter:
2373 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:
2374 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
2375 case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
2376 case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
2377 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
2378 case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
2379 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
2380 case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
2381 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
2382 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
2383 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
2384 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
2385 case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
2386 return false;
2387 }
2388 llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")__builtin_unreachable();
2389 }
2390
2391 /// Determine whether this declaration appears in a context where an
2392 /// expression could appear.
2393 bool isExpressionContext() const {
2394 switch (Context) {
2395 case DeclaratorContext::File:
2396 case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList:
2397 case DeclaratorContext::Member:
2398
2399 // FIXME: sizeof(...) permits an expression.
2400 case DeclaratorContext::TypeName:
2401
2402 case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast:
2403 case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl:
2404 case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate:
2405 case DeclaratorContext::Prototype:
2406 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter:
2407 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter:
2408 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult:
2409 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam:
2410 case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew:
2411 case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch:
2412 case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch:
2413 case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral:
2414 case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr:
2415 case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId:
2416 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn:
2417 case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar:
2418 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg:
2419 case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr:
2420 return false;
2421
2422 case DeclaratorContext::Block:
2423 case DeclaratorContext::ForInit:
2424 case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit:
2425 case DeclaratorContext::Condition:
2426 case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg:
2427 return true;
2428 }
2429
2430 llvm_unreachable("unknown context kind!")__builtin_unreachable();
2431 }
2432
2433 /// Return true if a function declarator at this position would be a
2434 /// function declaration.
2435 bool isFunctionDeclaratorAFunctionDeclaration() const {
2436 if (!isFunctionDeclarationContext())
2437 return false;
2438
2439 for (unsigned I = 0, N = getNumTypeObjects(); I != N; ++I)
2440 if (getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren)
2441 return false;
2442
2443 return true;
2444 }
2445
2446 /// Determine whether a trailing return type was written (at any
2447 /// level) within this declarator.
2448 bool hasTrailingReturnType() const {
2449 for (const auto &Chunk : type_objects())
2450 if (Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
2451 Chunk.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType())
2452 return true;
2453 return false;
2454 }
2455 /// Get the trailing return type appearing (at any level) within this
2456 /// declarator.
2457 ParsedType getTrailingReturnType() const {
2458 for (const auto &Chunk : type_objects())
2459 if (Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
2460 Chunk.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType())
2461 return Chunk.Fun.getTrailingReturnType();
2462 return ParsedType();
2463 }
2464
2465 /// \brief Sets a trailing requires clause for this declarator.
2466 void setTrailingRequiresClause(Expr *TRC) {
2467 TrailingRequiresClause = TRC;
2468
2469 SetRangeEnd(TRC->getEndLoc());
2470 }
2471
2472 /// \brief Sets a trailing requires clause for this declarator.
2473 Expr *getTrailingRequiresClause() {
2474 return TrailingRequiresClause;
2475 }
2476
2477 /// \brief Determine whether a trailing requires clause was written in this
2478 /// declarator.
2479 bool hasTrailingRequiresClause() const {
2480 return TrailingRequiresClause != nullptr;
2481 }
2482
2483 /// Sets the template parameter lists that preceded the declarator.
2484 void setTemplateParameterLists(ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLs) {
2485 TemplateParameterLists = TPLs;
2486 }
2487
2488 /// The template parameter lists that preceded the declarator.
2489 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> getTemplateParameterLists() const {
2490 return TemplateParameterLists;
2491 }
2492
2493 /// Sets the template parameter list generated from the explicit template
2494 /// parameters along with any invented template parameters from
2495 /// placeholder-typed parameters.
2496 void setInventedTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *Invented) {
2497 InventedTemplateParameterList = Invented;
2498 }
2499
2500 /// The template parameter list generated from the explicit template
2501 /// parameters along with any invented template parameters from
2502 /// placeholder-typed parameters, if there were any such parameters.
2503 TemplateParameterList * getInventedTemplateParameterList() const {
2504 return InventedTemplateParameterList;
2505 }
2506
2507 /// takeAttributes - Takes attributes from the given parsed-attributes
2508 /// set and add them to this declarator.
2509 ///
2510 /// These examples both add 3 attributes to "var":
2511 /// short int var __attribute__((aligned(16),common,deprecated));
2512 /// short int x, __attribute__((aligned(16)) var
2513 /// __attribute__((common,deprecated));
2514 ///
2515 /// Also extends the range of the declarator.
2516 void takeAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs, SourceLocation lastLoc) {
2517 Attrs.takeAllFrom(attrs);
2518
2519 if (!lastLoc.isInvalid())
2520 SetRangeEnd(lastLoc);
2521 }
2522
2523 const ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() const { return Attrs; }
2524 ParsedAttributes &getAttributes() { return Attrs; }
2525
2526 /// hasAttributes - do we contain any attributes?
2527 bool hasAttributes() const {
2528 if (!getAttributes().empty() || getDeclSpec().hasAttributes())
2529 return true;
2530 for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i)
2531 if (!getTypeObject(i).getAttrs().empty())
2532 return true;
2533 return false;
2534 }
2535
2536 /// Return a source range list of C++11 attributes associated
2537 /// with the declarator.
2538 void getCXX11AttributeRanges(SmallVectorImpl<SourceRange> &Ranges) {
2539 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : Attrs)
2540 if (AL.isCXX11Attribute())
2541 Ranges.push_back(AL.getRange());
2542 }
2543
2544 void setAsmLabel(Expr *E) { AsmLabel = E; }
2545 Expr *getAsmLabel() const { return AsmLabel; }
2546
2547 void setExtension(bool Val = true) { Extension = Val; }
2548 bool getExtension() const { return Extension; }
2549
2550 void setObjCIvar(bool Val = true) { ObjCIvar = Val; }
2551 bool isObjCIvar() const { return ObjCIvar; }
2552
2553 void setObjCWeakProperty(bool Val = true) { ObjCWeakProperty = Val; }
2554 bool isObjCWeakProperty() const { return ObjCWeakProperty; }
2555
2556 void setInvalidType(bool Val = true) { InvalidType = Val; }
2557 bool isInvalidType() const {
2558 return InvalidType || DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error;
2559 }
2560
2561 void setGroupingParens(bool flag) { GroupingParens = flag; }
2562 bool hasGroupingParens() const { return GroupingParens; }
2563
2564 bool isFirstDeclarator() const { return !CommaLoc.isValid(); }
2565 SourceLocation getCommaLoc() const { return CommaLoc; }
2566 void setCommaLoc(SourceLocation CL) { CommaLoc = CL; }
2567
2568 bool hasEllipsis() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
2569 SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { return EllipsisLoc; }
2570 void setEllipsisLoc(SourceLocation EL) { EllipsisLoc = EL; }
2571
2572 void setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind Val) {
2573 FunctionDefinition = static_cast<unsigned>(Val);
2574 }
2575
2576 bool isFunctionDefinition() const {
2577 return getFunctionDefinitionKind() != FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration;
2578 }
2579
2580 FunctionDefinitionKind getFunctionDefinitionKind() const {
2581 return (FunctionDefinitionKind)FunctionDefinition;
2582 }
2583
2584 void setHasInitializer(bool Val = true) { HasInitializer = Val; }
2585 bool hasInitializer() const { return HasInitializer; }
2586
2587 /// Returns true if this declares a real member and not a friend.
2588 bool isFirstDeclarationOfMember() {
2589 return getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member &&
2590 !getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
2591 }
2592
2593 /// Returns true if this declares a static member. This cannot be called on a
2594 /// declarator outside of a MemberContext because we won't know until
2595 /// redeclaration time if the decl is static.
2596 bool isStaticMember();
2597
2598 /// Returns true if this declares a constructor or a destructor.
2599 bool isCtorOrDtor();
2600
2601 void setRedeclaration(bool Val) { Redeclaration = Val; }
2602 bool isRedeclaration() const { return Redeclaration; }
2603};
2604
2605/// This little struct is used to capture information about
2606/// structure field declarators, which is basically just a bitfield size.
2607struct FieldDeclarator {
2608 Declarator D;
2609 Expr *BitfieldSize;
2610 explicit FieldDeclarator(const DeclSpec &DS)
2611 : D(DS, DeclaratorContext::Member), BitfieldSize(nullptr) {}
2612};
2613
2614/// Represents a C++11 virt-specifier-seq.
2615class VirtSpecifiers {
2616public:
2617 enum Specifier {
2618 VS_None = 0,
2619 VS_Override = 1,
2620 VS_Final = 2,
2621 VS_Sealed = 4,
2622 // Represents the __final keyword, which is legal for gcc in pre-C++11 mode.
2623 VS_GNU_Final = 8,
2624 VS_Abstract = 16
2625 };
2626
2627 VirtSpecifiers() : Specifiers(0), LastSpecifier(VS_None) { }
2628
2629 bool SetSpecifier(Specifier VS, SourceLocation Loc,
2630 const char *&PrevSpec);
2631
2632 bool isUnset() const { return Specifiers == 0; }
2633
2634 bool isOverrideSpecified() const { return Specifiers & VS_Override; }
2635 SourceLocation getOverrideLoc() const { return VS_overrideLoc; }
2636
2637 bool isFinalSpecified() const { return Specifiers & (VS_Final | VS_Sealed | VS_GNU_Final); }
2638 bool isFinalSpelledSealed() const { return Specifiers & VS_Sealed; }
2639 SourceLocation getFinalLoc() const { return VS_finalLoc; }
2640 SourceLocation getAbstractLoc() const { return VS_abstractLoc; }
2641
2642 void clear() { Specifiers = 0; }
2643
2644 static const char *getSpecifierName(Specifier VS);
2645
2646 SourceLocation getFirstLocation() const { return FirstLocation; }
2647 SourceLocation getLastLocation() const { return LastLocation; }
2648 Specifier getLastSpecifier() const { return LastSpecifier; }
2649
2650private:
2651 unsigned Specifiers;
2652 Specifier LastSpecifier;
2653
2654 SourceLocation VS_overrideLoc, VS_finalLoc, VS_abstractLoc;
2655 SourceLocation FirstLocation;
2656 SourceLocation LastLocation;
2657};
2658
2659enum class LambdaCaptureInitKind {
2660 NoInit, //!< [a]
2661 CopyInit, //!< [a = b], [a = {b}]
2662 DirectInit, //!< [a(b)]
2663 ListInit //!< [a{b}]
2664};
2665
2666/// Represents a complete lambda introducer.
2667struct LambdaIntroducer {
2668 /// An individual capture in a lambda introducer.
2669 struct LambdaCapture {
2670 LambdaCaptureKind Kind;
2671 SourceLocation Loc;
2672 IdentifierInfo *Id;
2673 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
2674 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind;
2675 ExprResult Init;
2676 ParsedType InitCaptureType;
2677 SourceRange ExplicitRange;
2678
2679 LambdaCapture(LambdaCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation Loc,
2680 IdentifierInfo *Id, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
2681 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, ExprResult Init,
2682 ParsedType InitCaptureType,
2683 SourceRange ExplicitRange)
2684 : Kind(Kind), Loc(Loc), Id(Id), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc),
2685 InitKind(InitKind), Init(Init), InitCaptureType(InitCaptureType),
2686 ExplicitRange(ExplicitRange) {}
2687 };
2688
2689 SourceRange Range;
2690 SourceLocation DefaultLoc;
2691 LambdaCaptureDefault Default;
2692 SmallVector<LambdaCapture, 4> Captures;
2693
2694 LambdaIntroducer()
2695 : Default(LCD_None) {}
2696
2697 /// Append a capture in a lambda introducer.
2698 void addCapture(LambdaCaptureKind Kind,
2699 SourceLocation Loc,
2700 IdentifierInfo* Id,
2701 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
2702 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind,
2703 ExprResult Init,
2704 ParsedType InitCaptureType,
2705 SourceRange ExplicitRange) {
2706 Captures.push_back(LambdaCapture(Kind, Loc, Id, EllipsisLoc, InitKind, Init,
2707 InitCaptureType, ExplicitRange));
2708 }
2709};
2710
2711struct InventedTemplateParameterInfo {
2712 /// The number of parameters in the template parameter list that were
2713 /// explicitly specified by the user, as opposed to being invented by use
2714 /// of an auto parameter.
2715 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateParams = 0;
2716
2717 /// If this is a generic lambda or abbreviated function template, use this
2718 /// as the depth of each 'auto' parameter, during initial AST construction.
2719 unsigned AutoTemplateParameterDepth = 0;
2720
2721 /// Store the list of the template parameters for a generic lambda or an
2722 /// abbreviated function template.
2723 /// If this is a generic lambda or abbreviated function template, this holds
2724 /// the explicit template parameters followed by the auto parameters
2725 /// converted into TemplateTypeParmDecls.
2726 /// It can be used to construct the generic lambda or abbreviated template's
2727 /// template parameter list during initial AST construction.
2728 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> TemplateParams;
2729};
2730
2731} // end namespace clang
2732
2733#endif // LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_DECLSPEC_H

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/include/clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h

1//===- SourceLocation.h - Compact identifier for Source Files ---*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9/// \file
10/// Defines the clang::SourceLocation class and associated facilities.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_SOURCELOCATION_H
15#define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_SOURCELOCATION_H
16
17#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
18#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
19#include <cassert>
20#include <cstdint>
21#include <string>
22#include <utility>
23
24namespace llvm {
25
26template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo;
27
28class FoldingSetNodeID;
29template <typename T> struct FoldingSetTrait;
30
31} // namespace llvm
32
33namespace clang {
34
35class SourceManager;
36
37/// An opaque identifier used by SourceManager which refers to a
38/// source file (MemoryBuffer) along with its \#include path and \#line data.
39///
40class FileID {
41 /// A mostly-opaque identifier, where 0 is "invalid", >0 is
42 /// this module, and <-1 is something loaded from another module.
43 int ID = 0;
44
45public:
46 bool isValid() const { return ID != 0; }
47 bool isInvalid() const { return ID == 0; }
48
49 bool operator==(const FileID &RHS) const { return ID == RHS.ID; }
50 bool operator<(const FileID &RHS) const { return ID < RHS.ID; }
51 bool operator<=(const FileID &RHS) const { return ID <= RHS.ID; }
52 bool operator!=(const FileID &RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
53 bool operator>(const FileID &RHS) const { return RHS < *this; }
54 bool operator>=(const FileID &RHS) const { return RHS <= *this; }
55
56 static FileID getSentinel() { return get(-1); }
57 unsigned getHashValue() const { return static_cast<unsigned>(ID); }
58
59private:
60 friend class ASTWriter;
61 friend class ASTReader;
62 friend class SourceManager;
63
64 static FileID get(int V) {
65 FileID F;
66 F.ID = V;
67 return F;
68 }
69
70 int getOpaqueValue() const { return ID; }
71};
72
73/// Encodes a location in the source. The SourceManager can decode this
74/// to get at the full include stack, line and column information.
75///
76/// Technically, a source location is simply an offset into the manager's view
77/// of the input source, which is all input buffers (including macro
78/// expansions) concatenated in an effectively arbitrary order. The manager
79/// actually maintains two blocks of input buffers. One, starting at offset
80/// 0 and growing upwards, contains all buffers from this module. The other,
81/// starting at the highest possible offset and growing downwards, contains
82/// buffers of loaded modules.
83///
84/// In addition, one bit of SourceLocation is used for quick access to the
85/// information whether the location is in a file or a macro expansion.
86///
87/// It is important that this type remains small. It is currently 32 bits wide.
88class SourceLocation {
89 friend class ASTReader;
90 friend class ASTWriter;
91 friend class SourceManager;
92 friend struct llvm::FoldingSetTrait<SourceLocation>;
93
94public:
95 using UIntTy = uint32_t;
96 using IntTy = int32_t;
97
98private:
99 UIntTy ID = 0;
100
101 enum : UIntTy { MacroIDBit = 1ULL << (8 * sizeof(UIntTy) - 1) };
102
103public:
104 bool isFileID() const { return (ID & MacroIDBit) == 0; }
105 bool isMacroID() const { return (ID & MacroIDBit) != 0; }
106
107 /// Return true if this is a valid SourceLocation object.
108 ///
109 /// Invalid SourceLocations are often used when events have no corresponding
110 /// location in the source (e.g. a diagnostic is required for a command line
111 /// option).
112 bool isValid() const { return ID != 0; }
7
Assuming field 'ID' is equal to 0
8
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later
113 bool isInvalid() const { return ID == 0; }
114
115private:
116 /// Return the offset into the manager's global input view.
117 UIntTy getOffset() const { return ID & ~MacroIDBit; }
118
119 static SourceLocation getFileLoc(UIntTy ID) {
120 assert((ID & MacroIDBit) == 0 && "Ran out of source locations!")((void)0);
121 SourceLocation L;
122 L.ID = ID;
123 return L;
124 }
125
126 static SourceLocation getMacroLoc(UIntTy ID) {
127 assert((ID & MacroIDBit) == 0 && "Ran out of source locations!")((void)0);
128 SourceLocation L;
129 L.ID = MacroIDBit | ID;
130 return L;
131 }
132
133public:
134 /// Return a source location with the specified offset from this
135 /// SourceLocation.
136 SourceLocation getLocWithOffset(IntTy Offset) const {
137 assert(((getOffset()+Offset) & MacroIDBit) == 0 && "offset overflow")((void)0);
138 SourceLocation L;
139 L.ID = ID+Offset;
140 return L;
141 }
142
143 /// When a SourceLocation itself cannot be used, this returns
144 /// an (opaque) 32-bit integer encoding for it.
145 ///
146 /// This should only be passed to SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding, it
147 /// should not be inspected directly.
148 UIntTy getRawEncoding() const { return ID; }
149
150 /// Turn a raw encoding of a SourceLocation object into
151 /// a real SourceLocation.
152 ///
153 /// \see getRawEncoding.
154 static SourceLocation getFromRawEncoding(UIntTy Encoding) {
155 SourceLocation X;
156 X.ID = Encoding;
157 return X;
158 }
159
160 /// When a SourceLocation itself cannot be used, this returns
161 /// an (opaque) pointer encoding for it.
162 ///
163 /// This should only be passed to SourceLocation::getFromPtrEncoding, it
164 /// should not be inspected directly.
165 void* getPtrEncoding() const {
166 // Double cast to avoid a warning "cast to pointer from integer of different
167 // size".
168 return (void*)(uintptr_t)getRawEncoding();
169 }
170
171 /// Turn a pointer encoding of a SourceLocation object back
172 /// into a real SourceLocation.
173 static SourceLocation getFromPtrEncoding(const void *Encoding) {
174 return getFromRawEncoding((SourceLocation::UIntTy)(uintptr_t)Encoding);
175 }
176
177 static bool isPairOfFileLocations(SourceLocation Start, SourceLocation End) {
178 return Start.isValid() && Start.isFileID() && End.isValid() &&
179 End.isFileID();
180 }
181
182 unsigned getHashValue() const;
183 void print(raw_ostream &OS, const SourceManager &SM) const;
184 std::string printToString(const SourceManager &SM) const;
185 void dump(const SourceManager &SM) const;
186};
187
188inline bool operator==(const SourceLocation &LHS, const SourceLocation &RHS) {
189 return LHS.getRawEncoding() == RHS.getRawEncoding();
190}
191
192inline bool operator!=(const SourceLocation &LHS, const SourceLocation &RHS) {
193 return !(LHS == RHS);
194}
195
196// Ordering is meaningful only if LHS and RHS have the same FileID!
197// Otherwise use SourceManager::isBeforeInTranslationUnit().
198inline bool operator<(const SourceLocation &LHS, const SourceLocation &RHS) {
199 return LHS.getRawEncoding() < RHS.getRawEncoding();
200}
201inline bool operator>(const SourceLocation &LHS, const SourceLocation &RHS) {
202 return LHS.getRawEncoding() > RHS.getRawEncoding();
203}
204inline bool operator<=(const SourceLocation &LHS, const SourceLocation &RHS) {
205 return LHS.getRawEncoding() <= RHS.getRawEncoding();
206}
207inline bool operator>=(const SourceLocation &LHS, const SourceLocation &RHS) {
208 return LHS.getRawEncoding() >= RHS.getRawEncoding();
209}
210
211/// A trivial tuple used to represent a source range.
212class SourceRange {
213 SourceLocation B;
214 SourceLocation E;
215
216public:
217 SourceRange() = default;
218 SourceRange(SourceLocation loc) : B(loc), E(loc) {}
219 SourceRange(SourceLocation begin, SourceLocation end) : B(begin), E(end) {}
220
221 SourceLocation getBegin() const { return B; }
222 SourceLocation getEnd() const { return E; }
223
224 void setBegin(SourceLocation b) { B = b; }
225 void setEnd(SourceLocation e) { E = e; }
226
227 bool isValid() const { return B.isValid() && E.isValid(); }
228 bool isInvalid() const { return !isValid(); }
229
230 bool operator==(const SourceRange &X) const {
231 return B == X.B && E == X.E;
232 }
233
234 bool operator!=(const SourceRange &X) const {
235 return B != X.B || E != X.E;
236 }
237
238 // Returns true iff other is wholly contained within this range.
239 bool fullyContains(const SourceRange &other) const {
240 return B <= other.B && E >= other.E;
241 }
242
243 void print(raw_ostream &OS, const SourceManager &SM) const;
244 std::string printToString(const SourceManager &SM) const;
245 void dump(const SourceManager &SM) const;
246};
247
248/// Represents a character-granular source range.
249///
250/// The underlying SourceRange can either specify the starting/ending character
251/// of the range, or it can specify the start of the range and the start of the
252/// last token of the range (a "token range"). In the token range case, the
253/// size of the last token must be measured to determine the actual end of the
254/// range.
255class CharSourceRange {
256 SourceRange Range;
257 bool IsTokenRange = false;
258
259public:
260 CharSourceRange() = default;
261 CharSourceRange(SourceRange R, bool ITR) : Range(R), IsTokenRange(ITR) {}
262
263 static CharSourceRange getTokenRange(SourceRange R) {
264 return CharSourceRange(R, true);
265 }
266
267 static CharSourceRange getCharRange(SourceRange R) {
268 return CharSourceRange(R, false);
269 }
270
271 static CharSourceRange getTokenRange(SourceLocation B, SourceLocation E) {
272 return getTokenRange(SourceRange(B, E));
273 }
274
275 static CharSourceRange getCharRange(SourceLocation B, SourceLocation E) {
276 return getCharRange(SourceRange(B, E));
277 }
278
279 /// Return true if the end of this range specifies the start of
280 /// the last token. Return false if the end of this range specifies the last
281 /// character in the range.
282 bool isTokenRange() const { return IsTokenRange; }
283 bool isCharRange() const { return !IsTokenRange; }
284
285 SourceLocation getBegin() const { return Range.getBegin(); }
286 SourceLocation getEnd() const { return Range.getEnd(); }
287 SourceRange getAsRange() const { return Range; }
288
289 void setBegin(SourceLocation b) { Range.setBegin(b); }
290 void setEnd(SourceLocation e) { Range.setEnd(e); }
291 void setTokenRange(bool TR) { IsTokenRange = TR; }
292
293 bool isValid() const { return Range.isValid(); }
294 bool isInvalid() const { return !isValid(); }
295};
296
297/// Represents an unpacked "presumed" location which can be presented
298/// to the user.
299///
300/// A 'presumed' location can be modified by \#line and GNU line marker
301/// directives and is always the expansion point of a normal location.
302///
303/// You can get a PresumedLoc from a SourceLocation with SourceManager.
304class PresumedLoc {
305 const char *Filename = nullptr;
306 FileID ID;
307 unsigned Line, Col;
308 SourceLocation IncludeLoc;
309
310public:
311 PresumedLoc() = default;
312 PresumedLoc(const char *FN, FileID FID, unsigned Ln, unsigned Co,
313 SourceLocation IL)
314 : Filename(FN), ID(FID), Line(Ln), Col(Co), IncludeLoc(IL) {}
315
316 /// Return true if this object is invalid or uninitialized.
317 ///
318 /// This occurs when created with invalid source locations or when walking
319 /// off the top of a \#include stack.
320 bool isInvalid() const { return Filename == nullptr; }
321 bool isValid() const { return Filename != nullptr; }
322
323 /// Return the presumed filename of this location.
324 ///
325 /// This can be affected by \#line etc.
326 const char *getFilename() const {
327 assert(isValid())((void)0);
328 return Filename;
329 }
330
331 FileID getFileID() const {
332 assert(isValid())((void)0);
333 return ID;
334 }
335
336 /// Return the presumed line number of this location.
337 ///
338 /// This can be affected by \#line etc.
339 unsigned getLine() const {
340 assert(isValid())((void)0);
341 return Line;
342 }
343
344 /// Return the presumed column number of this location.
345 ///
346 /// This cannot be affected by \#line, but is packaged here for convenience.
347 unsigned getColumn() const {
348 assert(isValid())((void)0);
349 return Col;
350 }
351
352 /// Return the presumed include location of this location.
353 ///
354 /// This can be affected by GNU linemarker directives.
355 SourceLocation getIncludeLoc() const {
356 assert(isValid())((void)0);
357 return IncludeLoc;
358 }
359};
360
361class FileEntry;
362
363/// A SourceLocation and its associated SourceManager.
364///
365/// This is useful for argument passing to functions that expect both objects.
366class FullSourceLoc : public SourceLocation {
367 const SourceManager *SrcMgr = nullptr;
368
369public:
370 /// Creates a FullSourceLoc where isValid() returns \c false.
371 FullSourceLoc() = default;
372
373 explicit FullSourceLoc(SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM)
374 : SourceLocation(Loc), SrcMgr(&SM) {}
375
376 bool hasManager() const {
377 bool hasSrcMgr = SrcMgr != nullptr;
378 assert(hasSrcMgr == isValid() && "FullSourceLoc has location but no manager")((void)0);
379 return hasSrcMgr;
380 }
381
382 /// \pre This FullSourceLoc has an associated SourceManager.
383 const SourceManager &getManager() const {
384 assert(SrcMgr && "SourceManager is NULL.")((void)0);
385 return *SrcMgr;
386 }
387
388 FileID getFileID() const;
389
390 FullSourceLoc getExpansionLoc() const;
391 FullSourceLoc getSpellingLoc() const;
392 FullSourceLoc getFileLoc() const;
393 PresumedLoc getPresumedLoc(bool UseLineDirectives = true) const;
394 bool isMacroArgExpansion(FullSourceLoc *StartLoc = nullptr) const;
395 FullSourceLoc getImmediateMacroCallerLoc() const;
396 std::pair<FullSourceLoc, StringRef> getModuleImportLoc() const;
397 unsigned getFileOffset() const;
398
399 unsigned getExpansionLineNumber(bool *Invalid = nullptr) const;
400 unsigned getExpansionColumnNumber(bool *Invalid = nullptr) const;
401
402 unsigned getSpellingLineNumber(bool *Invalid = nullptr) const;
403 unsigned getSpellingColumnNumber(bool *Invalid = nullptr) const;
404
405 const char *getCharacterData(bool *Invalid = nullptr) const;
406
407 unsigned getLineNumber(bool *Invalid = nullptr) const;
408 unsigned getColumnNumber(bool *Invalid = nullptr) const;
409
410 const FileEntry *getFileEntry() const;
411
412 /// Return a StringRef to the source buffer data for the
413 /// specified FileID.
414 StringRef getBufferData(bool *Invalid = nullptr) const;
415
416 /// Decompose the specified location into a raw FileID + Offset pair.
417 ///
418 /// The first element is the FileID, the second is the offset from the
419 /// start of the buffer of the location.
420 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> getDecomposedLoc() const;
421
422 bool isInSystemHeader() const;
423
424 /// Determines the order of 2 source locations in the translation unit.
425 ///
426 /// \returns true if this source location comes before 'Loc', false otherwise.
427 bool isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(SourceLocation Loc) const;
428
429 /// Determines the order of 2 source locations in the translation unit.
430 ///
431 /// \returns true if this source location comes before 'Loc', false otherwise.
432 bool isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(FullSourceLoc Loc) const {
433 assert(Loc.isValid())((void)0);
434 assert(SrcMgr == Loc.SrcMgr && "Loc comes from another SourceManager!")((void)0);
435 return isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan((SourceLocation)Loc);
436 }
437
438 /// Comparison function class, useful for sorting FullSourceLocs.
439 struct BeforeThanCompare {
440 bool operator()(const FullSourceLoc& lhs, const FullSourceLoc& rhs) const {
441 return lhs.isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(rhs);
442 }
443 };
444
445 /// Prints information about this FullSourceLoc to stderr.
446 ///
447 /// This is useful for debugging.
448 void dump() const;
449
450 friend bool
451 operator==(const FullSourceLoc &LHS, const FullSourceLoc &RHS) {
452 return LHS.getRawEncoding() == RHS.getRawEncoding() &&
453 LHS.SrcMgr == RHS.SrcMgr;
454 }
455
456 friend bool
457 operator!=(const FullSourceLoc &LHS, const FullSourceLoc &RHS) {
458 return !(LHS == RHS);
459 }
460};
461
462} // namespace clang
463
464namespace llvm {
465
466 /// Define DenseMapInfo so that FileID's can be used as keys in DenseMap and
467 /// DenseSets.
468 template <>
469 struct DenseMapInfo<clang::FileID> {
470 static clang::FileID getEmptyKey() {
471 return {};
472 }
473
474 static clang::FileID getTombstoneKey() {
475 return clang::FileID::getSentinel();
476 }
477
478 static unsigned getHashValue(clang::FileID S) {
479 return S.getHashValue();
480 }
481
482 static bool isEqual(clang::FileID LHS, clang::FileID RHS) {
483 return LHS == RHS;
484 }
485 };
486
487 /// Define DenseMapInfo so that SourceLocation's can be used as keys in
488 /// DenseMap and DenseSet. This trait class is eqivalent to
489 /// DenseMapInfo<unsigned> which uses SourceLocation::ID is used as a key.
490 template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::SourceLocation> {
491 static clang::SourceLocation getEmptyKey() {
492 constexpr clang::SourceLocation::UIntTy Zero = 0;
493 return clang::SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(~Zero);
494 }
495
496 static clang::SourceLocation getTombstoneKey() {
497 constexpr clang::SourceLocation::UIntTy Zero = 0;
498 return clang::SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(~Zero - 1);
499 }
500
501 static unsigned getHashValue(clang::SourceLocation Loc) {
502 return Loc.getHashValue();
503 }
504
505 static bool isEqual(clang::SourceLocation LHS, clang::SourceLocation RHS) {
506 return LHS == RHS;
507 }
508 };
509
510 // Allow calling FoldingSetNodeID::Add with SourceLocation object as parameter
511 template <> struct FoldingSetTrait<clang::SourceLocation> {
512 static void Profile(const clang::SourceLocation &X, FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
513 };
514
515} // namespace llvm
516
517#endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_SOURCELOCATION_H

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclBase.h

1//===- DeclBase.h - Base Classes for representing declarations --*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file defines the Decl and DeclContext interfaces.
10//
11//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12
13#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLBASE_H
14#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLBASE_H
15
16#include "clang/AST/ASTDumperUtils.h"
17#include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
19#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
20#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
21#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
23#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
24#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
25#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
28#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
29#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
30#include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h"
31#include "llvm/Support/VersionTuple.h"
32#include <algorithm>
33#include <cassert>
34#include <cstddef>
35#include <iterator>
36#include <string>
37#include <type_traits>
38#include <utility>
39
40namespace clang {
41
42class ASTContext;
43class ASTMutationListener;
44class Attr;
45class BlockDecl;
46class DeclContext;
47class ExternalSourceSymbolAttr;
48class FunctionDecl;
49class FunctionType;
50class IdentifierInfo;
51enum Linkage : unsigned char;
52class LinkageSpecDecl;
53class Module;
54class NamedDecl;
55class ObjCCategoryDecl;
56class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
57class ObjCContainerDecl;
58class ObjCImplDecl;
59class ObjCImplementationDecl;
60class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
61class ObjCMethodDecl;
62class ObjCProtocolDecl;
63struct PrintingPolicy;
64class RecordDecl;
65class SourceManager;
66class Stmt;
67class StoredDeclsMap;
68class TemplateDecl;
69class TemplateParameterList;
70class TranslationUnitDecl;
71class UsingDirectiveDecl;
72
73/// Captures the result of checking the availability of a
74/// declaration.
75enum AvailabilityResult {
76 AR_Available = 0,
77 AR_NotYetIntroduced,
78 AR_Deprecated,
79 AR_Unavailable
80};
81
82/// Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g. a variable,
83/// typedef, function, struct, etc.
84///
85/// Note: There are objects tacked on before the *beginning* of Decl
86/// (and its subclasses) in its Decl::operator new(). Proper alignment
87/// of all subclasses (not requiring more than the alignment of Decl) is
88/// asserted in DeclBase.cpp.
89class alignas(8) Decl {
90public:
91 /// Lists the kind of concrete classes of Decl.
92 enum Kind {
93#define DECL(DERIVED, BASE) DERIVED,
94#define ABSTRACT_DECL(DECL)
95#define DECL_RANGE(BASE, START, END) \
96 first##BASE = START, last##BASE = END,
97#define LAST_DECL_RANGE(BASE, START, END) \
98 first##BASE = START, last##BASE = END
99#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
100 };
101
102 /// A placeholder type used to construct an empty shell of a
103 /// decl-derived type that will be filled in later (e.g., by some
104 /// deserialization method).
105 struct EmptyShell {};
106
107 /// IdentifierNamespace - The different namespaces in which
108 /// declarations may appear. According to C99 6.2.3, there are
109 /// four namespaces, labels, tags, members and ordinary
110 /// identifiers. C++ describes lookup completely differently:
111 /// certain lookups merely "ignore" certain kinds of declarations,
112 /// usually based on whether the declaration is of a type, etc.
113 ///
114 /// These are meant as bitmasks, so that searches in
115 /// C++ can look into the "tag" namespace during ordinary lookup.
116 ///
117 /// Decl currently provides 15 bits of IDNS bits.
118 enum IdentifierNamespace {
119 /// Labels, declared with 'x:' and referenced with 'goto x'.
120 IDNS_Label = 0x0001,
121
122 /// Tags, declared with 'struct foo;' and referenced with
123 /// 'struct foo'. All tags are also types. This is what
124 /// elaborated-type-specifiers look for in C.
125 /// This also contains names that conflict with tags in the
126 /// same scope but that are otherwise ordinary names (non-type
127 /// template parameters and indirect field declarations).
128 IDNS_Tag = 0x0002,
129
130 /// Types, declared with 'struct foo', typedefs, etc.
131 /// This is what elaborated-type-specifiers look for in C++,
132 /// but note that it's ill-formed to find a non-tag.
133 IDNS_Type = 0x0004,
134
135 /// Members, declared with object declarations within tag
136 /// definitions. In C, these can only be found by "qualified"
137 /// lookup in member expressions. In C++, they're found by
138 /// normal lookup.
139 IDNS_Member = 0x0008,
140
141 /// Namespaces, declared with 'namespace foo {}'.
142 /// Lookup for nested-name-specifiers find these.
143 IDNS_Namespace = 0x0010,
144
145 /// Ordinary names. In C, everything that's not a label, tag,
146 /// member, or function-local extern ends up here.
147 IDNS_Ordinary = 0x0020,
148
149 /// Objective C \@protocol.
150 IDNS_ObjCProtocol = 0x0040,
151
152 /// This declaration is a friend function. A friend function
153 /// declaration is always in this namespace but may also be in
154 /// IDNS_Ordinary if it was previously declared.
155 IDNS_OrdinaryFriend = 0x0080,
156
157 /// This declaration is a friend class. A friend class
158 /// declaration is always in this namespace but may also be in
159 /// IDNS_Tag|IDNS_Type if it was previously declared.
160 IDNS_TagFriend = 0x0100,
161
162 /// This declaration is a using declaration. A using declaration
163 /// *introduces* a number of other declarations into the current
164 /// scope, and those declarations use the IDNS of their targets,
165 /// but the actual using declarations go in this namespace.
166 IDNS_Using = 0x0200,
167
168 /// This declaration is a C++ operator declared in a non-class
169 /// context. All such operators are also in IDNS_Ordinary.
170 /// C++ lexical operator lookup looks for these.
171 IDNS_NonMemberOperator = 0x0400,
172
173 /// This declaration is a function-local extern declaration of a
174 /// variable or function. This may also be IDNS_Ordinary if it
175 /// has been declared outside any function. These act mostly like
176 /// invisible friend declarations, but are also visible to unqualified
177 /// lookup within the scope of the declaring function.
178 IDNS_LocalExtern = 0x0800,
179
180 /// This declaration is an OpenMP user defined reduction construction.
181 IDNS_OMPReduction = 0x1000,
182
183 /// This declaration is an OpenMP user defined mapper.
184 IDNS_OMPMapper = 0x2000,
185 };
186
187 /// ObjCDeclQualifier - 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and
188 /// parameter types in method declarations. Other than remembering
189 /// them and mangling them into the method's signature string, these
190 /// are ignored by the compiler; they are consumed by certain
191 /// remote-messaging frameworks.
192 ///
193 /// in, inout, and out are mutually exclusive and apply only to
194 /// method parameters. bycopy and byref are mutually exclusive and
195 /// apply only to method parameters (?). oneway applies only to
196 /// results. All of these expect their corresponding parameter to
197 /// have a particular type. None of this is currently enforced by
198 /// clang.
199 ///
200 /// This should be kept in sync with ObjCDeclSpec::ObjCDeclQualifier.
201 enum ObjCDeclQualifier {
202 OBJC_TQ_None = 0x0,
203 OBJC_TQ_In = 0x1,
204 OBJC_TQ_Inout = 0x2,
205 OBJC_TQ_Out = 0x4,
206 OBJC_TQ_Bycopy = 0x8,
207 OBJC_TQ_Byref = 0x10,
208 OBJC_TQ_Oneway = 0x20,
209
210 /// The nullability qualifier is set when the nullability of the
211 /// result or parameter was expressed via a context-sensitive
212 /// keyword.
213 OBJC_TQ_CSNullability = 0x40
214 };
215
216 /// The kind of ownership a declaration has, for visibility purposes.
217 /// This enumeration is designed such that higher values represent higher
218 /// levels of name hiding.
219 enum class ModuleOwnershipKind : unsigned {
220 /// This declaration is not owned by a module.
221 Unowned,
222
223 /// This declaration has an owning module, but is globally visible
224 /// (typically because its owning module is visible and we know that
225 /// modules cannot later become hidden in this compilation).
226 /// After serialization and deserialization, this will be converted
227 /// to VisibleWhenImported.
228 Visible,
229
230 /// This declaration has an owning module, and is visible when that
231 /// module is imported.
232 VisibleWhenImported,
233
234 /// This declaration has an owning module, but is only visible to
235 /// lookups that occur within that module.
236 ModulePrivate
237 };
238
239protected:
240 /// The next declaration within the same lexical
241 /// DeclContext. These pointers form the linked list that is
242 /// traversed via DeclContext's decls_begin()/decls_end().
243 ///
244 /// The extra two bits are used for the ModuleOwnershipKind.
245 llvm::PointerIntPair<Decl *, 2, ModuleOwnershipKind> NextInContextAndBits;
246
247private:
248 friend class DeclContext;
249
250 struct MultipleDC {
251 DeclContext *SemanticDC;
252 DeclContext *LexicalDC;
253 };
254
255 /// DeclCtx - Holds either a DeclContext* or a MultipleDC*.
256 /// For declarations that don't contain C++ scope specifiers, it contains
257 /// the DeclContext where the Decl was declared.
258 /// For declarations with C++ scope specifiers, it contains a MultipleDC*
259 /// with the context where it semantically belongs (SemanticDC) and the
260 /// context where it was lexically declared (LexicalDC).
261 /// e.g.:
262 ///
263 /// namespace A {
264 /// void f(); // SemanticDC == LexicalDC == 'namespace A'
265 /// }
266 /// void A::f(); // SemanticDC == namespace 'A'
267 /// // LexicalDC == global namespace
268 llvm::PointerUnion<DeclContext*, MultipleDC*> DeclCtx;
269
270 bool isInSemaDC() const { return DeclCtx.is<DeclContext*>(); }
271 bool isOutOfSemaDC() const { return DeclCtx.is<MultipleDC*>(); }
272
273 MultipleDC *getMultipleDC() const {
274 return DeclCtx.get<MultipleDC*>();
275 }
276
277 DeclContext *getSemanticDC() const {
278 return DeclCtx.get<DeclContext*>();
279 }
280
281 /// Loc - The location of this decl.
282 SourceLocation Loc;
283
284 /// DeclKind - This indicates which class this is.
285 unsigned DeclKind : 7;
286
287 /// InvalidDecl - This indicates a semantic error occurred.
288 unsigned InvalidDecl : 1;
289
290 /// HasAttrs - This indicates whether the decl has attributes or not.
291 unsigned HasAttrs : 1;
292
293 /// Implicit - Whether this declaration was implicitly generated by
294 /// the implementation rather than explicitly written by the user.
295 unsigned Implicit : 1;
296
297 /// Whether this declaration was "used", meaning that a definition is
298 /// required.
299 unsigned Used : 1;
300
301 /// Whether this declaration was "referenced".
302 /// The difference with 'Used' is whether the reference appears in a
303 /// evaluated context or not, e.g. functions used in uninstantiated templates
304 /// are regarded as "referenced" but not "used".
305 unsigned Referenced : 1;
306
307 /// Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function,
308 /// global variable, etc.) that is lexically inside an objc container
309 /// definition.
310 unsigned TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer : 1;
311
312 /// Whether statistic collection is enabled.
313 static bool StatisticsEnabled;
314
315protected:
316 friend class ASTDeclReader;
317 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
318 friend class ASTNodeImporter;
319 friend class ASTReader;
320 friend class CXXClassMemberWrapper;
321 friend class LinkageComputer;
322 template<typename decl_type> friend class Redeclarable;
323
324 /// Access - Used by C++ decls for the access specifier.
325 // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using the AccessSpecifier enum
326 unsigned Access : 2;
327
328 /// Whether this declaration was loaded from an AST file.
329 unsigned FromASTFile : 1;
330
331 /// IdentifierNamespace - This specifies what IDNS_* namespace this lives in.
332 unsigned IdentifierNamespace : 14;
333
334 /// If 0, we have not computed the linkage of this declaration.
335 /// Otherwise, it is the linkage + 1.
336 mutable unsigned CacheValidAndLinkage : 3;
337
338 /// Allocate memory for a deserialized declaration.
339 ///
340 /// This routine must be used to allocate memory for any declaration that is
341 /// deserialized from a module file.
342 ///
343 /// \param Size The size of the allocated object.
344 /// \param Ctx The context in which we will allocate memory.
345 /// \param ID The global ID of the deserialized declaration.
346 /// \param Extra The amount of extra space to allocate after the object.
347 void *operator new(std::size_t Size, const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned ID,
348 std::size_t Extra = 0);
349
350 /// Allocate memory for a non-deserialized declaration.
351 void *operator new(std::size_t Size, const ASTContext &Ctx,
352 DeclContext *Parent, std::size_t Extra = 0);
353
354private:
355 bool AccessDeclContextSanity() const;
356
357 /// Get the module ownership kind to use for a local lexical child of \p DC,
358 /// which may be either a local or (rarely) an imported declaration.
359 static ModuleOwnershipKind getModuleOwnershipKindForChildOf(DeclContext *DC) {
360 if (DC) {
361 auto *D = cast<Decl>(DC);
362 auto MOK = D->getModuleOwnershipKind();
363 if (MOK != ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned &&
364 (!D->isFromASTFile() || D->hasLocalOwningModuleStorage()))
365 return MOK;
366 // If D is not local and we have no local module storage, then we don't
367 // need to track module ownership at all.
368 }
369 return ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned;
370 }
371
372public:
373 Decl() = delete;
374 Decl(const Decl&) = delete;
375 Decl(Decl &&) = delete;
376 Decl &operator=(const Decl&) = delete;
377 Decl &operator=(Decl&&) = delete;
378
379protected:
380 Decl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L)
381 : NextInContextAndBits(nullptr, getModuleOwnershipKindForChildOf(DC)),
382 DeclCtx(DC), Loc(L), DeclKind(DK), InvalidDecl(false), HasAttrs(false),
383 Implicit(false), Used(false), Referenced(false),
384 TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(false), Access(AS_none), FromASTFile(0),
385 IdentifierNamespace(getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(DK)),
386 CacheValidAndLinkage(0) {
387 if (StatisticsEnabled) add(DK);
388 }
389
390 Decl(Kind DK, EmptyShell Empty)
391 : DeclKind(DK), InvalidDecl(false), HasAttrs(false), Implicit(false),
392 Used(false), Referenced(false), TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(false),
393 Access(AS_none), FromASTFile(0),
394 IdentifierNamespace(getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(DK)),
395 CacheValidAndLinkage(0) {
396 if (StatisticsEnabled) add(DK);
397 }
398
399 virtual ~Decl();
400
401 /// Update a potentially out-of-date declaration.
402 void updateOutOfDate(IdentifierInfo &II) const;
403
404 Linkage getCachedLinkage() const {
405 return Linkage(CacheValidAndLinkage - 1);
406 }
407
408 void setCachedLinkage(Linkage L) const {
409 CacheValidAndLinkage = L + 1;
410 }
411
412 bool hasCachedLinkage() const {
413 return CacheValidAndLinkage;
414 }
415
416public:
417 /// Source range that this declaration covers.
418 virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
419 return SourceRange(getLocation(), getLocation());
420 }
421
422 SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
423 return getSourceRange().getBegin();
424 }
425
426 SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
427 return getSourceRange().getEnd();
428 }
429
430 SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
431 void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; }
432
433 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(DeclKind); }
434 const char *getDeclKindName() const;
435
436 Decl *getNextDeclInContext() { return NextInContextAndBits.getPointer(); }
437 const Decl *getNextDeclInContext() const {return NextInContextAndBits.getPointer();}
438
439 DeclContext *getDeclContext() {
440 if (isInSemaDC())
441 return getSemanticDC();
442 return getMultipleDC()->SemanticDC;
443 }
444 const DeclContext *getDeclContext() const {
445 return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getDeclContext();
446 }
447
448 /// Find the innermost non-closure ancestor of this declaration,
449 /// walking up through blocks, lambdas, etc. If that ancestor is
450 /// not a code context (!isFunctionOrMethod()), returns null.
451 ///
452 /// A declaration may be its own non-closure context.
453 Decl *getNonClosureContext();
454 const Decl *getNonClosureContext() const {
455 return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getNonClosureContext();
456 }
457
458 TranslationUnitDecl *getTranslationUnitDecl();
459 const TranslationUnitDecl *getTranslationUnitDecl() const {
460 return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getTranslationUnitDecl();
461 }
462
463 bool isInAnonymousNamespace() const;
464
465 bool isInStdNamespace() const;
466
467 ASTContext &getASTContext() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__));
468
469 /// Helper to get the language options from the ASTContext.
470 /// Defined out of line to avoid depending on ASTContext.h.
471 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__));
472
473 void setAccess(AccessSpecifier AS) {
474 Access = AS;
475 assert(AccessDeclContextSanity())((void)0);
476 }
477
478 AccessSpecifier getAccess() const {
479 assert(AccessDeclContextSanity())((void)0);
480 return AccessSpecifier(Access);
481 }
482
483 /// Retrieve the access specifier for this declaration, even though
484 /// it may not yet have been properly set.
485 AccessSpecifier getAccessUnsafe() const {
486 return AccessSpecifier(Access);
487 }
488
489 bool hasAttrs() const { return HasAttrs; }
490
491 void setAttrs(const AttrVec& Attrs) {
492 return setAttrsImpl(Attrs, getASTContext());
493 }
494
495 AttrVec &getAttrs() {
496 return const_cast<AttrVec&>(const_cast<const Decl*>(this)->getAttrs());
497 }
498
499 const AttrVec &getAttrs() const;
500 void dropAttrs();
501 void addAttr(Attr *A);
502
503 using attr_iterator = AttrVec::const_iterator;
504 using attr_range = llvm::iterator_range<attr_iterator>;
505
506 attr_range attrs() const {
507 return attr_range(attr_begin(), attr_end());
508 }
509
510 attr_iterator attr_begin() const {
511 return hasAttrs() ? getAttrs().begin() : nullptr;
512 }
513 attr_iterator attr_end() const {
514 return hasAttrs() ? getAttrs().end() : nullptr;
515 }
516
517 template <typename T>
518 void dropAttr() {
519 if (!HasAttrs) return;
520
521 AttrVec &Vec = getAttrs();
522 llvm::erase_if(Vec, [](Attr *A) { return isa<T>(A); });
523
524 if (Vec.empty())
525 HasAttrs = false;
526 }
527
528 template <typename T>
529 llvm::iterator_range<specific_attr_iterator<T>> specific_attrs() const {
530 return llvm::make_range(specific_attr_begin<T>(), specific_attr_end<T>());
531 }
532
533 template <typename T>
534 specific_attr_iterator<T> specific_attr_begin() const {
535 return specific_attr_iterator<T>(attr_begin());
536 }
537
538 template <typename T>
539 specific_attr_iterator<T> specific_attr_end() const {
540 return specific_attr_iterator<T>(attr_end());
541 }
542
543 template<typename T> T *getAttr() const {
544 return hasAttrs() ? getSpecificAttr<T>(getAttrs()) : nullptr;
545 }
546
547 template<typename T> bool hasAttr() const {
548 return hasAttrs() && hasSpecificAttr<T>(getAttrs());
549 }
550
551 /// getMaxAlignment - return the maximum alignment specified by attributes
552 /// on this decl, 0 if there are none.
553 unsigned getMaxAlignment() const;
554
555 /// setInvalidDecl - Indicates the Decl had a semantic error. This
556 /// allows for graceful error recovery.
557 void setInvalidDecl(bool Invalid = true);
558 bool isInvalidDecl() const { return (bool) InvalidDecl; }
34
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later
559
560 /// isImplicit - Indicates whether the declaration was implicitly
561 /// generated by the implementation. If false, this declaration
562 /// was written explicitly in the source code.
563 bool isImplicit() const { return Implicit; }
564 void setImplicit(bool I = true) { Implicit = I; }
565
566 /// Whether *any* (re-)declaration of the entity was used, meaning that
567 /// a definition is required.
568 ///
569 /// \param CheckUsedAttr When true, also consider the "used" attribute
570 /// (in addition to the "used" bit set by \c setUsed()) when determining
571 /// whether the function is used.
572 bool isUsed(bool CheckUsedAttr = true) const;
573
574 /// Set whether the declaration is used, in the sense of odr-use.
575 ///
576 /// This should only be used immediately after creating a declaration.
577 /// It intentionally doesn't notify any listeners.
578 void setIsUsed() { getCanonicalDecl()->Used = true; }
579
580 /// Mark the declaration used, in the sense of odr-use.
581 ///
582 /// This notifies any mutation listeners in addition to setting a bit
583 /// indicating the declaration is used.
584 void markUsed(ASTContext &C);
585
586 /// Whether any declaration of this entity was referenced.
587 bool isReferenced() const;
588
589 /// Whether this declaration was referenced. This should not be relied
590 /// upon for anything other than debugging.
591 bool isThisDeclarationReferenced() const { return Referenced; }
592
593 void setReferenced(bool R = true) { Referenced = R; }
594
595 /// Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function,
596 /// global variable, etc.) that is lexically inside an objc container
597 /// definition.
598 bool isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer() const {
599 return TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer;
600 }
601
602 void setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(bool V = true) {
603 TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer = V;
604 }
605
606 /// Looks on this and related declarations for an applicable
607 /// external source symbol attribute.
608 ExternalSourceSymbolAttr *getExternalSourceSymbolAttr() const;
609
610 /// Whether this declaration was marked as being private to the
611 /// module in which it was defined.
612 bool isModulePrivate() const {
613 return getModuleOwnershipKind() == ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate;
614 }
615
616 /// Return true if this declaration has an attribute which acts as
617 /// definition of the entity, such as 'alias' or 'ifunc'.
618 bool hasDefiningAttr() const;
619
620 /// Return this declaration's defining attribute if it has one.
621 const Attr *getDefiningAttr() const;
622
623protected:
624 /// Specify that this declaration was marked as being private
625 /// to the module in which it was defined.
626 void setModulePrivate() {
627 // The module-private specifier has no effect on unowned declarations.
628 // FIXME: We should track this in some way for source fidelity.
629 if (getModuleOwnershipKind() == ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned)
630 return;
631 setModuleOwnershipKind(ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate);
632 }
633
634public:
635 /// Set the FromASTFile flag. This indicates that this declaration
636 /// was deserialized and not parsed from source code and enables
637 /// features such as module ownership information.
638 void setFromASTFile() {
639 FromASTFile = true;
640 }
641
642 /// Set the owning module ID. This may only be called for
643 /// deserialized Decls.
644 void setOwningModuleID(unsigned ID) {
645 assert(isFromASTFile() && "Only works on a deserialized declaration")((void)0);
646 *((unsigned*)this - 2) = ID;
647 }
648
649public:
650 /// Determine the availability of the given declaration.
651 ///
652 /// This routine will determine the most restrictive availability of
653 /// the given declaration (e.g., preferring 'unavailable' to
654 /// 'deprecated').
655 ///
656 /// \param Message If non-NULL and the result is not \c
657 /// AR_Available, will be set to a (possibly empty) message
658 /// describing why the declaration has not been introduced, is
659 /// deprecated, or is unavailable.
660 ///
661 /// \param EnclosingVersion The version to compare with. If empty, assume the
662 /// deployment target version.
663 ///
664 /// \param RealizedPlatform If non-NULL and the availability result is found
665 /// in an available attribute it will set to the platform which is written in
666 /// the available attribute.
667 AvailabilityResult
668 getAvailability(std::string *Message = nullptr,
669 VersionTuple EnclosingVersion = VersionTuple(),
670 StringRef *RealizedPlatform = nullptr) const;
671
672 /// Retrieve the version of the target platform in which this
673 /// declaration was introduced.
674 ///
675 /// \returns An empty version tuple if this declaration has no 'introduced'
676 /// availability attributes, or the version tuple that's specified in the
677 /// attribute otherwise.
678 VersionTuple getVersionIntroduced() const;
679
680 /// Determine whether this declaration is marked 'deprecated'.
681 ///
682 /// \param Message If non-NULL and the declaration is deprecated,
683 /// this will be set to the message describing why the declaration
684 /// was deprecated (which may be empty).
685 bool isDeprecated(std::string *Message = nullptr) const {
686 return getAvailability(Message) == AR_Deprecated;
687 }
688
689 /// Determine whether this declaration is marked 'unavailable'.
690 ///
691 /// \param Message If non-NULL and the declaration is unavailable,
692 /// this will be set to the message describing why the declaration
693 /// was made unavailable (which may be empty).
694 bool isUnavailable(std::string *Message = nullptr) const {
695 return getAvailability(Message) == AR_Unavailable;
696 }
697
698 /// Determine whether this is a weak-imported symbol.
699 ///
700 /// Weak-imported symbols are typically marked with the
701 /// 'weak_import' attribute, but may also be marked with an
702 /// 'availability' attribute where we're targing a platform prior to
703 /// the introduction of this feature.
704 bool isWeakImported() const;
705
706 /// Determines whether this symbol can be weak-imported,
707 /// e.g., whether it would be well-formed to add the weak_import
708 /// attribute.
709 ///
710 /// \param IsDefinition Set to \c true to indicate that this
711 /// declaration cannot be weak-imported because it has a definition.
712 bool canBeWeakImported(bool &IsDefinition) const;
713
714 /// Determine whether this declaration came from an AST file (such as
715 /// a precompiled header or module) rather than having been parsed.
716 bool isFromASTFile() const { return FromASTFile; }
717
718 /// Retrieve the global declaration ID associated with this
719 /// declaration, which specifies where this Decl was loaded from.
720 unsigned getGlobalID() const {
721 if (isFromASTFile())
722 return *((const unsigned*)this - 1);
723 return 0;
724 }
725
726 /// Retrieve the global ID of the module that owns this particular
727 /// declaration.
728 unsigned getOwningModuleID() const {
729 if (isFromASTFile())
730 return *((const unsigned*)this - 2);
731 return 0;
732 }
733
734private:
735 Module *getOwningModuleSlow() const;
736
737protected:
738 bool hasLocalOwningModuleStorage() const;
739
740public:
741 /// Get the imported owning module, if this decl is from an imported
742 /// (non-local) module.
743 Module *getImportedOwningModule() const {
744 if (!isFromASTFile() || !hasOwningModule())
745 return nullptr;
746
747 return getOwningModuleSlow();
748 }
749
750 /// Get the local owning module, if known. Returns nullptr if owner is
751 /// not yet known or declaration is not from a module.
752 Module *getLocalOwningModule() const {
753 if (isFromASTFile() || !hasOwningModule())
754 return nullptr;
755
756 assert(hasLocalOwningModuleStorage() &&((void)0)
757 "owned local decl but no local module storage")((void)0);
758 return reinterpret_cast<Module *const *>(this)[-1];
759 }
760 void setLocalOwningModule(Module *M) {
761 assert(!isFromASTFile() && hasOwningModule() &&((void)0)
762 hasLocalOwningModuleStorage() &&((void)0)
763 "should not have a cached owning module")((void)0);
764 reinterpret_cast<Module **>(this)[-1] = M;
765 }
766
767 /// Is this declaration owned by some module?
768 bool hasOwningModule() const {
769 return getModuleOwnershipKind() != ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned;
770 }
771
772 /// Get the module that owns this declaration (for visibility purposes).
773 Module *getOwningModule() const {
774 return isFromASTFile() ? getImportedOwningModule() : getLocalOwningModule();
775 }
776
777 /// Get the module that owns this declaration for linkage purposes.
778 /// There only ever is such a module under the C++ Modules TS.
779 ///
780 /// \param IgnoreLinkage Ignore the linkage of the entity; assume that
781 /// all declarations in a global module fragment are unowned.
782 Module *getOwningModuleForLinkage(bool IgnoreLinkage = false) const;
783
784 /// Determine whether this declaration is definitely visible to name lookup,
785 /// independent of whether the owning module is visible.
786 /// Note: The declaration may be visible even if this returns \c false if the
787 /// owning module is visible within the query context. This is a low-level
788 /// helper function; most code should be calling Sema::isVisible() instead.
789 bool isUnconditionallyVisible() const {
790 return (int)getModuleOwnershipKind() <= (int)ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible;
791 }
792
793 /// Set that this declaration is globally visible, even if it came from a
794 /// module that is not visible.
795 void setVisibleDespiteOwningModule() {
796 if (!isUnconditionallyVisible())
797 setModuleOwnershipKind(ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible);
798 }
799
800 /// Get the kind of module ownership for this declaration.
801 ModuleOwnershipKind getModuleOwnershipKind() const {
802 return NextInContextAndBits.getInt();
803 }
804
805 /// Set whether this declaration is hidden from name lookup.
806 void setModuleOwnershipKind(ModuleOwnershipKind MOK) {
807 assert(!(getModuleOwnershipKind() == ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned &&((void)0)
808 MOK != ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned && !isFromASTFile() &&((void)0)
809 !hasLocalOwningModuleStorage()) &&((void)0)
810 "no storage available for owning module for this declaration")((void)0);
811 NextInContextAndBits.setInt(MOK);
812 }
813
814 unsigned getIdentifierNamespace() const {
815 return IdentifierNamespace;
816 }
817
818 bool isInIdentifierNamespace(unsigned NS) const {
819 return getIdentifierNamespace() & NS;
820 }
821
822 static unsigned getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(Kind DK);
823
824 bool hasTagIdentifierNamespace() const {
825 return isTagIdentifierNamespace(getIdentifierNamespace());
826 }
827
828 static bool isTagIdentifierNamespace(unsigned NS) {
829 // TagDecls have Tag and Type set and may also have TagFriend.
830 return (NS & ~IDNS_TagFriend) == (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Type);
831 }
832
833 /// getLexicalDeclContext - The declaration context where this Decl was
834 /// lexically declared (LexicalDC). May be different from
835 /// getDeclContext() (SemanticDC).
836 /// e.g.:
837 ///
838 /// namespace A {
839 /// void f(); // SemanticDC == LexicalDC == 'namespace A'
840 /// }
841 /// void A::f(); // SemanticDC == namespace 'A'
842 /// // LexicalDC == global namespace
843 DeclContext *getLexicalDeclContext() {
844 if (isInSemaDC())
845 return getSemanticDC();
846 return getMultipleDC()->LexicalDC;
847 }
848 const DeclContext *getLexicalDeclContext() const {
849 return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getLexicalDeclContext();
850 }
851
852 /// Determine whether this declaration is declared out of line (outside its
853 /// semantic context).
854 virtual bool isOutOfLine() const;
855
856 /// setDeclContext - Set both the semantic and lexical DeclContext
857 /// to DC.
858 void setDeclContext(DeclContext *DC);
859
860 void setLexicalDeclContext(DeclContext *DC);
861
862 /// Determine whether this declaration is a templated entity (whether it is
863 // within the scope of a template parameter).
864 bool isTemplated() const;
865
866 /// Determine the number of levels of template parameter surrounding this
867 /// declaration.
868 unsigned getTemplateDepth() const;
869
870 /// isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod - This predicate returns true if this
871 /// scoped decl is defined outside the current function or method. This is
872 /// roughly global variables and functions, but also handles enums (which
873 /// could be defined inside or outside a function etc).
874 bool isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod() const {
875 return getParentFunctionOrMethod() == nullptr;
876 }
877
878 /// Determine whether a substitution into this declaration would occur as
879 /// part of a substitution into a dependent local scope. Such a substitution
880 /// transitively substitutes into all constructs nested within this
881 /// declaration.
882 ///
883 /// This recognizes non-defining declarations as well as members of local
884 /// classes and lambdas:
885 /// \code
886 /// template<typename T> void foo() { void bar(); }
887 /// template<typename T> void foo2() { class ABC { void bar(); }; }
888 /// template<typename T> inline int x = [](){ return 0; }();
889 /// \endcode
890 bool isInLocalScopeForInstantiation() const;
891
892 /// If this decl is defined inside a function/method/block it returns
893 /// the corresponding DeclContext, otherwise it returns null.
894 const DeclContext *getParentFunctionOrMethod() const;
895 DeclContext *getParentFunctionOrMethod() {
896 return const_cast<DeclContext*>(
897 const_cast<const Decl*>(this)->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
898 }
899
900 /// Retrieves the "canonical" declaration of the given declaration.
901 virtual Decl *getCanonicalDecl() { return this; }
902 const Decl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
903 return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
904 }
905
906 /// Whether this particular Decl is a canonical one.
907 bool isCanonicalDecl() const { return getCanonicalDecl() == this; }
908
909protected:
910 /// Returns the next redeclaration or itself if this is the only decl.
911 ///
912 /// Decl subclasses that can be redeclared should override this method so that
913 /// Decl::redecl_iterator can iterate over them.
914 virtual Decl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() { return this; }
915
916 /// Implementation of getPreviousDecl(), to be overridden by any
917 /// subclass that has a redeclaration chain.
918 virtual Decl *getPreviousDeclImpl() { return nullptr; }
919
920 /// Implementation of getMostRecentDecl(), to be overridden by any
921 /// subclass that has a redeclaration chain.
922 virtual Decl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() { return this; }
923
924public:
925 /// Iterates through all the redeclarations of the same decl.
926 class redecl_iterator {
927 /// Current - The current declaration.
928 Decl *Current = nullptr;
929 Decl *Starter;
930
931 public:
932 using value_type = Decl *;
933 using reference = const value_type &;
934 using pointer = const value_type *;
935 using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
936 using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
937
938 redecl_iterator() = default;
939 explicit redecl_iterator(Decl *C) : Current(C), Starter(C) {}
940
941 reference operator*() const { return Current; }
942 value_type operator->() const { return Current; }
943
944 redecl_iterator& operator++() {
945 assert(Current && "Advancing while iterator has reached end")((void)0);
946 // Get either previous decl or latest decl.
947 Decl *Next = Current->getNextRedeclarationImpl();
948 assert(Next && "Should return next redeclaration or itself, never null!")((void)0);
949 Current = (Next != Starter) ? Next : nullptr;
950 return *this;
951 }
952
953 redecl_iterator operator++(int) {
954 redecl_iterator tmp(*this);
955 ++(*this);
956 return tmp;
957 }
958
959 friend bool operator==(redecl_iterator x, redecl_iterator y) {
960 return x.Current == y.Current;
961 }
962
963 friend bool operator!=(redecl_iterator x, redecl_iterator y) {
964 return x.Current != y.Current;
965 }
966 };
967
968 using redecl_range = llvm::iterator_range<redecl_iterator>;
969
970 /// Returns an iterator range for all the redeclarations of the same
971 /// decl. It will iterate at least once (when this decl is the only one).
972 redecl_range redecls() const {
973 return redecl_range(redecls_begin(), redecls_end());
974 }
975
976 redecl_iterator redecls_begin() const {
977 return redecl_iterator(const_cast<Decl *>(this));
978 }
979
980 redecl_iterator redecls_end() const { return redecl_iterator(); }
981
982 /// Retrieve the previous declaration that declares the same entity
983 /// as this declaration, or NULL if there is no previous declaration.
984 Decl *getPreviousDecl() { return getPreviousDeclImpl(); }
985
986 /// Retrieve the previous declaration that declares the same entity
987 /// as this declaration, or NULL if there is no previous declaration.
988 const Decl *getPreviousDecl() const {
989 return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getPreviousDeclImpl();
990 }
991
992 /// True if this is the first declaration in its redeclaration chain.
993 bool isFirstDecl() const {
994 return getPreviousDecl() == nullptr;
995 }
996
997 /// Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
998 /// as this declaration (which may be this declaration).
999 Decl *getMostRecentDecl() { return getMostRecentDeclImpl(); }
1000
1001 /// Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
1002 /// as this declaration (which may be this declaration).
1003 const Decl *getMostRecentDecl() const {
1004 return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getMostRecentDeclImpl();
1005 }
1006
1007 /// getBody - If this Decl represents a declaration for a body of code,
1008 /// such as a function or method definition, this method returns the
1009 /// top-level Stmt* of that body. Otherwise this method returns null.
1010 virtual Stmt* getBody() const { return nullptr; }
1011
1012 /// Returns true if this \c Decl represents a declaration for a body of
1013 /// code, such as a function or method definition.
1014 /// Note that \c hasBody can also return true if any redeclaration of this
1015 /// \c Decl represents a declaration for a body of code.
1016 virtual bool hasBody() const { return getBody() != nullptr; }
1017
1018 /// getBodyRBrace - Gets the right brace of the body, if a body exists.
1019 /// This works whether the body is a CompoundStmt or a CXXTryStmt.
1020 SourceLocation getBodyRBrace() const;
1021
1022 // global temp stats (until we have a per-module visitor)
1023 static void add(Kind k);
1024 static void EnableStatistics();
1025 static void PrintStats();
1026
1027 /// isTemplateParameter - Determines whether this declaration is a
1028 /// template parameter.
1029 bool isTemplateParameter() const;
1030
1031 /// isTemplateParameter - Determines whether this declaration is a
1032 /// template parameter pack.
1033 bool isTemplateParameterPack() const;
1034
1035 /// Whether this declaration is a parameter pack.
1036 bool isParameterPack() const;
1037
1038 /// returns true if this declaration is a template
1039 bool isTemplateDecl() const;
1040
1041 /// Whether this declaration is a function or function template.
1042 bool isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() const {
1043 return (DeclKind >= Decl::firstFunction &&
1044 DeclKind <= Decl::lastFunction) ||
1045 DeclKind == FunctionTemplate;
1046 }
1047
1048 /// If this is a declaration that describes some template, this
1049 /// method returns that template declaration.
1050 ///
1051 /// Note that this returns nullptr for partial specializations, because they
1052 /// are not modeled as TemplateDecls. Use getDescribedTemplateParams to handle
1053 /// those cases.
1054 TemplateDecl *getDescribedTemplate() const;
1055
1056 /// If this is a declaration that describes some template or partial
1057 /// specialization, this returns the corresponding template parameter list.
1058 const TemplateParameterList *getDescribedTemplateParams() const;
1059
1060 /// Returns the function itself, or the templated function if this is a
1061 /// function template.
1062 FunctionDecl *getAsFunction() LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__));
1063
1064 const FunctionDecl *getAsFunction() const {
1065 return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getAsFunction();
1066 }
1067
1068 /// Changes the namespace of this declaration to reflect that it's
1069 /// a function-local extern declaration.
1070 ///
1071 /// These declarations appear in the lexical context of the extern
1072 /// declaration, but in the semantic context of the enclosing namespace
1073 /// scope.
1074 void setLocalExternDecl() {
1075 Decl *Prev = getPreviousDecl();
1076 IdentifierNamespace &= ~IDNS_Ordinary;
1077
1078 // It's OK for the declaration to still have the "invisible friend" flag or
1079 // the "conflicts with tag declarations in this scope" flag for the outer
1080 // scope.
1081 assert((IdentifierNamespace & ~(IDNS_OrdinaryFriend | IDNS_Tag)) == 0 &&((void)0)
1082 "namespace is not ordinary")((void)0);
1083
1084 IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_LocalExtern;
1085 if (Prev && Prev->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS_Ordinary)
1086 IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_Ordinary;
1087 }
1088
1089 /// Determine whether this is a block-scope declaration with linkage.
1090 /// This will either be a local variable declaration declared 'extern', or a
1091 /// local function declaration.
1092 bool isLocalExternDecl() {
1093 return IdentifierNamespace & IDNS_LocalExtern;
1094 }
1095
1096 /// Changes the namespace of this declaration to reflect that it's
1097 /// the object of a friend declaration.
1098 ///
1099 /// These declarations appear in the lexical context of the friending
1100 /// class, but in the semantic context of the actual entity. This property
1101 /// applies only to a specific decl object; other redeclarations of the
1102 /// same entity may not (and probably don't) share this property.
1103 void setObjectOfFriendDecl(bool PerformFriendInjection = false) {
1104 unsigned OldNS = IdentifierNamespace;
1105 assert((OldNS & (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Ordinary |((void)0)
1106 IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |((void)0)
1107 IDNS_LocalExtern | IDNS_NonMemberOperator)) &&((void)0)
1108 "namespace includes neither ordinary nor tag")((void)0);
1109 assert(!(OldNS & ~(IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_Type |((void)0)
1110 IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |((void)0)
1111 IDNS_LocalExtern | IDNS_NonMemberOperator)) &&((void)0)
1112 "namespace includes other than ordinary or tag")((void)0);
1113
1114 Decl *Prev = getPreviousDecl();
1115 IdentifierNamespace &= ~(IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Type);
1116
1117 if (OldNS & (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_TagFriend)) {
1118 IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_TagFriend;
1119 if (PerformFriendInjection ||
1120 (Prev && Prev->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS_Tag))
1121 IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Type;
1122 }
1123
1124 if (OldNS & (IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
1125 IDNS_LocalExtern | IDNS_NonMemberOperator)) {
1126 IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
1127 if (PerformFriendInjection ||
1128 (Prev && Prev->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS_Ordinary))
1129 IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_Ordinary;
1130 }
1131 }
1132
1133 enum FriendObjectKind {
1134 FOK_None, ///< Not a friend object.
1135 FOK_Declared, ///< A friend of a previously-declared entity.
1136 FOK_Undeclared ///< A friend of a previously-undeclared entity.
1137 };
1138
1139 /// Determines whether this declaration is the object of a
1140 /// friend declaration and, if so, what kind.
1141 ///
1142 /// There is currently no direct way to find the associated FriendDecl.
1143 FriendObjectKind getFriendObjectKind() const {
1144 unsigned mask =
1145 (IdentifierNamespace & (IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_OrdinaryFriend));
1146 if (!mask) return FOK_None;
1147 return (IdentifierNamespace & (IDNS_Tag | IDNS_Ordinary) ? FOK_Declared
1148 : FOK_Undeclared);
1149 }
1150
1151 /// Specifies that this declaration is a C++ overloaded non-member.
1152 void setNonMemberOperator() {
1153 assert(getKind() == Function || getKind() == FunctionTemplate)((void)0);
1154 assert((IdentifierNamespace & IDNS_Ordinary) &&((void)0)
1155 "visible non-member operators should be in ordinary namespace")((void)0);
1156 IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
1157 }
1158
1159 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return true; }
1160 static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const Decl *);
1161 static Decl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *);
1162
1163 void print(raw_ostream &Out, unsigned Indentation = 0,
1164 bool PrintInstantiation = false) const;
1165 void print(raw_ostream &Out, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
1166 unsigned Indentation = 0, bool PrintInstantiation = false) const;
1167 static void printGroup(Decl** Begin, unsigned NumDecls,
1168 raw_ostream &Out, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
1169 unsigned Indentation = 0);
1170
1171 // Debuggers don't usually respect default arguments.
1172 void dump() const;
1173
1174 // Same as dump(), but forces color printing.
1175 void dumpColor() const;
1176
1177 void dump(raw_ostream &Out, bool Deserialize = false,
1178 ASTDumpOutputFormat OutputFormat = ADOF_Default) const;
1179
1180 /// \return Unique reproducible object identifier
1181 int64_t getID() const;
1182
1183 /// Looks through the Decl's underlying type to extract a FunctionType
1184 /// when possible. Will return null if the type underlying the Decl does not
1185 /// have a FunctionType.
1186 const FunctionType *getFunctionType(bool BlocksToo = true) const;
1187
1188private:
1189 void setAttrsImpl(const AttrVec& Attrs, ASTContext &Ctx);
1190 void setDeclContextsImpl(DeclContext *SemaDC, DeclContext *LexicalDC,
1191 ASTContext &Ctx);
1192
1193protected:
1194 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1195};
1196
1197/// Determine whether two declarations declare the same entity.
1198inline bool declaresSameEntity(const Decl *D1, const Decl *D2) {
1199 if (!D1 || !D2)
1200 return false;
1201
1202 if (D1 == D2)
1203 return true;
1204
1205 return D1->getCanonicalDecl() == D2->getCanonicalDecl();
1206}
1207
1208/// PrettyStackTraceDecl - If a crash occurs, indicate that it happened when
1209/// doing something to a specific decl.
1210class PrettyStackTraceDecl : public llvm::PrettyStackTraceEntry {
1211 const Decl *TheDecl;
1212 SourceLocation Loc;
1213 SourceManager &SM;
1214 const char *Message;
1215
1216public:
1217 PrettyStackTraceDecl(const Decl *theDecl, SourceLocation L,
1218 SourceManager &sm, const char *Msg)
1219 : TheDecl(theDecl), Loc(L), SM(sm), Message(Msg) {}
1220
1221 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const override;
1222};
1223} // namespace clang
1224
1225// Required to determine the layout of the PointerUnion<NamedDecl*> before
1226// seeing the NamedDecl definition being first used in DeclListNode::operator*.
1227namespace llvm {
1228 template <> struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<::clang::NamedDecl *> {
1229 static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::NamedDecl *P) { return P; }
1230 static inline ::clang::NamedDecl *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
1231 return static_cast<::clang::NamedDecl *>(P);
1232 }
1233 static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 3;
1234 };
1235}
1236
1237namespace clang {
1238/// A list storing NamedDecls in the lookup tables.
1239class DeclListNode {
1240 friend class ASTContext; // allocate, deallocate nodes.
1241 friend class StoredDeclsList;
1242public:
1243 using Decls = llvm::PointerUnion<NamedDecl*, DeclListNode*>;
1244 class iterator {
1245 friend class DeclContextLookupResult;
1246 friend class StoredDeclsList;
1247
1248 Decls Ptr;
1249 iterator(Decls Node) : Ptr(Node) { }
1250 public:
1251 using difference_type = ptrdiff_t;
1252 using value_type = NamedDecl*;
1253 using pointer = void;
1254 using reference = value_type;
1255 using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
1256
1257 iterator() = default;
1258
1259 reference operator*() const {
1260 assert(Ptr && "dereferencing end() iterator")((void)0);
1261 if (DeclListNode *CurNode = Ptr.dyn_cast<DeclListNode*>())
1262 return CurNode->D;
1263 return Ptr.get<NamedDecl*>();
1264 }
1265 void operator->() const { } // Unsupported.
1266 bool operator==(const iterator &X) const { return Ptr == X.Ptr; }
1267 bool operator!=(const iterator &X) const { return Ptr != X.Ptr; }
1268 inline iterator &operator++() { // ++It
1269 assert(!Ptr.isNull() && "Advancing empty iterator")((void)0);
1270
1271 if (DeclListNode *CurNode = Ptr.dyn_cast<DeclListNode*>())
1272 Ptr = CurNode->Rest;
1273 else
1274 Ptr = nullptr;
1275 return *this;
1276 }
1277 iterator operator++(int) { // It++
1278 iterator temp = *this;
1279 ++(*this);
1280 return temp;
1281 }
1282 // Enables the pattern for (iterator I =..., E = I.end(); I != E; ++I)
1283 iterator end() { return iterator(); }
1284 };
1285private:
1286 NamedDecl *D = nullptr;
1287 Decls Rest = nullptr;
1288 DeclListNode(NamedDecl *ND) : D(ND) {}
1289};
1290
1291/// The results of name lookup within a DeclContext.
1292class DeclContextLookupResult {
1293 using Decls = DeclListNode::Decls;
1294
1295 /// When in collection form, this is what the Data pointer points to.
1296 Decls Result;
1297
1298public:
1299 DeclContextLookupResult() = default;
1300 DeclContextLookupResult(Decls Result) : Result(Result) {}
1301
1302 using iterator = DeclListNode::iterator;
1303 using const_iterator = iterator;
1304 using reference = iterator::reference;
1305
1306 iterator begin() { return iterator(Result); }
1307 iterator end() { return iterator(); }
1308 const_iterator begin() const {
1309 return const_cast<DeclContextLookupResult*>(this)->begin();
1310 }
1311 const_iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
1312
1313 bool empty() const { return Result.isNull(); }
1314 bool isSingleResult() const { return Result.dyn_cast<NamedDecl*>(); }
1315 reference front() const { return *begin(); }
1316
1317 // Find the first declaration of the given type in the list. Note that this
1318 // is not in general the earliest-declared declaration, and should only be
1319 // used when it's not possible for there to be more than one match or where
1320 // it doesn't matter which one is found.
1321 template<class T> T *find_first() const {
1322 for (auto *D : *this)
1323 if (T *Decl = dyn_cast<T>(D))
1324 return Decl;
1325
1326 return nullptr;
1327 }
1328};
1329
1330/// DeclContext - This is used only as base class of specific decl types that
1331/// can act as declaration contexts. These decls are (only the top classes
1332/// that directly derive from DeclContext are mentioned, not their subclasses):
1333///
1334/// TranslationUnitDecl
1335/// ExternCContext
1336/// NamespaceDecl
1337/// TagDecl
1338/// OMPDeclareReductionDecl
1339/// OMPDeclareMapperDecl
1340/// FunctionDecl
1341/// ObjCMethodDecl
1342/// ObjCContainerDecl
1343/// LinkageSpecDecl
1344/// ExportDecl
1345/// BlockDecl
1346/// CapturedDecl
1347class DeclContext {
1348 /// For makeDeclVisibleInContextImpl
1349 friend class ASTDeclReader;
1350 /// For reconcileExternalVisibleStorage, CreateStoredDeclsMap,
1351 /// hasNeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage
1352 friend class ExternalASTSource;
1353 /// For CreateStoredDeclsMap
1354 friend class DependentDiagnostic;
1355 /// For hasNeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage,
1356 /// hasLazyLocalLexicalLookups, hasLazyExternalLexicalLookups
1357 friend class ASTWriter;
1358
1359 // We use uint64_t in the bit-fields below since some bit-fields
1360 // cross the unsigned boundary and this breaks the packing.
1361
1362 /// Stores the bits used by DeclContext.
1363 /// If modified NumDeclContextBit, the ctor of DeclContext and the accessor
1364 /// methods in DeclContext should be updated appropriately.
1365 class DeclContextBitfields {
1366 friend class DeclContext;
1367 /// DeclKind - This indicates which class this is.
1368 uint64_t DeclKind : 7;
1369
1370 /// Whether this declaration context also has some external
1371 /// storage that contains additional declarations that are lexically
1372 /// part of this context.
1373 mutable uint64_t ExternalLexicalStorage : 1;
1374
1375 /// Whether this declaration context also has some external
1376 /// storage that contains additional declarations that are visible
1377 /// in this context.
1378 mutable uint64_t ExternalVisibleStorage : 1;
1379
1380 /// Whether this declaration context has had externally visible
1381 /// storage added since the last lookup. In this case, \c LookupPtr's
1382 /// invariant may not hold and needs to be fixed before we perform
1383 /// another lookup.
1384 mutable uint64_t NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage : 1;
1385
1386 /// If \c true, this context may have local lexical declarations
1387 /// that are missing from the lookup table.
1388 mutable uint64_t HasLazyLocalLexicalLookups : 1;
1389
1390 /// If \c true, the external source may have lexical declarations
1391 /// that are missing from the lookup table.
1392 mutable uint64_t HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups : 1;
1393
1394 /// If \c true, lookups should only return identifier from
1395 /// DeclContext scope (for example TranslationUnit). Used in
1396 /// LookupQualifiedName()
1397 mutable uint64_t UseQualifiedLookup : 1;
1398 };
1399
1400 /// Number of bits in DeclContextBitfields.
1401 enum { NumDeclContextBits = 13 };
1402
1403 /// Stores the bits used by TagDecl.
1404 /// If modified NumTagDeclBits and the accessor
1405 /// methods in TagDecl should be updated appropriately.
1406 class TagDeclBitfields {
1407 friend class TagDecl;
1408 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields
1409 uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1410
1411 /// The TagKind enum.
1412 uint64_t TagDeclKind : 3;
1413
1414 /// True if this is a definition ("struct foo {};"), false if it is a
1415 /// declaration ("struct foo;"). It is not considered a definition
1416 /// until the definition has been fully processed.
1417 uint64_t IsCompleteDefinition : 1;
1418
1419 /// True if this is currently being defined.
1420 uint64_t IsBeingDefined : 1;
1421
1422 /// True if this tag declaration is "embedded" (i.e., defined or declared
1423 /// for the very first time) in the syntax of a declarator.
1424 uint64_t IsEmbeddedInDeclarator : 1;
1425
1426 /// True if this tag is free standing, e.g. "struct foo;".
1427 uint64_t IsFreeStanding : 1;
1428
1429 /// Indicates whether it is possible for declarations of this kind
1430 /// to have an out-of-date definition.
1431 ///
1432 /// This option is only enabled when modules are enabled.
1433 uint64_t MayHaveOutOfDateDef : 1;
1434
1435 /// Has the full definition of this type been required by a use somewhere in
1436 /// the TU.
1437 uint64_t IsCompleteDefinitionRequired : 1;
1438 };
1439
1440 /// Number of non-inherited bits in TagDeclBitfields.
1441 enum { NumTagDeclBits = 9 };
1442
1443 /// Stores the bits used by EnumDecl.
1444 /// If modified NumEnumDeclBit and the accessor
1445 /// methods in EnumDecl should be updated appropriately.
1446 class EnumDeclBitfields {
1447 friend class EnumDecl;
1448 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields.
1449 uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1450 /// For the bits in TagDeclBitfields.
1451 uint64_t : NumTagDeclBits;
1452
1453 /// Width in bits required to store all the non-negative
1454 /// enumerators of this enum.
1455 uint64_t NumPositiveBits : 8;
1456
1457 /// Width in bits required to store all the negative
1458 /// enumerators of this enum.
1459 uint64_t NumNegativeBits : 8;
1460
1461 /// True if this tag declaration is a scoped enumeration. Only
1462 /// possible in C++11 mode.
1463 uint64_t IsScoped : 1;
1464
1465 /// If this tag declaration is a scoped enum,
1466 /// then this is true if the scoped enum was declared using the class
1467 /// tag, false if it was declared with the struct tag. No meaning is
1468 /// associated if this tag declaration is not a scoped enum.
1469 uint64_t IsScopedUsingClassTag : 1;
1470
1471 /// True if this is an enumeration with fixed underlying type. Only
1472 /// possible in C++11, Microsoft extensions, or Objective C mode.
1473 uint64_t IsFixed : 1;
1474
1475 /// True if a valid hash is stored in ODRHash.
1476 uint64_t HasODRHash : 1;
1477 };
1478
1479 /// Number of non-inherited bits in EnumDeclBitfields.
1480 enum { NumEnumDeclBits = 20 };
1481
1482 /// Stores the bits used by RecordDecl.
1483 /// If modified NumRecordDeclBits and the accessor
1484 /// methods in RecordDecl should be updated appropriately.
1485 class RecordDeclBitfields {
1486 friend class RecordDecl;
1487 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields.
1488 uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1489 /// For the bits in TagDeclBitfields.
1490 uint64_t : NumTagDeclBits;
1491
1492 /// This is true if this struct ends with a flexible
1493 /// array member (e.g. int X[]) or if this union contains a struct that does.
1494 /// If so, this cannot be contained in arrays or other structs as a member.
1495 uint64_t HasFlexibleArrayMember : 1;
1496
1497 /// Whether this is the type of an anonymous struct or union.
1498 uint64_t AnonymousStructOrUnion : 1;
1499
1500 /// This is true if this struct has at least one member
1501 /// containing an Objective-C object pointer type.
1502 uint64_t HasObjectMember : 1;
1503
1504 /// This is true if struct has at least one member of
1505 /// 'volatile' type.
1506 uint64_t HasVolatileMember : 1;
1507
1508 /// Whether the field declarations of this record have been loaded
1509 /// from external storage. To avoid unnecessary deserialization of
1510 /// methods/nested types we allow deserialization of just the fields
1511 /// when needed.
1512 mutable uint64_t LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage : 1;
1513
1514 /// Basic properties of non-trivial C structs.
1515 uint64_t NonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize : 1;
1516 uint64_t NonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy : 1;
1517 uint64_t NonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy : 1;
1518
1519 /// The following bits indicate whether this is or contains a C union that
1520 /// is non-trivial to default-initialize, destruct, or copy. These bits
1521 /// imply the associated basic non-triviality predicates declared above.
1522 uint64_t HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion : 1;
1523 uint64_t HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion : 1;
1524 uint64_t HasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion : 1;
1525
1526 /// Indicates whether this struct is destroyed in the callee.
1527 uint64_t ParamDestroyedInCallee : 1;
1528
1529 /// Represents the way this type is passed to a function.
1530 uint64_t ArgPassingRestrictions : 2;
1531 };
1532
1533 /// Number of non-inherited bits in RecordDeclBitfields.
1534 enum { NumRecordDeclBits = 14 };
1535
1536 /// Stores the bits used by OMPDeclareReductionDecl.
1537 /// If modified NumOMPDeclareReductionDeclBits and the accessor
1538 /// methods in OMPDeclareReductionDecl should be updated appropriately.
1539 class OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields {
1540 friend class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
1541 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields
1542 uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1543
1544 /// Kind of initializer,
1545 /// function call or omp_priv<init_expr> initializtion.
1546 uint64_t InitializerKind : 2;
1547 };
1548
1549 /// Number of non-inherited bits in OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields.
1550 enum { NumOMPDeclareReductionDeclBits = 2 };
1551
1552 /// Stores the bits used by FunctionDecl.
1553 /// If modified NumFunctionDeclBits and the accessor
1554 /// methods in FunctionDecl and CXXDeductionGuideDecl
1555 /// (for IsCopyDeductionCandidate) should be updated appropriately.
1556 class FunctionDeclBitfields {
1557 friend class FunctionDecl;
1558 /// For IsCopyDeductionCandidate
1559 friend class CXXDeductionGuideDecl;
1560 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields.
1561 uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1562
1563 uint64_t SClass : 3;
1564 uint64_t IsInline : 1;
1565 uint64_t IsInlineSpecified : 1;
1566
1567 uint64_t IsVirtualAsWritten : 1;
1568 uint64_t IsPure : 1;
1569 uint64_t HasInheritedPrototype : 1;
1570 uint64_t HasWrittenPrototype : 1;
1571 uint64_t IsDeleted : 1;
1572 /// Used by CXXMethodDecl
1573 uint64_t IsTrivial : 1;
1574
1575 /// This flag indicates whether this function is trivial for the purpose of
1576 /// calls. This is meaningful only when this function is a copy/move
1577 /// constructor or a destructor.
1578 uint64_t IsTrivialForCall : 1;
1579
1580 uint64_t IsDefaulted : 1;
1581 uint64_t IsExplicitlyDefaulted : 1;
1582 uint64_t HasDefaultedFunctionInfo : 1;
1583 uint64_t HasImplicitReturnZero : 1;
1584 uint64_t IsLateTemplateParsed : 1;
1585
1586 /// Kind of contexpr specifier as defined by ConstexprSpecKind.
1587 uint64_t ConstexprKind : 2;
1588 uint64_t InstantiationIsPending : 1;
1589
1590 /// Indicates if the function uses __try.
1591 uint64_t UsesSEHTry : 1;
1592
1593 /// Indicates if the function was a definition
1594 /// but its body was skipped.
1595 uint64_t HasSkippedBody : 1;
1596
1597 /// Indicates if the function declaration will
1598 /// have a body, once we're done parsing it.
1599 uint64_t WillHaveBody : 1;
1600
1601 /// Indicates that this function is a multiversioned
1602 /// function using attribute 'target'.
1603 uint64_t IsMultiVersion : 1;
1604
1605 /// [C++17] Only used by CXXDeductionGuideDecl. Indicates that
1606 /// the Deduction Guide is the implicitly generated 'copy
1607 /// deduction candidate' (is used during overload resolution).
1608 uint64_t IsCopyDeductionCandidate : 1;
1609
1610 /// Store the ODRHash after first calculation.
1611 uint64_t HasODRHash : 1;
1612
1613 /// Indicates if the function uses Floating Point Constrained Intrinsics
1614 uint64_t UsesFPIntrin : 1;
1615 };
1616
1617 /// Number of non-inherited bits in FunctionDeclBitfields.
1618 enum { NumFunctionDeclBits = 27 };
1619
1620 /// Stores the bits used by CXXConstructorDecl. If modified
1621 /// NumCXXConstructorDeclBits and the accessor
1622 /// methods in CXXConstructorDecl should be updated appropriately.
1623 class CXXConstructorDeclBitfields {
1624 friend class CXXConstructorDecl;
1625 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields.
1626 uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1627 /// For the bits in FunctionDeclBitfields.
1628 uint64_t : NumFunctionDeclBits;
1629
1630 /// 24 bits to fit in the remaining available space.
1631 /// Note that this makes CXXConstructorDeclBitfields take
1632 /// exactly 64 bits and thus the width of NumCtorInitializers
1633 /// will need to be shrunk if some bit is added to NumDeclContextBitfields,
1634 /// NumFunctionDeclBitfields or CXXConstructorDeclBitfields.
1635 uint64_t NumCtorInitializers : 21;
1636 uint64_t IsInheritingConstructor : 1;
1637
1638 /// Whether this constructor has a trail-allocated explicit specifier.
1639 uint64_t HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier : 1;
1640 /// If this constructor does't have a trail-allocated explicit specifier.
1641 /// Whether this constructor is explicit specified.
1642 uint64_t IsSimpleExplicit : 1;
1643 };
1644
1645 /// Number of non-inherited bits in CXXConstructorDeclBitfields.
1646 enum {
1647 NumCXXConstructorDeclBits = 64 - NumDeclContextBits - NumFunctionDeclBits
1648 };
1649
1650 /// Stores the bits used by ObjCMethodDecl.
1651 /// If modified NumObjCMethodDeclBits and the accessor
1652 /// methods in ObjCMethodDecl should be updated appropriately.
1653 class ObjCMethodDeclBitfields {
1654 friend class ObjCMethodDecl;
1655
1656 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields.
1657 uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1658
1659 /// The conventional meaning of this method; an ObjCMethodFamily.
1660 /// This is not serialized; instead, it is computed on demand and
1661 /// cached.
1662 mutable uint64_t Family : ObjCMethodFamilyBitWidth;
1663
1664 /// instance (true) or class (false) method.
1665 uint64_t IsInstance : 1;
1666 uint64_t IsVariadic : 1;
1667
1668 /// True if this method is the getter or setter for an explicit property.
1669 uint64_t IsPropertyAccessor : 1;
1670
1671 /// True if this method is a synthesized property accessor stub.
1672 uint64_t IsSynthesizedAccessorStub : 1;
1673
1674 /// Method has a definition.
1675 uint64_t IsDefined : 1;
1676
1677 /// Method redeclaration in the same interface.
1678 uint64_t IsRedeclaration : 1;
1679
1680 /// Is redeclared in the same interface.
1681 mutable uint64_t HasRedeclaration : 1;
1682
1683 /// \@required/\@optional
1684 uint64_t DeclImplementation : 2;
1685
1686 /// in, inout, etc.
1687 uint64_t objcDeclQualifier : 7;
1688
1689 /// Indicates whether this method has a related result type.
1690 uint64_t RelatedResultType : 1;
1691
1692 /// Whether the locations of the selector identifiers are in a
1693 /// "standard" position, a enum SelectorLocationsKind.
1694 uint64_t SelLocsKind : 2;
1695
1696 /// Whether this method overrides any other in the class hierarchy.
1697 ///
1698 /// A method is said to override any method in the class's
1699 /// base classes, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has
1700 /// the same selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
1701 /// A method in an implementation is not considered as overriding the same
1702 /// method in the interface or its categories.
1703 uint64_t IsOverriding : 1;
1704
1705 /// Indicates if the method was a definition but its body was skipped.
1706 uint64_t HasSkippedBody : 1;
1707 };
1708
1709 /// Number of non-inherited bits in ObjCMethodDeclBitfields.
1710 enum { NumObjCMethodDeclBits = 24 };
1711
1712 /// Stores the bits used by ObjCContainerDecl.
1713 /// If modified NumObjCContainerDeclBits and the accessor
1714 /// methods in ObjCContainerDecl should be updated appropriately.
1715 class ObjCContainerDeclBitfields {
1716 friend class ObjCContainerDecl;
1717 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields
1718 uint32_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1719
1720 // Not a bitfield but this saves space.
1721 // Note that ObjCContainerDeclBitfields is full.
1722 SourceLocation AtStart;
1723 };
1724
1725 /// Number of non-inherited bits in ObjCContainerDeclBitfields.
1726 /// Note that here we rely on the fact that SourceLocation is 32 bits
1727 /// wide. We check this with the static_assert in the ctor of DeclContext.
1728 enum { NumObjCContainerDeclBits = 64 - NumDeclContextBits };
1729
1730 /// Stores the bits used by LinkageSpecDecl.
1731 /// If modified NumLinkageSpecDeclBits and the accessor
1732 /// methods in LinkageSpecDecl should be updated appropriately.
1733 class LinkageSpecDeclBitfields {
1734 friend class LinkageSpecDecl;
1735 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields.
1736 uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1737
1738 /// The language for this linkage specification with values
1739 /// in the enum LinkageSpecDecl::LanguageIDs.
1740 uint64_t Language : 3;
1741
1742 /// True if this linkage spec has braces.
1743 /// This is needed so that hasBraces() returns the correct result while the
1744 /// linkage spec body is being parsed. Once RBraceLoc has been set this is
1745 /// not used, so it doesn't need to be serialized.
1746 uint64_t HasBraces : 1;
1747 };
1748
1749 /// Number of non-inherited bits in LinkageSpecDeclBitfields.
1750 enum { NumLinkageSpecDeclBits = 4 };
1751
1752 /// Stores the bits used by BlockDecl.
1753 /// If modified NumBlockDeclBits and the accessor
1754 /// methods in BlockDecl should be updated appropriately.
1755 class BlockDeclBitfields {
1756 friend class BlockDecl;
1757 /// For the bits in DeclContextBitfields.
1758 uint64_t : NumDeclContextBits;
1759
1760 uint64_t IsVariadic : 1;
1761 uint64_t CapturesCXXThis : 1;
1762 uint64_t BlockMissingReturnType : 1;
1763 uint64_t IsConversionFromLambda : 1;
1764
1765 /// A bit that indicates this block is passed directly to a function as a
1766 /// non-escaping parameter.
1767 uint64_t DoesNotEscape : 1;
1768
1769 /// A bit that indicates whether it's possible to avoid coying this block to
1770 /// the heap when it initializes or is assigned to a local variable with
1771 /// automatic storage.
1772 uint64_t CanAvoidCopyToHeap : 1;
1773 };
1774
1775 /// Number of non-inherited bits in BlockDeclBitfields.
1776 enum { NumBlockDeclBits = 5 };
1777
1778 /// Pointer to the data structure used to lookup declarations
1779 /// within this context (or a DependentStoredDeclsMap if this is a
1780 /// dependent context). We maintain the invariant that, if the map
1781 /// contains an entry for a DeclarationName (and we haven't lazily
1782 /// omitted anything), then it contains all relevant entries for that
1783 /// name (modulo the hasExternalDecls() flag).
1784 mutable StoredDeclsMap *LookupPtr = nullptr;
1785
1786protected:
1787 /// This anonymous union stores the bits belonging to DeclContext and classes
1788 /// deriving from it. The goal is to use otherwise wasted
1789 /// space in DeclContext to store data belonging to derived classes.
1790 /// The space saved is especially significient when pointers are aligned
1791 /// to 8 bytes. In this case due to alignment requirements we have a
1792 /// little less than 8 bytes free in DeclContext which we can use.
1793 /// We check that none of the classes in this union is larger than
1794 /// 8 bytes with static_asserts in the ctor of DeclContext.
1795 union {
1796 DeclContextBitfields DeclContextBits;
1797 TagDeclBitfields TagDeclBits;
1798 EnumDeclBitfields EnumDeclBits;
1799 RecordDeclBitfields RecordDeclBits;
1800 OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields OMPDeclareReductionDeclBits;
1801 FunctionDeclBitfields FunctionDeclBits;
1802 CXXConstructorDeclBitfields CXXConstructorDeclBits;
1803 ObjCMethodDeclBitfields ObjCMethodDeclBits;
1804 ObjCContainerDeclBitfields ObjCContainerDeclBits;
1805 LinkageSpecDeclBitfields LinkageSpecDeclBits;
1806 BlockDeclBitfields BlockDeclBits;
1807
1808 static_assert(sizeof(DeclContextBitfields) <= 8,
1809 "DeclContextBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1810 static_assert(sizeof(TagDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1811 "TagDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1812 static_assert(sizeof(EnumDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1813 "EnumDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1814 static_assert(sizeof(RecordDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1815 "RecordDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1816 static_assert(sizeof(OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1817 "OMPDeclareReductionDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1818 static_assert(sizeof(FunctionDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1819 "FunctionDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1820 static_assert(sizeof(CXXConstructorDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1821 "CXXConstructorDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1822 static_assert(sizeof(ObjCMethodDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1823 "ObjCMethodDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1824 static_assert(sizeof(ObjCContainerDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1825 "ObjCContainerDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1826 static_assert(sizeof(LinkageSpecDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1827 "LinkageSpecDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1828 static_assert(sizeof(BlockDeclBitfields) <= 8,
1829 "BlockDeclBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1830 };
1831
1832 /// FirstDecl - The first declaration stored within this declaration
1833 /// context.
1834 mutable Decl *FirstDecl = nullptr;
1835
1836 /// LastDecl - The last declaration stored within this declaration
1837 /// context. FIXME: We could probably cache this value somewhere
1838 /// outside of the DeclContext, to reduce the size of DeclContext by
1839 /// another pointer.
1840 mutable Decl *LastDecl = nullptr;
1841
1842 /// Build up a chain of declarations.
1843 ///
1844 /// \returns the first/last pair of declarations.
1845 static std::pair<Decl *, Decl *>
1846 BuildDeclChain(ArrayRef<Decl*> Decls, bool FieldsAlreadyLoaded);
1847
1848 DeclContext(Decl::Kind K);
1849
1850public:
1851 ~DeclContext();
1852
1853 Decl::Kind getDeclKind() const {
1854 return static_cast<Decl::Kind>(DeclContextBits.DeclKind);
1855 }
1856
1857 const char *getDeclKindName() const;
1858
1859 /// getParent - Returns the containing DeclContext.
1860 DeclContext *getParent() {
1861 return cast<Decl>(this)->getDeclContext();
1862 }
1863 const DeclContext *getParent() const {
1864 return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getParent();
1865 }
1866
1867 /// getLexicalParent - Returns the containing lexical DeclContext. May be
1868 /// different from getParent, e.g.:
1869 ///
1870 /// namespace A {
1871 /// struct S;
1872 /// }
1873 /// struct A::S {}; // getParent() == namespace 'A'
1874 /// // getLexicalParent() == translation unit
1875 ///
1876 DeclContext *getLexicalParent() {
1877 return cast<Decl>(this)->getLexicalDeclContext();
1878 }
1879 const DeclContext *getLexicalParent() const {
1880 return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getLexicalParent();
1881 }
1882
1883 DeclContext *getLookupParent();
1884
1885 const DeclContext *getLookupParent() const {
1886 return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getLookupParent();
1887 }
1888
1889 ASTContext &getParentASTContext() const {
1890 return cast<Decl>(this)->getASTContext();
1891 }
1892
1893 bool isClosure() const { return getDeclKind() == Decl::Block; }
1894
1895 /// Return this DeclContext if it is a BlockDecl. Otherwise, return the
1896 /// innermost enclosing BlockDecl or null if there are no enclosing blocks.
1897 const BlockDecl *getInnermostBlockDecl() const;
1898
1899 bool isObjCContainer() const {
1900 switch (getDeclKind()) {
1901 case Decl::ObjCCategory:
1902 case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
1903 case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
1904 case Decl::ObjCInterface:
1905 case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
1906 return true;
1907 default:
1908 return false;
1909 }
1910 }
1911
1912 bool isFunctionOrMethod() const {
1913 switch (getDeclKind()) {
1914 case Decl::Block:
1915 case Decl::Captured:
1916 case Decl::ObjCMethod:
1917 return true;
1918 default:
1919 return getDeclKind() >= Decl::firstFunction &&
1920 getDeclKind() <= Decl::lastFunction;
1921 }
1922 }
1923
1924 /// Test whether the context supports looking up names.
1925 bool isLookupContext() const {
1926 return !isFunctionOrMethod() && getDeclKind() != Decl::LinkageSpec &&
1927 getDeclKind() != Decl::Export;
1928 }
1929
1930 bool isFileContext() const {
1931 return getDeclKind() == Decl::TranslationUnit ||
1932 getDeclKind() == Decl::Namespace;
1933 }
1934
1935 bool isTranslationUnit() const {
1936 return getDeclKind() == Decl::TranslationUnit;
1937 }
1938
1939 bool isRecord() const {
1940 return getDeclKind() >= Decl::firstRecord &&
1941 getDeclKind() <= Decl::lastRecord;
1942 }
1943
1944 bool isNamespace() const { return getDeclKind() == Decl::Namespace; }
1945
1946 bool isStdNamespace() const;
1947
1948 bool isInlineNamespace() const;
1949
1950 /// Determines whether this context is dependent on a
1951 /// template parameter.
1952 bool isDependentContext() const;
1953
1954 /// isTransparentContext - Determines whether this context is a
1955 /// "transparent" context, meaning that the members declared in this
1956 /// context are semantically declared in the nearest enclosing
1957 /// non-transparent (opaque) context but are lexically declared in
1958 /// this context. For example, consider the enumerators of an
1959 /// enumeration type:
1960 /// @code
1961 /// enum E {
1962 /// Val1
1963 /// };
1964 /// @endcode
1965 /// Here, E is a transparent context, so its enumerator (Val1) will
1966 /// appear (semantically) that it is in the same context of E.
1967 /// Examples of transparent contexts include: enumerations (except for
1968 /// C++0x scoped enums), and C++ linkage specifications.
1969 bool isTransparentContext() const;
1970
1971 /// Determines whether this context or some of its ancestors is a
1972 /// linkage specification context that specifies C linkage.
1973 bool isExternCContext() const;
1974
1975 /// Retrieve the nearest enclosing C linkage specification context.
1976 const LinkageSpecDecl *getExternCContext() const;
1977
1978 /// Determines whether this context or some of its ancestors is a
1979 /// linkage specification context that specifies C++ linkage.
1980 bool isExternCXXContext() const;
1981
1982 /// Determine whether this declaration context is equivalent
1983 /// to the declaration context DC.
1984 bool Equals(const DeclContext *DC) const {
1985 return DC && this->getPrimaryContext() == DC->getPrimaryContext();
1986 }
1987
1988 /// Determine whether this declaration context encloses the
1989 /// declaration context DC.
1990 bool Encloses(const DeclContext *DC) const;
1991
1992 /// Find the nearest non-closure ancestor of this context,
1993 /// i.e. the innermost semantic parent of this context which is not
1994 /// a closure. A context may be its own non-closure ancestor.
1995 Decl *getNonClosureAncestor();
1996 const Decl *getNonClosureAncestor() const {
1997 return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getNonClosureAncestor();
1998 }
1999
2000 /// getPrimaryContext - There may be many different
2001 /// declarations of the same entity (including forward declarations
2002 /// of classes, multiple definitions of namespaces, etc.), each with
2003 /// a different set of declarations. This routine returns the
2004 /// "primary" DeclContext structure, which will contain the
2005 /// information needed to perform name lookup into this context.
2006 DeclContext *getPrimaryContext();
2007 const DeclContext *getPrimaryContext() const {
2008 return const_cast<DeclContext*>(this)->getPrimaryContext();
2009 }
2010
2011 /// getRedeclContext - Retrieve the context in which an entity conflicts with
2012 /// other entities of the same name, or where it is a redeclaration if the
2013 /// two entities are compatible. This skips through transparent contexts.
2014 DeclContext *getRedeclContext();
2015 const DeclContext *getRedeclContext() const {
2016 return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getRedeclContext();
2017 }
2018
2019 /// Retrieve the nearest enclosing namespace context.
2020 DeclContext *getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
2021 const DeclContext *getEnclosingNamespaceContext() const {
2022 return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
2023 }
2024
2025 /// Retrieve the outermost lexically enclosing record context.
2026 RecordDecl *getOuterLexicalRecordContext();
2027 const RecordDecl *getOuterLexicalRecordContext() const {
2028 return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getOuterLexicalRecordContext();
2029 }
2030
2031 /// Test if this context is part of the enclosing namespace set of
2032 /// the context NS, as defined in C++0x [namespace.def]p9. If either context
2033 /// isn't a namespace, this is equivalent to Equals().
2034 ///
2035 /// The enclosing namespace set of a namespace is the namespace and, if it is
2036 /// inline, its enclosing namespace, recursively.
2037 bool InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(const DeclContext *NS) const;
2038
2039 /// Collects all of the declaration contexts that are semantically
2040 /// connected to this declaration context.
2041 ///
2042 /// For declaration contexts that have multiple semantically connected but
2043 /// syntactically distinct contexts, such as C++ namespaces, this routine
2044 /// retrieves the complete set of such declaration contexts in source order.
2045 /// For example, given:
2046 ///
2047 /// \code
2048 /// namespace N {
2049 /// int x;
2050 /// }
2051 /// namespace N {
2052 /// int y;
2053 /// }
2054 /// \endcode
2055 ///
2056 /// The \c Contexts parameter will contain both definitions of N.
2057 ///
2058 /// \param Contexts Will be cleared and set to the set of declaration
2059 /// contexts that are semanticaly connected to this declaration context,
2060 /// in source order, including this context (which may be the only result,
2061 /// for non-namespace contexts).
2062 void collectAllContexts(SmallVectorImpl<DeclContext *> &Contexts);
2063
2064 /// decl_iterator - Iterates through the declarations stored
2065 /// within this context.
2066 class decl_iterator {
2067 /// Current - The current declaration.
2068 Decl *Current = nullptr;
2069
2070 public:
2071 using value_type = Decl *;
2072 using reference = const value_type &;
2073 using pointer = const value_type *;
2074 using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
2075 using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
2076
2077 decl_iterator() = default;
2078 explicit decl_iterator(Decl *C) : Current(C) {}
2079
2080 reference operator*() const { return Current; }
2081
2082 // This doesn't meet the iterator requirements, but it's convenient
2083 value_type operator->() const { return Current; }
2084
2085 decl_iterator& operator++() {
2086 Current = Current->getNextDeclInContext();
2087 return *this;
2088 }
2089
2090 decl_iterator operator++(int) {
2091 decl_iterator tmp(*this);
2092 ++(*this);
2093 return tmp;
2094 }
2095
2096 friend bool operator==(decl_iterator x, decl_iterator y) {
2097 return x.Current == y.Current;
2098 }
2099
2100 friend bool operator!=(decl_iterator x, decl_iterator y) {
2101 return x.Current != y.Current;
2102 }
2103 };
2104
2105 using decl_range = llvm::iterator_range<decl_iterator>;
2106
2107 /// decls_begin/decls_end - Iterate over the declarations stored in
2108 /// this context.
2109 decl_range decls() const { return decl_range(decls_begin(), decls_end()); }
2110 decl_iterator decls_begin() const;
2111 decl_iterator decls_end() const { return decl_iterator(); }
2112 bool decls_empty() const;
2113
2114 /// noload_decls_begin/end - Iterate over the declarations stored in this
2115 /// context that are currently loaded; don't attempt to retrieve anything
2116 /// from an external source.
2117 decl_range noload_decls() const {
2118 return decl_range(noload_decls_begin(), noload_decls_end());
2119 }
2120 decl_iterator noload_decls_begin() const { return decl_iterator(FirstDecl); }
2121 decl_iterator noload_decls_end() const { return decl_iterator(); }
2122
2123 /// specific_decl_iterator - Iterates over a subrange of
2124 /// declarations stored in a DeclContext, providing only those that
2125 /// are of type SpecificDecl (or a class derived from it). This
2126 /// iterator is used, for example, to provide iteration over just
2127 /// the fields within a RecordDecl (with SpecificDecl = FieldDecl).
2128 template<typename SpecificDecl>
2129 class specific_decl_iterator {
2130 /// Current - The current, underlying declaration iterator, which
2131 /// will either be NULL or will point to a declaration of
2132 /// type SpecificDecl.
2133 DeclContext::decl_iterator Current;
2134
2135 /// SkipToNextDecl - Advances the current position up to the next
2136 /// declaration of type SpecificDecl that also meets the criteria
2137 /// required by Acceptable.
2138 void SkipToNextDecl() {
2139 while (*Current && !isa<SpecificDecl>(*Current))
2140 ++Current;
2141 }
2142
2143 public:
2144 using value_type = SpecificDecl *;
2145 // TODO: Add reference and pointer types (with some appropriate proxy type)
2146 // if we ever have a need for them.
2147 using reference = void;
2148 using pointer = void;
2149 using difference_type =
2150 std::iterator_traits<DeclContext::decl_iterator>::difference_type;
2151 using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
2152
2153 specific_decl_iterator() = default;
2154
2155 /// specific_decl_iterator - Construct a new iterator over a
2156 /// subset of the declarations the range [C,
2157 /// end-of-declarations). If A is non-NULL, it is a pointer to a
2158 /// member function of SpecificDecl that should return true for
2159 /// all of the SpecificDecl instances that will be in the subset
2160 /// of iterators. For example, if you want Objective-C instance
2161 /// methods, SpecificDecl will be ObjCMethodDecl and A will be
2162 /// &ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod.
2163 explicit specific_decl_iterator(DeclContext::decl_iterator C) : Current(C) {
2164 SkipToNextDecl();
2165 }
2166
2167 value_type operator*() const { return cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current); }
2168
2169 // This doesn't meet the iterator requirements, but it's convenient
2170 value_type operator->() const { return **this; }
2171
2172 specific_decl_iterator& operator++() {
2173 ++Current;
2174 SkipToNextDecl();
2175 return *this;
2176 }
2177
2178 specific_decl_iterator operator++(int) {
2179 specific_decl_iterator tmp(*this);
2180 ++(*this);
2181 return tmp;
2182 }
2183
2184 friend bool operator==(const specific_decl_iterator& x,
2185 const specific_decl_iterator& y) {
2186 return x.Current == y.Current;
2187 }
2188
2189 friend bool operator!=(const specific_decl_iterator& x,
2190 const specific_decl_iterator& y) {
2191 return x.Current != y.Current;
2192 }
2193 };
2194
2195 /// Iterates over a filtered subrange of declarations stored
2196 /// in a DeclContext.
2197 ///
2198 /// This iterator visits only those declarations that are of type
2199 /// SpecificDecl (or a class derived from it) and that meet some
2200 /// additional run-time criteria. This iterator is used, for
2201 /// example, to provide access to the instance methods within an
2202 /// Objective-C interface (with SpecificDecl = ObjCMethodDecl and
2203 /// Acceptable = ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod).
2204 template<typename SpecificDecl, bool (SpecificDecl::*Acceptable)() const>
2205 class filtered_decl_iterator {
2206 /// Current - The current, underlying declaration iterator, which
2207 /// will either be NULL or will point to a declaration of
2208 /// type SpecificDecl.
2209 DeclContext::decl_iterator Current;
2210
2211 /// SkipToNextDecl - Advances the current position up to the next
2212 /// declaration of type SpecificDecl that also meets the criteria
2213 /// required by Acceptable.
2214 void SkipToNextDecl() {
2215 while (*Current &&
2216 (!isa<SpecificDecl>(*Current) ||
2217 (Acceptable && !(cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current)->*Acceptable)())))
2218 ++Current;
2219 }
2220
2221 public:
2222 using value_type = SpecificDecl *;
2223 // TODO: Add reference and pointer types (with some appropriate proxy type)
2224 // if we ever have a need for them.
2225 using reference = void;
2226 using pointer = void;
2227 using difference_type =
2228 std::iterator_traits<DeclContext::decl_iterator>::difference_type;
2229 using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
2230
2231 filtered_decl_iterator() = default;
2232
2233 /// filtered_decl_iterator - Construct a new iterator over a
2234 /// subset of the declarations the range [C,
2235 /// end-of-declarations). If A is non-NULL, it is a pointer to a
2236 /// member function of SpecificDecl that should return true for
2237 /// all of the SpecificDecl instances that will be in the subset
2238 /// of iterators. For example, if you want Objective-C instance
2239 /// methods, SpecificDecl will be ObjCMethodDecl and A will be
2240 /// &ObjCMethodDecl::isInstanceMethod.
2241 explicit filtered_decl_iterator(DeclContext::decl_iterator C) : Current(C) {
2242 SkipToNextDecl();
2243 }
2244
2245 value_type operator*() const { return cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current); }
2246 value_type operator->() const { return cast<SpecificDecl>(*Current); }
2247
2248 filtered_decl_iterator& operator++() {
2249 ++Current;
2250 SkipToNextDecl();
2251 return *this;
2252 }
2253
2254 filtered_decl_iterator operator++(int) {
2255 filtered_decl_iterator tmp(*this);
2256 ++(*this);
2257 return tmp;
2258 }
2259
2260 friend bool operator==(const filtered_decl_iterator& x,
2261 const filtered_decl_iterator& y) {
2262 return x.Current == y.Current;
2263 }
2264
2265 friend bool operator!=(const filtered_decl_iterator& x,
2266 const filtered_decl_iterator& y) {
2267 return x.Current != y.Current;
2268 }
2269 };
2270
2271 /// Add the declaration D into this context.
2272 ///
2273 /// This routine should be invoked when the declaration D has first
2274 /// been declared, to place D into the context where it was
2275 /// (lexically) defined. Every declaration must be added to one
2276 /// (and only one!) context, where it can be visited via
2277 /// [decls_begin(), decls_end()). Once a declaration has been added
2278 /// to its lexical context, the corresponding DeclContext owns the
2279 /// declaration.
2280 ///
2281 /// If D is also a NamedDecl, it will be made visible within its
2282 /// semantic context via makeDeclVisibleInContext.
2283 void addDecl(Decl *D);
2284
2285 /// Add the declaration D into this context, but suppress
2286 /// searches for external declarations with the same name.
2287 ///
2288 /// Although analogous in function to addDecl, this removes an
2289 /// important check. This is only useful if the Decl is being
2290 /// added in response to an external search; in all other cases,
2291 /// addDecl() is the right function to use.
2292 /// See the ASTImporter for use cases.
2293 void addDeclInternal(Decl *D);
2294
2295 /// Add the declaration D to this context without modifying
2296 /// any lookup tables.
2297 ///
2298 /// This is useful for some operations in dependent contexts where
2299 /// the semantic context might not be dependent; this basically
2300 /// only happens with friends.
2301 void addHiddenDecl(Decl *D);
2302
2303 /// Removes a declaration from this context.
2304 void removeDecl(Decl *D);
2305
2306 /// Checks whether a declaration is in this context.
2307 bool containsDecl(Decl *D) const;
2308
2309 /// Checks whether a declaration is in this context.
2310 /// This also loads the Decls from the external source before the check.
2311 bool containsDeclAndLoad(Decl *D) const;
2312
2313 using lookup_result = DeclContextLookupResult;
2314 using lookup_iterator = lookup_result::iterator;
2315
2316 /// lookup - Find the declarations (if any) with the given Name in
2317 /// this context. Returns a range of iterators that contains all of
2318 /// the declarations with this name, with object, function, member,
2319 /// and enumerator names preceding any tag name. Note that this
2320 /// routine will not look into parent contexts.
2321 lookup_result lookup(DeclarationName Name) const;
2322
2323 /// Find the declarations with the given name that are visible
2324 /// within this context; don't attempt to retrieve anything from an
2325 /// external source.
2326 lookup_result noload_lookup(DeclarationName Name);
2327
2328 /// A simplistic name lookup mechanism that performs name lookup
2329 /// into this declaration context without consulting the external source.
2330 ///
2331 /// This function should almost never be used, because it subverts the
2332 /// usual relationship between a DeclContext and the external source.
2333 /// See the ASTImporter for the (few, but important) use cases.
2334 ///
2335 /// FIXME: This is very inefficient; replace uses of it with uses of
2336 /// noload_lookup.
2337 void localUncachedLookup(DeclarationName Name,
2338 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Results);
2339
2340 /// Makes a declaration visible within this context.
2341 ///
2342 /// This routine makes the declaration D visible to name lookup
2343 /// within this context and, if this is a transparent context,
2344 /// within its parent contexts up to the first enclosing
2345 /// non-transparent context. Making a declaration visible within a
2346 /// context does not transfer ownership of a declaration, and a
2347 /// declaration can be visible in many contexts that aren't its
2348 /// lexical context.
2349 ///
2350 /// If D is a redeclaration of an existing declaration that is
2351 /// visible from this context, as determined by
2352 /// NamedDecl::declarationReplaces, the previous declaration will be
2353 /// replaced with D.
2354 void makeDeclVisibleInContext(NamedDecl *D);
2355
2356 /// all_lookups_iterator - An iterator that provides a view over the results
2357 /// of looking up every possible name.
2358 class all_lookups_iterator;
2359
2360 using lookups_range = llvm::iterator_range<all_lookups_iterator>;
2361
2362 lookups_range lookups() const;
2363 // Like lookups(), but avoids loading external declarations.
2364 // If PreserveInternalState, avoids building lookup data structures too.
2365 lookups_range noload_lookups(bool PreserveInternalState) const;
2366
2367 /// Iterators over all possible lookups within this context.
2368 all_lookups_iterator lookups_begin() const;
2369 all_lookups_iterator lookups_end() const;
2370
2371 /// Iterators over all possible lookups within this context that are
2372 /// currently loaded; don't attempt to retrieve anything from an external
2373 /// source.
2374 all_lookups_iterator noload_lookups_begin() const;
2375 all_lookups_iterator noload_lookups_end() const;
2376
2377 struct udir_iterator;
2378
2379 using udir_iterator_base =
2380 llvm::iterator_adaptor_base<udir_iterator, lookup_iterator,
2381 typename lookup_iterator::iterator_category,
2382 UsingDirectiveDecl *>;
2383
2384 struct udir_iterator : udir_iterator_base {
2385 udir_iterator(lookup_iterator I) : udir_iterator_base(I) {}
2386
2387 UsingDirectiveDecl *operator*() const;
2388 };
2389
2390 using udir_range = llvm::iterator_range<udir_iterator>;
2391
2392 udir_range using_directives() const;
2393
2394 // These are all defined in DependentDiagnostic.h.
2395 class ddiag_iterator;
2396
2397 using ddiag_range = llvm::iterator_range<DeclContext::ddiag_iterator>;
2398
2399 inline ddiag_range ddiags() const;
2400
2401 // Low-level accessors
2402
2403 /// Mark that there are external lexical declarations that we need
2404 /// to include in our lookup table (and that are not available as external
2405 /// visible lookups). These extra lookup results will be found by walking
2406 /// the lexical declarations of this context. This should be used only if
2407 /// setHasExternalLexicalStorage() has been called on any decl context for
2408 /// which this is the primary context.
2409 void setMustBuildLookupTable() {
2410 assert(this == getPrimaryContext() &&((void)0)
2411 "should only be called on primary context")((void)0);
2412 DeclContextBits.HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups = true;
2413 }
2414
2415 /// Retrieve the internal representation of the lookup structure.
2416 /// This may omit some names if we are lazily building the structure.
2417 StoredDeclsMap *getLookupPtr() const { return LookupPtr; }
2418
2419 /// Ensure the lookup structure is fully-built and return it.
2420 StoredDeclsMap *buildLookup();
2421
2422 /// Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing
2423 /// additional declarations that are lexically in this context.
2424 bool hasExternalLexicalStorage() const {
2425 return DeclContextBits.ExternalLexicalStorage;
2426 }
2427
2428 /// State whether this DeclContext has external storage for
2429 /// declarations lexically in this context.
2430 void setHasExternalLexicalStorage(bool ES = true) const {
2431 DeclContextBits.ExternalLexicalStorage = ES;
2432 }
2433
2434 /// Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing
2435 /// additional declarations that are visible in this context.
2436 bool hasExternalVisibleStorage() const {
2437 return DeclContextBits.ExternalVisibleStorage;
2438 }
2439
2440 /// State whether this DeclContext has external storage for
2441 /// declarations visible in this context.
2442 void setHasExternalVisibleStorage(bool ES = true) const {
2443 DeclContextBits.ExternalVisibleStorage = ES;
2444 if (ES && LookupPtr)
2445 DeclContextBits.NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage = true;
2446 }
2447
2448 /// Determine whether the given declaration is stored in the list of
2449 /// declarations lexically within this context.
2450 bool isDeclInLexicalTraversal(const Decl *D) const {
2451 return D && (D->NextInContextAndBits.getPointer() || D == FirstDecl ||
2452 D == LastDecl);
2453 }
2454
2455 bool setUseQualifiedLookup(bool use = true) const {
2456 bool old_value = DeclContextBits.UseQualifiedLookup;
2457 DeclContextBits.UseQualifiedLookup = use;
2458 return old_value;
2459 }
2460
2461 bool shouldUseQualifiedLookup() const {
2462 return DeclContextBits.UseQualifiedLookup;
2463 }
2464
2465 static bool classof(const Decl *D);
2466 static bool classof(const DeclContext *D) { return true; }
2467
2468 void dumpDeclContext() const;
2469 void dumpLookups() const;
2470 void dumpLookups(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, bool DumpDecls = false,
2471 bool Deserialize = false) const;
2472
2473private:
2474 /// Whether this declaration context has had externally visible
2475 /// storage added since the last lookup. In this case, \c LookupPtr's
2476 /// invariant may not hold and needs to be fixed before we perform
2477 /// another lookup.
2478 bool hasNeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage() const {
2479 return DeclContextBits.NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage;
2480 }
2481
2482 /// State that this declaration context has had externally visible
2483 /// storage added since the last lookup. In this case, \c LookupPtr's
2484 /// invariant may not hold and needs to be fixed before we perform
2485 /// another lookup.
2486 void setNeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage(bool Need = true) const {
2487 DeclContextBits.NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage = Need;
2488 }
2489
2490 /// If \c true, this context may have local lexical declarations
2491 /// that are missing from the lookup table.
2492 bool hasLazyLocalLexicalLookups() const {
2493 return DeclContextBits.HasLazyLocalLexicalLookups;
2494 }
2495
2496 /// If \c true, this context may have local lexical declarations
2497 /// that are missing from the lookup table.
2498 void setHasLazyLocalLexicalLookups(bool HasLLLL = true) const {
2499 DeclContextBits.HasLazyLocalLexicalLookups = HasLLLL;
2500 }
2501
2502 /// If \c true, the external source may have lexical declarations
2503 /// that are missing from the lookup table.
2504 bool hasLazyExternalLexicalLookups() const {
2505 return DeclContextBits.HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups;
2506 }
2507
2508 /// If \c true, the external source may have lexical declarations
2509 /// that are missing from the lookup table.
2510 void setHasLazyExternalLexicalLookups(bool HasLELL = true) const {
2511 DeclContextBits.HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups = HasLELL;
2512 }
2513
2514 void reconcileExternalVisibleStorage() const;
2515 bool LoadLexicalDeclsFromExternalStorage() const;
2516
2517 /// Makes a declaration visible within this context, but
2518 /// suppresses searches for external declarations with the same
2519 /// name.
2520 ///
2521 /// Analogous to makeDeclVisibleInContext, but for the exclusive
2522 /// use of addDeclInternal().
2523 void makeDeclVisibleInContextInternal(NamedDecl *D);
2524
2525 StoredDeclsMap *CreateStoredDeclsMap(ASTContext &C) const;
2526
2527 void loadLazyLocalLexicalLookups();
2528 void buildLookupImpl(DeclContext *DCtx, bool Internal);
2529 void makeDeclVisibleInContextWithFlags(NamedDecl *D, bool Internal,
2530 bool Rediscoverable);
2531 void makeDeclVisibleInContextImpl(NamedDecl *D, bool Internal);
2532};
2533
2534inline bool Decl::isTemplateParameter() const {
2535 return getKind() == TemplateTypeParm || getKind() == NonTypeTemplateParm ||
2536 getKind() == TemplateTemplateParm;
2537}
2538
2539// Specialization selected when ToTy is not a known subclass of DeclContext.
2540template <class ToTy,
2541 bool IsKnownSubtype = ::std::is_base_of<DeclContext, ToTy>::value>
2542struct cast_convert_decl_context {
2543 static const ToTy *doit(const DeclContext *Val) {
2544 return static_cast<const ToTy*>(Decl::castFromDeclContext(Val));
2545 }
2546
2547 static ToTy *doit(DeclContext *Val) {
2548 return static_cast<ToTy*>(Decl::castFromDeclContext(Val));
2549 }
2550};
2551
2552// Specialization selected when ToTy is a known subclass of DeclContext.
2553template <class ToTy>
2554struct cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy, true> {
2555 static const ToTy *doit(const DeclContext *Val) {
2556 return static_cast<const ToTy*>(Val);
2557 }
2558
2559 static ToTy *doit(DeclContext *Val) {
2560 return static_cast<ToTy*>(Val);
2561 }
2562};
2563
2564} // namespace clang
2565
2566namespace llvm {
2567
2568/// isa<T>(DeclContext*)
2569template <typename To>
2570struct isa_impl<To, ::clang::DeclContext> {
2571 static bool doit(const ::clang::DeclContext &Val) {
2572 return To::classofKind(Val.getDeclKind());
2573 }
2574};
2575
2576/// cast<T>(DeclContext*)
2577template<class ToTy>
2578struct cast_convert_val<ToTy,
2579 const ::clang::DeclContext,const ::clang::DeclContext> {
2580 static const ToTy &doit(const ::clang::DeclContext &Val) {
2581 return *::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(&Val);
2582 }
2583};
2584
2585template<class ToTy>
2586struct cast_convert_val<ToTy, ::clang::DeclContext, ::clang::DeclContext> {
2587 static ToTy &doit(::clang::DeclContext &Val) {
2588 return *::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(&Val);
2589 }
2590};
2591
2592template<class ToTy>
2593struct cast_convert_val<ToTy,
2594 const ::clang::DeclContext*, const ::clang::DeclContext*> {
2595 static const ToTy *doit(const ::clang::DeclContext *Val) {
2596 return ::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(Val);
2597 }
2598};
2599
2600template<class ToTy>
2601struct cast_convert_val<ToTy, ::clang::DeclContext*, ::clang::DeclContext*> {
2602 static ToTy *doit(::clang::DeclContext *Val) {
2603 return ::clang::cast_convert_decl_context<ToTy>::doit(Val);
2604 }
2605};
2606
2607/// Implement cast_convert_val for Decl -> DeclContext conversions.
2608template<class FromTy>
2609struct cast_convert_val< ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy, FromTy> {
2610 static ::clang::DeclContext &doit(const FromTy &Val) {
2611 return *FromTy::castToDeclContext(&Val);
2612 }
2613};
2614
2615template<class FromTy>
2616struct cast_convert_val< ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy*, FromTy*> {
2617 static ::clang::DeclContext *doit(const FromTy *Val) {
2618 return FromTy::castToDeclContext(Val);
2619 }
2620};
2621
2622template<class FromTy>
2623struct cast_convert_val< const ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy, FromTy> {
2624 static const ::clang::DeclContext &doit(const FromTy &Val) {
2625 return *FromTy::castToDeclContext(&Val);
2626 }
2627};
2628
2629template<class FromTy>
2630struct cast_convert_val< const ::clang::DeclContext, FromTy*, FromTy*> {
2631 static const ::clang::DeclContext *doit(const FromTy *Val) {
2632 return FromTy::castToDeclContext(Val);
2633 }
2634};
2635
2636} // namespace llvm
2637
2638#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLBASE_H